IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXV NUMBER 7 October 2,
2002 Pages 537 to 636
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 552 to 633 include ARC 2003B to ARC
2047B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Clarification of board’s conduct of
business;
firm name; closing orders, 2.2(1),
2.3, 9.4, 9.7, 13.6(5), 15.10(2) ARC
2028B 624
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 542
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 540
Publication procedures 541
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 541
Agency identification numbers 550
CAPITAL INVESTMENT BOARD, IOWA[123]
Notice, Iowa capital investment board -
administration; tax
credit for investments in
qualifying businesses and
community–based
seed capital funds, chs 1, 2 ARC
2042B 552
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 549
DELAYS
Human Services Department[441]
Offset of county debts owed
department—
organizational references and appeal
process, 14.1 to
14.6 Delay 634
Waiver services, 79.1(15)“d”(4)
Delay 634
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency, Issuance of practitioner’s
licenses
and endorsements, rescind
14.1 to 14.34 ARC 2038B 614
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice, Community college faculty planning,
21.3(4) ARC
2026B 556
Notice, Criteria for and approval of Iowa
teacher intern
preparation programs, 77.4,
77.5 ARC 2025B 558
Filed, Charter schools, ch 68 ARC 2027B 624
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Comity applicants experience
requirements; use of
digital signatures;
NCEES examination development committee
participation
as allowable professional
development activity, 1.1, 4.2(5),
6.1(9),
7.3(1) ARC 2029B 559
Filed, Interim rulings on petitions for
waivers and
variances, 1.4 ARC 2024B 624
Filed, Requirements for a licensee requesting
additional
examination, 4.3 ARC 2020B 625
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Amended Notice, Air quality standards for
concentrated
animal feeding operations;
ambient air quality standards, 20.2,
28.1
ARC 2043B 559
Amended Notice, Ambient air sampling
manual, 28.2 ARC
2045B 560
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Delay, Offset of county debts owed
department—
organizational references and appeal process,
14.1 to
14.6 634
Delay, Waiver services,
79.1(15)“d”(4) 634
Notice, Assessment fee for intermediate care
facilities for
the mentally retarded, ch 36,
82.5(13) ARC 2035B 560
Notice, Payment of FIP benefits by direct
deposit or
electronic funds transfer, 45.21,
45.24(1)“b”(3) ARC
2036B 561
Notice, Disproportionate share payments
for
children’s hospitals, 79.1(5) ARC 2047B 561
Notice, Iowa senior living trust
fund—administration
fee allowed for participating nursing
facilities,
161.1 to 161.4 ARC 2037B 562
Filed Emergency After Notice, Applications for
FIP, food
stamps, or Medicaid, 40.23, 65.1, 65.2,
65.4(2), 65.9, 65.19(2), 65.31,
65.36(4), 76.1
ARC 2032B 614
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441] (Cont’d)
Filed Emergency After Notice, Emergency
assistance program,
58.23 to 58.26, 58.28
to 58.31 ARC 2033B 614
Filed, Medicaid—reimbursement for root
canal
treatments, 78.4(14) ARC 2021B 625
Filed Emergency, Disproportionate share
payments for
children’s hospitals, 79.1(5)
ARC 2034B 615
Filed Emergency After Notice, Child care centers,
109.1 to
109.3, 109.6(6) ARC 2031B 619
Filed, Reimbursement rates for purchase of
service
providers and rehabilitative treatment
and supportive services,
150.3(5)“p,”
185.112(1) ARC 2022B 626
Filed, Iowa hospital trust fund, ch 164
ARC
2023B 626
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Objection, Farmers market potentially hazardous
food
license, 30.3(4), 30.4(10) 634
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Reporting requirements on licenses,
rescind ch 9
ARC 2017B 627
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Wildlife habitat on private lands
promotion
program, 22.1 to 22.4, 22.5(6),
22.7 to 22.9 ARC 2046B 563
Filed, Roofing and enclosure of private docks,
16.1,
16.3(5), 16.4(6), 16.5, 16.8(10), 16.9(3),
16.10 ARC
2044B 627
Filed Emergency After Notice, Wildlife
importation,
transportation and disease monitoring, ch 104
ARC
2030B 619
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Definition—unlicensed student, 3.1
ARC
2006B 564
Notice, NCLEX examination candidates—reduction
in
time between authorization to test and first
possible test date, 3.4(3),
3.4(4) ARC 2005B 565
Filed, First professional degree; master’s
degree,
2.1, 2.3(2), 2.6(2) ARC 2003B 628
Filed, Method for curriculum approval—
dependent
adult and child abuse identification
and reporting course,
3.7(3)“e” ARC 2004B 628
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Filed, IPERS, 21.4 to 21.6, 21.8, 21.19(1),
21.22(1), 21.27
ARC 2010B 629
OBJECTION
Inspections and Appeals Department[481]
Farmers market
potentially hazardous food
license, 30.3(4), 30.4(10) 634
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Filed, Administrative and regulatory authority
for the
board of mortuary science examiners,
ch 99 ARC 2019B 629
Filed, Administrative and regulatory authority
for the
board of examiners for massage therapy,
ch 130 ARC
2018B 630
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Practice of tattooing, 22.1 to 22.7
ARC
2016B 565
Notice, Radiation, amendments to chs 38 to 41,
45 ARC
2009B 567
Notice, Childhood lead poisoning prevention
program, ch 72
ARC 2007B 592
Filed, Newborn screening policy; maternal
screening policy;
use of portion of metabolic
screening fee to fund special medical
formula,
4.3, 4.4 ARC 2008B 630
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 545
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Department authority to change statutory
thresholds
for sales and withholding taxes; deadline
for director to send estimates of
local option tax to
jurisdictions, amendments to chs 12, 13, 17, 18,
26,
46, 107, 108 ARC 2041B 594
Notice, Venture capital credits, 42.18, 52.21,
58.11
ARC 2040B 600
Filed, Deferment of income for start–up
companies,
52.1(10) ARC 2039B 631
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, Vehicle registration and certificate
of
title—vehicle PIN numbers, 400.13, 400.16,
400.17, 400.51 ARC
2013B 601
Notice, Interstate registration and operation of
vehicles,
ch 500 ARC 2014B 603
Notice, Interstate motor vehicle fuel permits,
amendments
to ch 505 ARC 2015B 607
Filed, Improvements and maintenance on
primary road
extensions, 150.1 to 150.4
ARC 2012B 632
Filed, Special permits for operation and
movement of
vehicles and loads of excess
size and weight, 511.7 to 511.9,
511.12(2)
ARC 2011B 632
USURY
Notice 613
PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS
2B.5 AND 17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state
agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds
Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)];
Usury [535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan
Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and
Distribution Telephone: (515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2002, to June 30, 2003 $277.50 plus $16.65
sales tax
October 1, 2002, to June 30, 2003 $218.50 plus $13.11
sales tax
January 1, 2003, to June 30, 2003 $147.00 plus $8.82 sales
tax
April 1, 2003, to June 30, 2003 $73.50 plus $4.41 sales
tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.85 plus $1.25 sales
tax.
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are
as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,273.00 plus $76.38 sales
tax
(Price includes complete set of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin. Additional or replacement binders may be purchased for $12.00 each
plus $.72 sales tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $447.75 plus
$26.87 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2003)
All checks should be
made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and
subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2002
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
Jan. 18
|
Feb. 6
|
Feb. 26
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
May 8
|
Aug. 5
|
Feb. 1
|
Feb. 20
|
Mar. 12
|
Mar. 27
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 22
|
Aug. 19
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 6
|
Mar. 26
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
June 5
|
Sept. 2
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 20
|
Apr. 9
|
Apr. 24
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 19
|
Sept. 16
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
Apr. 23
|
May 8
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
July 3
|
Sept. 30
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 7
|
May 22
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 17
|
Oct. 14
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
May 21
|
June 5
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 31
|
Oct. 28
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 4
|
June 19
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
Aug. 14
|
Nov. 11
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
June 18
|
July 3
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 28
|
Nov. 25
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 2
|
July 17
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Sept. 11
|
Dec. 9
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 16
|
July 31
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 25
|
Dec. 23
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
July 30
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Oct. 9
|
Jan. 6 ’03
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 13
|
Aug. 28
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 23
|
Jan. 20 ’03
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Aug. 27
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Nov. 6
|
Feb. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 10
|
Sept. 25
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 20
|
Feb. 17 ’03
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Sept. 24
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Dec. 4
|
Mar. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 8
|
Oct. 23
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 18
|
Mar. 17 ’03
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Oct. 22
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Mar. 31 ’03
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 5
|
Nov. 20
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Apr. 14 ’03
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Nov. 19
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Apr. 28 ’03
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 3
|
Dec. 18
|
***Dec. 18***
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
May 12 ’03
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Dec. 17
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
May 26 ’03
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Dec. 31
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Jan. 17 ’03
|
Feb. 5 ’03
|
Mar. 12 ’03
|
June 9 ’03
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 14 ’03
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Jan. 31 ’03
|
Feb. 19 ’03
|
Mar. 26 ’03
|
June 23 ’03
|
***Dec. 18***
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Jan. 28 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
Feb. 14 ’03
|
Mar. 5 ’03
|
Apr. 9 ’03
|
July 7 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 11 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
Feb. 28 ’03
|
Mar. 19 ’03
|
Apr. 23 ’03
|
July 21 ’03
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
9
|
Friday, October 11, 2002
|
October 30, 2002
|
10
|
Friday, October 25, 2002
|
November 13, 2002
|
11
|
Friday, November 8, 2002
|
November 27, 2002
|
PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be
accepted.
***Note change of filing
deadline
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making
documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an
E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us
and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us
2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette
of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information:
agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended.
Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor
South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2001 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2001 through
December 2001)
Iowa Court Rules (effective February 15,
2002)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold its
regular, statutory meeting on Tuesday, October 8, 2002, and Wednesday, October
9, 2002, at 9 a.m. in Room 116, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The following
rules will be reviewed:
- NOTE: See also Agenda published in the September 18,
2002, Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Verification of state licensure; expedited
application processing; closing orders,
2.2(1), 2.3, 9.4,
9.7, 13.6(5)“e,” 15.10(2), Filed ARC
2028B 10/2/02
CAPITAL INVESTMENT BOARD, IOWA[123]
Administration; tax credit for investments in
qualifying businesses
and community–based seed
capital funds, adopt chs 1, 2, Notice ARC
2042B 10/2/02
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Issuance of practitioner’s licenses and
endorsements, rescind 14.1 to 14.34,
Filed
Emergency ARC 2038B 10/2/02
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Community colleges—quality faculty plan,
21.3(4), Notice ARC 2026B 10/2/02
Charter schools, adopt ch 68, Filed
ARC 2027B 10/2/02
Criteria for and approval of teacher intern
preparation programs, 77.4, 77.5, Notice ARC
2025B 10/2/02
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Experience requirements for comity applicants;
use of digital signatures;
professional development,
1.1(1), 1.1(2), 4.2(5), 6.1(9), 7.3(1), Notice ARC
2029B 10/2/02
Waivers and variances, 1.4, Filed
ARC 2024B 10/2/02
Licensee requests for examinations in other
branches of engineering, 4.3, Filed ARC
2020B 10/2/02
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Assessment fee for intermediate care facilities
for the mentally retarded,
adopt ch 36; 82.5(13),
Notice ARC 2035B 10/2/02
Application for food stamps, FIP, or Medicaid,
40.23, 65.1, 65.2,
65.4(2), 65.9,
65.19(2)“b,” 65.31, 65.36(4)“a,” 76.1(1),
76.1(2),
Filed Emergency After Notice ARC
2032B 10/2/02
Family investment program (FIP)—benefits
paid by direct deposit; underpayments,
45.21,
45.24(1)“b”(3), Notice ARC
2036B 10/2/02
Emergency assistance program, 58.23(1), 58.23(5),
58.24(1),
58.24(5), 58.24(6)“a” to
“c,” 58.24(7), 58.24(8), 58.25, 58.26(1),
58.26(2),
58.28(1) to 58.28(5), 58.29 to 58.31,
Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 2033B 10/2/02
Medicaid coverage for dental services, 78.4(14),
78.4(14)“a” and “c,” Filed ARC
2021B 10/2/02
Disproportionate share payments to
children’s hospitals,
79.1(5)“a,”
79.1(5)“c”(2),
79.1(5)“d”(2), 79.1(5)“e,” 79.1(5)“y”(7),
(9) and (10),
Notice ARC 2047B, also
Filed Emergency ARC 2034B 10/2/02
Child care centers, 109.1,
109.2(1)“a,” “c” and “e,”
109.2(2)“a,” 109.2(3)“a” and
“b,”
109.2(6)“b,” 109.3,
109.6(6)“a” and “c,” Filed Emergency After
Notice ARC 2031B 10/2/02
Reimbursement rates for purchase of service
providers and rehabilitative treatment
and supportive
services, 150.3(5)“p”(2), 150.3(5)“p”(2)“3”
and “4,”
185.112(1)“f”(1),
185.112(1)“k”(1)
and (2), Filed ARC 2022B 10/2/02
Iowa senior living trust
fund—administration fee for nursing
facilities,
161.4(1), 161.4(2), Notice ARC
2037B 10/2/02
Iowa hospital trust fund, adopt ch 164,
Filed ARC 2023B 10/2/02
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Reporting requirements on licenses, rescind ch 9,
Filed ARC 2017B 10/2/02
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Roofing and enclosure of private docks, 16.1,
16.3(5), 16.4(6), 16.5(13), 16.5(25),
16.8(10), 16.9(3),
16.10, 16.10(1), 16.10(2), Filed ARC
2044B 10/2/02
Wildlife habitat on private lands, 22.1 to 22.4,
22.5(6)“a” to “d,”
22.7 to 22.9,
Notice ARC 2046B 10/2/02
Wildlife importation, transportation and disease
monitoring, ch 104,
Filed Emergency After Notice
ARC 2030B 10/2/02
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Nursing education programs—program head and
faculty qualifications,
2.1, 2.3(2)“d”(2),
2.6(2)“c”(1) and (3), Filed ARC
2003B 10/2/02
Definition of “unlicensed student,”
3.1, Notice ARC 2006B 10/2/02
Time period in which candidates may take NCLEX
examination,
3.4(3)“b”(6),
3.4(4)“b”(10), Notice ARC
2005B 10/2/02
Approved curriculum for dependent adult and child
abuse identification
and reporting course,
3.7(3)“e,” Filed ARC
2004B 10/2/02
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.4(2),
21.4(3)“a,” 21.4(4), 21.5(1)“a”(5) and
(51),
21.6(9)“b” and “c,”
21.6(9)“d”(1), 21.6(9)“e,” 21.6(12),
21.8(4)“e,”
21.8(9), 21.19(1),
21.22(1)“a,” 21.27, Filed ARC
2010B 10/2/02
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Mortuary science examiners, adopt ch 99,
Filed ARC 2019B 10/2/02
Massage therapy examiners, ch 130, Filed
ARC 2018B 10/2/02
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Birth defects institute, 4.3(1), 4.3(5), 4.3(8),
4.3(9), 4.4, Filed ARC 2008B 10/2/02
Tattooing—infection control procedures;
inspections, 22.1, 22.2,
22.3(4) to 22.3(7), 22.4 to
22.7, Notice ARC 2016B 10/2/02
Radiation, 38.1(2), 38.2, 39.1(3),
39.4(20)“a,” 39.4(22), 39.4(22)“d,”
39.4(29)“d”(1),
39.4(29)“d”(1)“2”
to “5,” 39.4(29)“d”(3) to (6), 40.1(5), 40.2(2),
40.15(1)“b,”
40.15(3), 40.26(2), 40.26(6),
40.36(5), 40.48, 40.49, 40.50(1), 40.50(4),
40.117,
41.2(1), 41.2(2), 41.2(10),
41.2(11)“a”(1), 41.2(13)“b” and “e,”
41.2(14),
41.2(14)“a,”
41.2(14)“b”(1) and
(2), 41.2(14)“f,” 41.2(18)“c,”
41.2(21)“e”(2),
41.2(26)“i,”
41.2(30)“a,”
41.2(31), 41.2(33), 41.2(37), 41.2(38)“a,”
41.2(38)“b”(5),
41.2(39)“a”(1),
41.2(41), 41.2(43),
41.2(44)“b”(4) and (5), 41.2(45)“a”(6),
41.2(45)“b,”
41.2(46)“e,”
41.2(47)“a,”
41.2(49), 41.2(50), 41.2(52), 41.2(53), 41.2(53)“c” to
“g,” 41.2(57)“a,”
41.2(58),
41.2(59), 41.2(60)“a” and “b,” 41.2(64)“a”
and “c,” 41.2(65) to 41.2(75),
41.2(77) to
41.2(79), 41.2(83) to 41.2(87), 41.3(6)“e,”
45.1(1),
45.1(12)“b”(1), (2), (4) and (8),
45.1(12)“c,” 45.6, 45.6(3),45.6(4),
45.6(9),
45.6(12), 45.6(17)“a” and
“b,” 45.6(25)“c”(2),
45.6(25)“c”(3)“9” to
“11,”
45.6(27) to 45.6(31), Notice
ARC 2009B 10/2/02
Childhood lead poisoning prevention program, ch
72, Notice ARC 2007B 10/2/02
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Authority to change filing thresholds; schedule
for consolidated tax returns;
definition of
“livestock”; exempt sales; sales and use tax on
services;
deadline for sending estimates of local option
tax, 12.13, 13.4(1), 17.9(1),
17.9(9), 17.40, 17.41,
18.61, 26.8(1), 26.8(2), 26.38, 26.68(3),
26.81,
46.3(3)“b”(4), 107.10, 108.7,
Notice ARC 2041B 10/2/02
Investment tax credit for equity investment in
qualifying business or community–based
seed capital
fund, 42.18, 52.21, 58.11, Notice ARC
2040B 10/2/02
Deferment of income for start–up companies,
52.1(10), Filed ARC 2039B 10/2/02
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Improvements and maintenance on primary road
extensions, ch 150, Filed ARC 2012B 10/2/02
Vehicle registration and certificate of title,
400.13(2)“c,”
400.13(4)“b”(1),
400.16(1),
400.16(2)“a,” 400.16(2)“d”(1), 400.16(3)“a,”
400.16(3)“d”(1) and
(2),
400.16(4)“a,”
400.17(1)“a”(3), 400.17(4)“a,” 400.51, Notice
ARC 2013B 10/2/02
Interstate registration and operation of
vehicles, ch 500, Notice ARC 2014B 10/2/02
Interstate motor vehicle fuel licenses and
permits, ch 505 title, 505.1 to
505.5,
505.6(2)“b,” Notice ARC
2015B 10/2/02
Special permits for operation and movement of
vehicles and loads
of excess size and weight,
511.7(1)“b,” 511.7(2)“e,” 511.8,
511.9(1)“b,”
511.9(2)“e,”
511.12(2)“a,” Filed ARC
2011B 10/2/02
ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE
MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second Tuesday of each
month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.8. A
special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state and at any
time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30,
2003.
Senator Jeff Angelo 808 West Jefferson Creston, Iowa
50801
|
Representative Clyde Bradley
315 33rd Avenue North
Clinton, Iowa 52732
|
Senator Patricia M. Harper 3336 Santa Maria
Drive Waterloo, Iowa 50702
|
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
|
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Representative Marcella R. Frevert
P.O. Box 324
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Senator Paul McKinley Route 5, Box 101H Chariton, Iowa
50049
|
Representative Mark Kuhn
2667 240th Street
Charles City, Iowa 50616
|
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
|
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
|
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
|
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
|
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee
voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b” by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation
(hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
|
|
Waivers or variances from administrative rules, ch
12 IAB 9/18/02 ARC 1972B
|
Director’s Conference Room 524 Fourth St. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 10 a.m.
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Services provided to new patient by dental hygienist,
10.3 IAB 9/18/02 ARC 1976B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 2 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Emergency shelter grants program, ch 24 IAB 9/18/02
ARC 1994B
|
2nd Floor Northeast Conference Room 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 1:30 p.m.
|
Homeless shelter operation grants program, ch 29 IAB
9/18/02 ARC 1995B
|
2nd Floor Northeast Conference Room 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 2:30 p.m.
|
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
|
|
Community colleges— quality faculty plan,
21.3(4) IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2026B (ICN Network)
|
Second Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
October 29, 2002 2:30 to 3:30 p.m.
|
|
Room 204, Library Bldg. Arrowhead AEA 330 Avenue
M Fort Dodge, Iowa
|
October 29, 2002 2:30 to 3:30 p.m.
|
|
Room 32B, Bldg. 32B Kirkwood Farm 6301 Kirkwood
Blvd. Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
October 29, 2002 2:30 to 3:30 p.m.
|
|
Looft Hall Iowa Western Community College 2700 College
Rd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
October 29, 2002 2:30 to 3:30 p.m.
|
Approval of teacher intern preparation programs, 77.4,
77.5 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2025B
|
Conference Room 3 North Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
October 23, 2002 4 to 5 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Air quality standards for concentrated animal feeding
operations, 20.2, 28.1 IAB 8/21/02 ARC 1876B
|
Conference Rooms Urbandale Public Library 3520 86th
St. Urbandale, Iowa
|
October 2, 2002 7 p.m.
|
Air quality standards for concentrated animal feeding
operations, 20.2, 28.1 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2043B (See
also ARC 1876B, IAB 8/21/02)
|
Davenport Public Library 321 Main St. Davenport,
Iowa
|
November 6, 2002 6:30 to 8:30 p.m.
|
Ambient air sampling manual, 28.2 IAB 9/18/02 ARC
1990B
|
Room 108A, Gateway North Center Iowa Lakes Community
College 1900 N. Grand Ave. Spencer, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 7 p.m.
|
|
Conference Rooms Urbandale Public Library 3520 86th
St. Urbandale, Iowa
|
October 15, 2002 7 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room Iowa Western Community College 906
Sunnyside Ln. Atlantic, Iowa
|
October 16, 2002 7 p.m.
|
|
Muse–Norris Center NIACC 500 College Dr. Mason
City, Iowa
|
October 23, 2002 7 p.m.
|
Ambient air sampling manual, 28.2 IAB 10/2/02 ARC
2045B (See also ARC 1990B, IAB
9/18/02)
|
Davenport Public Library 321 Main St. Davenport,
Iowa
|
November 6, 2002 6:30 to 8:30 p.m.
|
County board of supervisors’ use of master matrix to
evaluate proposed confinement feeding operations, 65.10 IAB 9/18/02
ARC 1989B
|
Fourth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 1 p.m.
|
Sanitary landfills, 100.1, 102.2(1), 102.12(10), 102.13,
102.14, 102.16; ch 103; 109.10(2), 111.3 to 111.5; chs 112 to 115 IAB 9/18/02
ARC 1988B
|
Fifth Floor West Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 9 a.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Assessment fee for intermediate care facilities for the
mentally retarded, ch 36, 82.5(13) IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2035B
|
First Floor Southeast Conference Room Side 1 Hoover
State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 24, 2002 9 to 10 a.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Wildlife habitat on private lands promotion program, 22.1
to 22.5, 22.7 to 22.9 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2046B
|
Fourth Floor West Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 24, 2002 1 to 4 p.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Practice of tattooing, 22.1 to 22.7 IAB 10/2/02 ARC
2016B (ICN Network)
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Turner Room Green Valley AEA 14 1405 N.
Lincoln Creston, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
State Room, Northern Trails AEA 2 9184B 265th St. Clear
Lake, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Buena Vista Univ., Spirit Lake Campus 2008 Hill
Ave. Spirit Lake, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Room 101 Dubuque Downtown-Northeast Iowa Community
College 700 Main St. Dubuque, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Meeting Room A, Public Library 321 Main Davenport,
Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Meeting Room D, Public Library 123 S. Linn St. Iowa
City, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Ottumwa National Guard Armory 2858 N. Court Rd. Ottumwa,
Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
Radiation, amendments to chs 38 to 41 and 45 IAB 10/2/02
ARC 2009B
|
Conference Room, Suite D 401 SW Seventh St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 8:30 a.m.
|
Childhood lead poisoning prevention program, ch 72 IAB
10/2/02 ARC 2007B (ICN Network)
|
Room 106, Activity Center NIACC 500 College Dr. Mason
City, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Room 806, Continuing Education Ctr. 3702 S. Center
St. Marshalltown, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641] (cont’d) (ICN
Network)
|
|
|
Turner Room, Green Valley AEA 14 1405 N.
Lincoln Creston, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room A Ottumwa Regional Health Center 1001 E.
Pennsylvania Ottumwa, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Great River AEA 16 3601 West Avenue Rd. Burlington,
Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Room 550, Fifth Floor 411 Third St. SE Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Room 304, Kahl Educational Center 326 W. Third
St. Davenport, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Room 205–207, Federal Bldg. 8 S. Sixth St. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
|
Room 101 Dubuque Downtown-Northeast Iowa Community
College 700 Main St. Dubuque, Iowa
|
October 22, 2002 11 a.m.
|
New certificate of birth following a foreign adoption,
100.3 IAB 9/18/02 ARC 1969B (See also ARC
2002B)
|
Conference Room 517 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
October 8, 2002 10 to 11:30 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
Flammable and combustible liquids, 5.250 to 5.450, ch
51 IAB 9/18/02 ARC 1996B
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 24, 2002 9:30 a.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Vehicle registration and certificate of title, 400.13, 400.16,
400.17, 400.51 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2013B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 25, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Interstate registration and operation of vehicles, ch
500 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2014B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 24, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Interstate motor vehicle fuel licenses and permits, 505.1 to
505.6 IAB 10/2/02 ARC 2015B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
October 24, 2002 1 p.m. (If
requested)
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
Crossing of railroad rights–of–way, ch
42 IAB 8/7/02 ARC 1852B
|
Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 5, 2002 10 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL, IOWA[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 2042B
CAPITAL INVESTMENT BOARD,
IOWA[123]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2078,
section 3, the Iowa Capital Investment Board hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 1, “Iowa Capital Investment Board –
Administration,” and Chapter 2, “Tax Credit for Investments in
Qualifying Businesses and Community–Based Seed Capital Funds,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These rules are proposed because of 2002 Iowa Acts, House
Files 2078, 2271 and 2586.
Item 1 adopts Chapter 1 to set forth the administrative duties
of the Iowa Capital Investment Board.
Item 2 adopts Chapter 2 to provide for an investment tax
credit administered by the Iowa Capital Investment Board for investments in
qualifying businesses and community–based seed capital funds.
These rules are being filed by the Department of Revenue and
Finance on behalf of the Iowa Capital Investment Board pursuant to an
Administrative Services Agreement between the Department and the
Board.
The proposed rules will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these rules would result in hardship or injustice to
that person may petition the Board for a waiver of the discretionary provisions,
if any.
The Board has determined that these proposed rules may have an
impact on small business. The Board has considered the factors listed in Iowa
Code section 17A.4A. The Board will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing
postmarked no later than November 4, 2002, to the Iowa Capital Investment Board,
in care of the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and
Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the
Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who
each qualify as a small business or an organization representing at least 25
such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed rules on or before November 1, 2002. Such written comments
should be directed to the Iowa Capital Investment Board, in care of the Policy
Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State
Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Board, in care of the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, at (515)281– 8036 or at the Department of Revenue and
Finance offices on the fourth floor of the Hoover State Office
Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by October 25,
2002.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 15E as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House Files 2078, 2271 and 2586.
The following rules are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 1
IOWA CAPITAL INVESTMENT BOARD –
ADMINISTRATION
123—1.1(15E) Mission of the board. The Iowa
capital investment board (board) was established by an Act of the general
assembly (2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2078). The Iowa capital investment board
is created as a state governmental board. The purpose of the board shall be to
mobilize venture equity capital for investment that will result in a significant
potential to create jobs and to diversify and stabilize the economy of the state
of Iowa.
123—1.2(15E) Membership of the board. The Iowa
capital investment board shall consist of five voting members and two nonvoting
advisory members. The five voting members shall be appointed by the governor
and subject to confirmation by the senate. The five voting members shall be
appointed to five–year staggered terms that shall be structured to allow
the term of one member to expire each year.
One nonvoting member shall be appointed by the majority leader
of the senate, and one nonvoting member shall be appointed by the speaker of the
house. The nonvoting members shall be appointed for two–year terms which
shall expire upon the convening of a new general assembly. Vacancies shall be
filled in the same manner as the appointment of the original members.
123—1.3(15E) Powers of the board. The board
shall have the power to engage consultants, expend funds, invest funds,
contract, bond or insure against loss, or perform any other act necessary to
carry out its purpose. However, the board shall not hire employees.
123—1.4(15E) Correspondence and communications.
The office of the Iowa capital investment board is maintained in the office
of the department of revenue and finance. Correspondence and communications to
the board shall be directed in care of the Iowa Department of Revenue and
Finance, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
123—1.5(15E) Meetings of the board. Meetings of
the board are subject to the open meetings provisions of Iowa Code section
21.3.
123—1.6(15E) Duties of the board. The primary
duties of the board include the following:
1.6(1) To develop a system for issuance, registration
and authorization of tax credits for investments in qualifying businesses and
community–based seed capital funds as provided in 2002 Iowa Acts, House
File 2271, section 3.
1.6(2) To establish criteria and procedures for the
issuance, transfer and redemption of contingent tax credits for investments made
to the Iowa fund of funds as provided in 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2078,
section 6.
1.6(3) To establish a system for the issuance and
redemption of tax credits for investments in venture capital funds as provided
in 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2586, section 1.
1.6(4) On or before December 31 of the calendar year
following the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year, to publish and
present to the governor and the general assembly an annual report on the
activities conducted pursuant to rule 123—2.1(15E). This report shall
include a listing of eligible qualifying businesses and community–based
seed capital funds and the number of tax credit certificates and the amount of
tax credits issued.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 15E as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House Files 2078, 2271 and 2586.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 2
TAX CREDIT FOR INVESTMENTS IN
QUALIFYING
BUSINESSES AND COMMUNITY–BASED
SEED CAPITAL
FUNDS
123—2.1(15E) Tax credit for investments in
qualifying businesses and community–based seed capital funds. For tax
years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a taxpayer may claim a tax credit
against the taxpayer’s tax liability for personal net income tax imposed
under Iowa Code chapter 422, division II, for a portion of the taxpayer’s
equity investment in a qualifying business. For tax years beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, a taxpayer may claim a credit against the taxpayer’s tax
liability for personal net income tax imposed under Iowa Code chapter 422,
division II, business tax on corporations imposed under Iowa Code chapter 422,
division III, taxation of financial institutions imposed under Iowa Code chapter
422, division V, insurance companies tax imposed under Iowa Code chapter 432 or
taxation of credit unions imposed under Iowa Code section 533.24, for a portion
of a taxpayer’s equity investment in a community–based seed capital
fund. Only natural persons shall be eligible for the investment tax credit
provided for an investment in a qualifying business. Natural persons and
various types of legal entities including, but not limited to, corporations,
limited liability companies, partnerships (both general and limited), trusts and
estates shall be eligible for the investment tax credit provided for an
investment in a community–based seed capital fund. If the taxpayer that
is entitled to an investment tax credit for an investment in a
community–based seed capital fund is a pass–through entity electing
to have its income taxed directly to its individual owners, such as a
partnership, limited liability company, S corporation, estate or trust, the
pass–through entity shall allocate the allowable credit to each of the
individual owners of the entity on the basis of each owner’s pro rata
share of the earnings of the entity, and the individual owners may claim their
respective credits on their individual income tax returns. An individual shall
not separately claim a tax credit for an investment in a qualifying business for
any tax credit allocated to such individual by a pass–through entity as
described in the immediately preceding sentence.
123—2.2(15E) Definitions. The following
definitions are applicable to this chapter:
“Affiliate” means a spouse, child, or sibling of
an investor or a corporation, partnership, or trust in which an investor has a
controlling equity interest or in which an investor exercises management
control. For purposes of these rules, “controlling equity interest”
means ownership of more than 50 percent of the outstanding equity interests of a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust. “Management
control” means holding more than 50 percent voting power on any board of
directors or trustees, any management committee or any other group managing a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust.
“Board” means the Iowa capital investment board
created under 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2078, section 3.
“Community–based seed capital fund” means a
fund that meets the following criteria:
1. Is organized as a limited partnership or limited liability
company;
2. Has, on or after January 1, 2002, a total of both capital
commitments from investors and investments in qualifying businesses of at least
$500,000, but not more than $3 million; and
3. Has no fewer than ten individual investors who are not
affiliates, with no single investor and affiliates of that investor together
owning a total of more than 25 percent of the ownership interests outstanding in
the fund.
“Investor” means an individual making a cash
investment in a qualifying business or a person making a cash investment in a
community–based seed capital fund. “Investor” does not
include a person who is a current or previous owner, member, partner (limited or
general) or shareholder in a qualifying business.
“Near equity” means debt that may be converted to
equity at the option of the debt holder, and royalty agreements.
“Qualifying business” means a business that meets
the following criteria:
1. The principal business operations of the business are
located in the state of Iowa;
2. The business has been in operation for 3 years or less from
the date of the investment for which a credit is claimed;
3. The business has an owner who has successfully completed
one of the following:
• An entrepreneurial venture
development curriculum, such as programs developed by a John Pappajohn
Entrepreneurial Center, or a holistic training program recognized by the Iowa
department of economic development which generally encompasses the following
areas: entrepreneurial training, management team development, intellectual
property management, market research and analysis, sales and distribution
development, financial planning and management and strategic planning;
• Three years of relevant
business experience;
• A four–year college
degree in business management, business administration or a related
field;
• Other training or
experience sufficient to increase the probability of success of the qualifying
business;
4. The business is not a business engaged primarily in retail
sales, real estate or the provision of health care or other professional
services;
5. The business shall not have a net worth that exceeds$3
million at the date of the investment for which the credit is claimed;
and
6. Within 24 months from the first date on which the equity
investments qualifying for investment tax credits have been made, the business
shall have secured total equity or near equity financing equal to at least
$250,000.
123—2.3(15E) Taxpayers eligible for the investment
tax credit. A taxpayer who is a natural person and an investor in a
qualifying business or community–based seed capital fund is eligible to
apply to the board for an investment tax credit applicable against such
taxpayer’s personal net income tax liability imposed under Iowa Code
chapter 422, division II. A taxpayer that is a legal entity, such as a
corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), trust
or estate, and is an investor in a community–based seed capital fund is
eligible to apply to the board for an investment tax credit applicable against
such taxpayer’s tax liability under the business tax on corporations
imposed under Iowa Code chapter 422, division III, the taxation of financial
institutions imposed under Iowa Code chapter 422, division V, the insurance
companies tax imposed under Iowa Code chapter 432 or the taxation of credit
unions imposed under Iowa Code section 533.24. The taxpayer’s investment
must be made in the form of cash to purchase equity in a qualifying business or
community–based seed capital fund.
123—2.4(15E) Application for the investment tax
credit. A taxpayer that desires to receive an investment tax credit for an
equity investment in a qualifying business or community–based seed capital
fund must submit an application to the board for approval and provide such other
information and documentation as may be requested by the board. Application
forms for the investment tax credit may be obtained by contacting the Iowa
capital investment board at the Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance, 1305 E.
Walnut Street, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. The
telephone number is (515)281–3204. Application forms may also be obtained
by contacting a small business development center in the applicant’s
geographic location. The board shall coordinate with small business development
centers throughout the state to provide uniform application forms to small
business development centers and to disseminate information regarding the
investment tax credits. The board shall provide a summary of the investment tax
credits to small business development centers by either supplying the small
business development centers with a copy of these rules or delivering
substantially similar information in any other format approved by the board.
The board shall make itself accessible to small business development centers for
assistance with questions concerning completion of applications or any other
questions pertaining to the investment tax credits. Applications shall be
submitted to the board in care of the department of revenue and finance at the
address identified above. Applications shall be date– and
time–stamped by the department of revenue and finance in the order in
which such applications are received. Applications for the investment tax
credit shall be accepted by the board until March 31 of the year following the
calendar year in which the taxpayer’s equity investment was
made.
EXAMPLE 1: A taxpayer makes an equity
investment in a qualifying business on December 31, 2002. The taxpayer has
until March 31, 2003, to apply to the board for an investment tax
credit.
EXAMPLE 2: A taxpayer makes an equity
investment in a qualifying business on July 1, 2003. The taxpayer has until
March 31, 2004, to apply to the board for an investment tax credit.
123—2.5(15E) Verification of qualifying businesses
and community–based seed capital funds.
2.5(1) Qualifying businesses. Within 120 days from
the first date on which the equity investments qualifying for investment tax
credits have been made (or, for investments made during the 2002 calendar year,
by the later of 120 days from the first date on which the investments have been
made or March 31, 2003), a qualifying business shall provide to the board the
following information as a prerequisite to the board’s issuance of any
investment tax credits to investors in such qualifying business:
a. A signed statement, from an officer, director, manager,
member, or general partner of the qualifying business, that contains a
description of the general nature of its business operations, the location of
the principal business operations, the date on which the business was formed,
and the date on which the business commenced operations;
b. A balance sheet, certified by the chief executive officer
and the chief financial officer of the qualifying business, that reflects the
qualifying business’s assets, liabilities and owners’ equity as of
the close of the most recent month or quarter;
c. A signed statement, from an owner of the business, that
describes the manner in which such owner satisfies one of the training
requirements set forth in the definition of a qualifying business under rule
123—2.2(15E);
d. A signed statement, from an officer, director, manager,
member or general partner of the qualifying business, that states the names,
addresses, taxpayer identification numbers, shares or equity interests issued,
consideration paid for the shares or equity interests, and the amounts of any
tax credits, of all shareholders or equity–holders who may initially
qualify for the tax credits, and the earliest year in which the tax credits may
be redeemed. The statement shall contain a commitment by the qualifying
business to amend its statement as may be necessary from time to time to reflect
new equity interests or transfers in equity among current equity–holders
or as any other information on the list may change; and
e. A certificate of existence of a business plan for the
qualifying business which details the business’s growth strategy,
management team, production/management plan, marketing plan, financial plan and
other standard elements of a business plan.
Upon the board’s receipt of the information and
documentation necessary to demonstrate satisfaction of the criteria set forth
herein, the board shall, within a reasonable period of time, determine whether a
business is a qualifying business. If the board verifies that the business is a
qualifying business, the board shall register the qualifying business on a
registry of such qualifying businesses. The board shall maintain the registry
and use it to authorize the issuance of further investment tax credits to
taxpayers who make equity investments in qualifying businesses registered with
the board. The board shall issue written notification to the qualifying
business and the applicant that such business has been registered as a
qualifying business with the board for the purpose of issuing investment tax
credits but that such registration is subject to removal and rescission under
rule 123—2.9(15E) for any failure of the business to continuously satisfy
the requirements necessary for verification and registration as a qualifying
business.
2.5(2) Community–based seed capital funds.
Within 120 days from the first date on which the equity investments qualifying
for investment tax credits have been made (or, for investments made during the
2002 calendar year, by the later of 120 days from the first date on which the
investments have been made or March 31, 2003), a community–based seed
capital fund shall provide to the board the following information as a
prerequisite to the board’s issuance of investment tax credits to
investors in such community–based seed capital fund:
a. A copy of the fund’s certificate of limited
partnership, limited partnership agreement, articles of organization or
operating agreement or both certified by the chief executive officer of the
community–based seed capital fund.
b. A signed statement, from an officer, director, manager,
member or general partner of the fund, that states the total amount of capital
contributions or capital commitments from investors and the total number of
individual investors that are not affiliates and the ownership interest of each
individual investor in the fund.
c. A signed statement, from an officer, director, manager,
member or general partner of the fund, that states the names, addresses,
taxpayer identification numbers, equity interests issued, consideration paid for
the interests and the amounts of any tax credits, of all limited partners or
members that may initially qualify for the tax credits, and the earliest year in
which the tax credits may be redeemed. The statement shall also contain a
commitment by the fund to amend its statement as may be necessary from time to
time to reflect new equity interests or transfers in equity among current
equity–holders or as any other information on the list may
change.
Upon the board’s receipt of the information and
documentation necessary to demonstrate a community–based seed capital
fund’s satisfaction of the criteria set forth herein, the board shall,
within a reasonable period of time, determine whether a fund is a
community–based seed capital fund. If the board verifies that the fund is
a community–based seed capital fund, the board shall register the
community–based seed capital fund on a registry of such
community–based seed capital funds. The board shall maintain the registry
and use it to authorize the issuance of further investment tax credits to
taxpayers that make equity investments in thecommunity–based seed capital
funds registered with the board. The board shall issue written notification to
thecommunity–based seed capital fund and the applicant that such fund has
been registered as a community–based seed capital fund with the board for
the purpose of issuing investment tax credits but that such registration is
subject to removal and rescission under rule 123—2.9(15E) for any failure
of the community–based seed capital fund to continuously satisfy the
requirements necessary for verification and registration as a
community–based seed capital fund.
123—2.6(15E) Issuance and distribution of investment
tax credits. Upon verification and registration by the board of a
qualifying business or community–based seed capital fund and approval of
the taxpayer’s application, the board shall issue a tax credit certificate
to the applicant, provided, however, that such tax credit certificate shall be
subject to rescission by the board pursuant to rule 123—2.9(15E). The tax
credit certificate shall be in a form approved by the board and shall contain
the taxpayer’s name, address, and tax identification number, the amount of
credit, the name of the qualifying business or community–based seed
capital fund, the year in which the credit may be redeemed and any other
information that may be required by the department of revenue and finance. In
addition, the tax credit certificate shall contain the following
statement:
The Iowa Capital Investment Board has not recommended or
approved this investment or passed on the merits or risks of such investment.
Investors should rely solely on their own investigation and analysis and seek
investment, financial, legal and tax advice before making their own decision
regarding investment in this enterprise.
A tax credit shall equal 20 percent of the taxpayer’s
equity investment in a qualifying business or community–based seed capital
fund. The maximum amount of a tax credit for an investment by an investor in
any one qualifying business shall be $50,000. Each year, an investor and all
affiliates of the investor shall not claim tax credits under this rule for more
than five different investments in five different qualifying businesses. An
investor in a community–based seed capital fund shall receive a tax credit
pursuant to this rule only for the investor’s investment in the
community–based seed capital fund and shall not receive any additional tax
credit for the investor’s share of investments in a qualifying business
made by the community–based seed capital fund. However, an investor in a
community–based seed capital fund may receive a tax credit under this rule
with respect to a separate direct investment made by the investor in the same
qualifying business in which the community–based seed capital fund
invests.
The aggregate amount of tax credits issued pursuant to this
rule shall not exceed a total of $10 million. The total amount of tax credits
issued during the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2002, shall not exceed $3
million. The total amount of tax credits issued during the fiscal year
beginning July 1, 2003, shall not exceed $3 million. The total amount of tax
credits issued during the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2004, shall not exceed
$4 million. If, during any fiscal year during which tax credits are to be
issued under this rule, applications are approved for more than the amount of
credits authorized by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271, section 3(4), the
applicants shall receive tax credit certificates on a first–come,
first–served basis, until the amount of credits authorized for issuance
has been exhausted. Any tax credits approved but unissued shall be carried over
to the next fiscal year, and the board shall, during the next fiscal year, give
priority to applicants’ tax credits carried over from a prior fiscal year
by(1) issuing tax credit certificates to the taxpayers for such carryover tax
credits before issuing any new tax credits; and (2) applying the aggregate
amount of the credits carried over against the total amount of tax credits to be
issued during such fiscal year before approving or issuing new tax
credits.
123—2.7(15E) Claiming the tax credits. A
taxpayer shall not claim the tax credit prior to the third tax year following
the tax year in which the investment is made. An investment shall be deemed to
have been made on the same date as the date of acquisition of the equity
interest as determined by the Internal Revenue Code. An investment made prior
to January 1, 2002, shall not qualify for a tax credit under this rule. A tax
credit shall not be redeemed during any tax year beginning prior to January 1,
2005. A tax credit shall not be transferable to any other taxpayer. Any tax
credit in excess of the taxpayer’s liability for the tax year may be
credited to the tax liability for the following five years or until depleted,
whichever is earlier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any tax credit carried
over pursuant to rule 123—2.6(15E) and issued for the tax year immediately
following the tax year in which the investment was made may be claimed by the
taxpayer and credited to the taxpayer’s tax liability for the third tax
year following the tax year in which the tax credit is issued. A tax credit
shall not be carried back to a tax year prior to the tax year in which the
taxpayer redeems the tax credit.
123—2.8(15E) Notification to the department of
revenue and finance. Upon the issuance and distribution of investment tax
credits for each tax year, the board shall notify the department of revenue and
finance by providing copies of the tax credit certificates issued for such tax
year to the department of revenue and finance. Such notification shall also
include, but not be limited to, the aggregate number and amount of tax credits
issued for such tax year.
123—2.9(15E) Rescinding the tax credits. Within
24 months from the first date on which the equity investments qualifying for
investment tax credits have been made, a qualifying business shall provide to
the board information and documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the
business has secured total equity or near equity financing equal to at least
$250,000. Examples of sufficient information and documentation include, but are
not limited to, corporate, partnership or limited liability
company–certified resolutions setting forth the names of individuals or
entities making capital contributions and the amounts of such capital
contributions or certified corporate, partnership, or limited liability company
minutes reflecting the names of individuals or entities making capital
contributions and the amounts of such capital contributions. On or by the last
day of the 24–month period described herein, a qualifying business shall
certify to the board, by a statement signed by an officer, director, member,
manager, or general partner of the qualifying business, that it has secured the
requisite amount of equity financing required by this rule within the time
period prescribed by this rule and shall recertify to the board that the
qualifying business continues to meet the requirements set forth in
123—subrule 2.5(1). In the event that a qualifying business fails to meet
or maintain any requirement set forth in this rule, including, without
limitation, timely filing of the certifications described in the preceding
sentence of this rule, the board shall rescind any tax credit certificates
issued to those taxpayers and shall notify the department of revenue and finance
that it has done so, and the tax credit certificates shall be null and void. In
addition, the board shall remove such qualifying business from its registry and
shall issue written notification of such removal to the qualifying business and
the applicants.
A community–based seed capital fund shall have invested
at least 33 percent of its invested capital in no fewer than two separate
qualifying businesses on or by the last day of the 36–month period that
commences with the fund’s investing activities. On or by the last day of
the 36–month perioddescribed under this rule, a community–based seed
capital fund shall certify to the board, by a statement signed by an officer,
director, member, manager, or general partner of the community–based seed
capital fund, that it has met the requirements of this rule, within the time
period prescribed by this rule and shall recertify to the board that the
community–based seed capital fund continues to meet the
require–ments set forth in 123—subrule 2.5(2). In the event that
acommunity–based seed capital fund fails to meet or maintain any
requirement set forth in this rule, including, without limitation, timely filing
of the certifications described in the preceding sentence of this rule, the
board shall rescind any tax credit certificates issued to limited partners or
members and shall notify the department of revenue and finance that it has done
so, and the tax credit certificates shall be null and void. In addition, the
board shall remove such community–based seed capital fund from its
registry and shall issue written notification of such removal to the
community–based seed capital fund and the applicants. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a community–based seed capital fund may apply to the board for
a one–year waiver from the requirements of this rule. The board shall,
upon review of a community–based seed capital fund’s application for
waiver, exercise reasonable discretion in granting or denying such waiver. In
the event that the board grants to a community–based seed capital fund a
one–year waiver from the requirements of this rule, the board shall defer
any rescission of the tax credit certificates until the expiration of such
one–year waiver period. If thecommunity–based seed capital fund
meets the requirements of this rule by the expiration of such one–year
waiver period, the tax credit certificates shall not be rescinded, but the tax
credit certificates shall be rescinded at the end of such one–year waiver
period if such requirements have not been met.
In the event a taxpayer has claimed an investment tax credit
for an investment in a qualifying business under 2002 Iowa Acts, House File
2271, section 3(1)“a,” or for aninvestment in a
community–based seed capital fund under 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271,
section 3(1)“b,” and such tax credit has been rescinded under the
provisions of this rule, the department of revenue and finance shall assess a
deficiency against the taxpayer for the tax credit claimed upon receipt of
written notice of the rescission of such tax credit by the board.
123—2.10(15E) Additional information. The board
retains the authority to request additional information and documentation from a
qualifying business or community–based seed capital fund regarding the
operations, job creation and economic impact of such qualifying business or
community–based seed capital fund, and the board may use such information
in preparing and publishing any reports to be provided to the governor and the
general assembly.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 15E as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271.
ARC 2026B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
21, “Community Colleges,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment updates the rules governing community
college faculty planning in accordance with 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2394.
House File 2394 eliminates the state licensure requirement for community college
faculty in lieu of each college developing a faculty plan to manage faculty
qualifications and professional development, as of July 1, 2003. The proposed
amendment provides the statutory requirements for a quality faculty plan,
additional planning recommendations for the colleges to consider when adopting a
plan, and the process that the Department of Education will use to review each
plan.
Any interested person may submit oral or written comments on
or before Tuesday, October 29, 2002, by addressing them to Beverly Bunker,
Administrative Consultant, Iowa Department of Education, Grimes State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0146; telephone
(515)281–3615;E–mail beverly.bunker@ed.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on Tuesday, October 29, 2002,
from 2:30 to 3:30 p.m. over the Iowa Communications Network. The following
sites will be available for persons to attend the public hearing.
The origination site is Department of Education, Grimes State
Office Building, 2nd Floor, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Additional sites are:
Arrowhead Area Education Agency
330 Avenue M
Library Building, Room Lib 204
Fort Dodge, Iowa
Kirkwood Community College
6301 Kirkwood Blvd.
Building 32B, Kirkwood Farm, Room 32B
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Iowa Western Community College
2700 College Road
Looft Hall
Council Bluffs, Iowa
This amendment is intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House
File 2394.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind subrule 21.3(4) and adopt new subrule
21.3(4) as follows:
21.3(4) Quality faculty plan. By October 1,
2002, each community college must establish a quality faculty committee
consisting of instructors and administrators to develop a plan for hiring and
developing quality faculty. The committee must have equal representatives of
arts and science and career and technical faculty with no more than a simple
majority of members of the same gender. Faculty must be appointed by the
certified employee organization representing faculty, if any, and administrators
must be appointed by the college’s administration. If no
faculty–certified employee organization representing faculty exists, the
faculty will be appointed by administration pursuant to Iowa Code subsection
260C.48(4). The committee must submit the plan to the board of directors for
consideration, approval and submittal to the department of education.
a. The plan shall include, at a minimum, the
following:
(1) An implementation schedule for the plan. The committee
shall submit the plan to the board of directors, which shall consider the plan
and, once approved, submit the plan to the department and implement the plan no
later than July 1, 2003. It is recommended that an implementation schedule
include a needs assessment, and timelines for evaluation, revision, completion
and approval dates.
(2) Orientation for new faculty. It is recommended
that new faculty orientation be initiated within six months from the hiring
date. It is recommended that the orientation of new faculty be flexible to meet
current and future needs and provide options other than structured college
courses for faculty to improve teaching strategies, curriculum development and
evaluation strategies. It is recommended that the college consider developing a
faculty mentoring program.
(3) Continuing professional development for faculty. It is
recommended that the plan clearly specify required components including time
frame for continuing professional development for faculty. It is recommended
that the plan include the number of hours, courses, workshops, professional and
academic conferences or other experiences such as industry internships,
cooperatives and exchange programs that faculty may use for continuing
professional development. It is recommended that the plan include prescribed
and elective topics such as discipline–specific content and educational
trends and research. Examples of topics that may be considered include dealing
with the complexities of learners, skills in teaching adults, curriculum
development, assessment, evaluation, enhancing students’ retention and
success, reaching nontraditional and minority students, improving skills in
implementing technology and applied learning, leadership development, and issues
unique to a particular college. The plan may be inclusive for all college
staff, including adjunct and part–time faculty, and include reciprocity
features that may facilitate movement from one college to another.
(4) Procedures for accurate record keeping and documentation
for plan monitoring. It is recommended that the plan identify the college
officials or administrators responsible for the administration, record keeping
and ongoing evaluation and monitoring of the plan. It is recommended that plan
monitoring, evidence collected, and records maintained showing implementation of
the plan be comprehensive in scope. It is recommended that the plan provide for
the documentation that each faculty member appropriately possesses, attains or
progresses toward attaining minimum competencies.
(5) Consortium arrangements where appropriate,
cost–effective and mutually beneficial. It is recommended that the plan
provide an outline of existing and potential consortium arrangements including a
description of the benefits and cost–effectiveness. It is recommended
that the plan contain an approval process for the quality faculty committee to
approve and evaluate the consortium services.
(6) Specific activities that ensure that faculty attain and
demonstrate instructional competencies and knowledge in their subject or
technical areas. It is recommended that the plan identify faculty minimum
competencies and explain the method or methods of evaluating competencies. It
is recommended that the plan contain procedures for reporting faculty progress.
It is recommended that faculty be notified at least once a year of their
progress in attaining competencies. It is recommended that the plan include
policies and provisions for length of provisional status for staff who do not
meet the minimum standards in Iowa Code section 260C.48 as amended by 2002 Iowa
Acts, House File 2394. It is recommended that provisional status of individual
faculty members not exceed five years.
(7) Procedures for collection and maintenance of records
demonstrating that each faculty member has attained or documented progress
toward attaining minimum competencies. It is recommended that the plan specify
data collection procedures that demonstrate how each full–time faculty
member has attained or has documented progress toward attaining minimum
competencies. It is recommended that the plan incorporate the current
department of education management information system data submission
requirements by which each college submits complete human resources data files
electronically as a part of the college’s year–end
reporting.
(8) Compliance with the faculty accreditation standards of the
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and with faculty standards
required under specific programs offered by the community college that are
accredited by other accrediting agencies. It is recommended that the plan
provide for the uniform reports with substantiating data currently required for
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools accreditation.
b. Between July 1, 2003, and June 30, 2006, the department of
education shall review the plan and conduct on–site visits to ensure each
community college’s compliance and progress in implementing a quality
faculty plan. At a minimum, the department shall visit five community colleges
each year until the department has conducted on–site visits at 15
community colleges. The colleges will be given at least a 30–day notice
of an on–site visit with a written explanation of materials that will be
requested prior to and during the visit. The colleges shall provide additional
information deemed necessary by the department. The department shall review the
following:
(1) Documents submitted by the college that demonstrate
that the plan includes all components required by paragraph
21.3(4)“a.”
(2) Documentation submitted by the college that the board of
directors approved the plan.
(3) Documentation submitted by the college that the college is
implementing the approved plan, including, but not limited to, evidence that the
college is meeting the implementation schedule and time frames outlined in the
plan; evidence of plan monitoring, evaluation and updating; evidence that the
faculty has attained, or is progressing toward attaining, minimum competencies
contained in Iowa Code section 260C.48 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File
2394; evidence that faculty members have been notified of their progress toward
attaining minimum competencies; and evidence that the college meets the minimum
accreditation requirements for faculty required by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Schools.
(4) Documentation that the college administration encourages
the continued development of faculty potential as defined in 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2394, section 5.
(5) Documentation of the human resources report submitted by
the college through the department’s community college management
information system.
Following the on–site visit to each community college,
the department shall submit a report summarizing the department’s findings
to the community college. This report will indicate the college’s
compliance and progress in implementing the faculty plan, with any suggested
improvements and recommendations. All colleges will have received on–site
visits and reports summarizing such visits by July 1, 2006.
ARC 2025B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7, the
State Board of Education hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
77, “Standards for Teacher Intern Preparation Programs,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments will govern approval of practitioner
preparation programs at four–year colleges or universities that wish to
offer a teacher intern preparation program but do not already have a
practitioner preparation program approved by the State Board of Education. The
proposed amendments to the rules establish the standards for approval of these
teacher intern preparation programs, including a site visit by representatives
of the Department and additional documentation as needed. The changes also
specify that approval may be granted for a term of five years; however, approval
for a lesser term may be granted by the State Board if it determines conditions
so warrant.
A public hearing will be held in Conference Room 3 North in
the Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue in Des Moines from
4 to 5 p.m. on October 23, 2002. People may present their views at the public
hearing orally or in writing. Persons who wish to make oral presentations may
contact Dr. Sandra Renegar, Practitioner Preparation Consultant, Division of
Early Childhood, Elementary and Secondary Education, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–3427, prior to the date of the public hearing.
Written comments or suggestions will be accepted until5 p.m.,
October 23, 2002, and should be addressed to Dr.Sandra L. Renegar, Practitioner
Preparation Consultant, Iowa Department of Education, at the above address; fax
(515)281–7669; or E–mail Sandra.Renegar@ed.state.ia.us. Any
person who intends to attend the public hearing and has special requirements,
such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Department of
Education prior to the hearing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
256.7 and 256.16.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 281—77.4(256)
as follows:
281—77.4(256) Criteria for Iowa teacher intern
preparation programs. Each institution seeking approval of its program of
teacher intern preparation shall file evidence of the extent to which it meets
the standards contained in this chapter by means of a written
self–evaluation report and an evaluation conducted by the department.
For institutions not already offering practitioner preparation programs
approved by the state board, the evaluation process shall include a site visit
by representatives of the department and additional documentation as needed.
After the state board has approved the teacher intern preparation program filed
by an institution, teacher intern candidates who complete the program and are
recommended by the authorized official of that institution will be issued the
appropriate license and endorsement(s).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 281—77.5(256) as
follows:
281—77.5(256) Approval of programs. For initial
approval, institutions shall submit written documentation of the teacher intern
preparation program’s compliance with the program approval rules in
77.10(256) through 77.16(256). For institutions that do not already have
practitioner preparation programs approved by the state board, the evaluation
process shall include a site visit by representatives of the department and
additional documentation as needed. Approval by the state board of the
institutions’ teacher intern preparation programs shall be based on the
recommendation of the director after study of the factual and evaluative
evidence on record about each program in terms of the standards contained in
this chapter. Approval, if granted, shall cover the period of time between
initial approval and the institution’s next regularly scheduled state
review under rules 281 IAC 79.5(256) and 281 IAC 79.6(256). After the initial
approval period, approval of the teacher intern preparation program will be
included as part of the institution’s reapplication for approval of its
entire practitioner preparation program. Approval, if granted to
institutions offering only teacher intern preparation programs, shall be for a
term of five years; however, approval for a lesser term may be granted by the
state board if it determines conditions so warrant.
If approval is not granted, the applying institution will be
advised concerning the areas in which improvement or changes appear to be
essential for approval. In this case, the institution shall be given the
opportunity to present factual information concerning its programs at the next
regularly scheduled meeting of the state board. The institution may also
reapply at its discretion when it is ready to show what actions have been taken
to address the areas of suggested improvement.
ARC 2029B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 1, “Administration,” Chapter 4, “Engineering
Licensure,” Chapter 6, “Seal and Certificate of
Responsibility,” and Chapter 7, “Professional Development,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments provide the new address and phone number for
the Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board office, correct the wording
on the comity applicants experience requirements chart to be consistent with
Iowa Code section 542B.14, allow for the use of digital signatures as defined in
or governed by Iowa Code chapter 554D, and add National Council of Examiners for
Engineers and Surveyors (NCEES) examination development committee participation
as an allowable professional development activity.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on these proposed amendments on or before October 22, 2002. Comments
should be directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Officer, Iowa Engineering and
Land Surveying Examining Board at 1920 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021,
telephone (515)281–7360.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.9A and chapters 272C, 542B, and 554D.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 1.1(1) and 1.1(2)
as follows:
1.1(1) Administration. Administration of the board
has not been separated into panels, divisions, or departments. While the
expertise of a board member may be called upon to frame special examinations and
evaluate applications for licensing in a specialized engineering branch, the
board functions in a unified capacity on all matters that may come before it.
The board maintains an office at 1918 1920 SE Hulsizer
Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, and requests or submissions may be directed to the
secretary of the board at that location.
1.1(2) Meetings. Regular meetings of
the board are held in Ankeny, Iowa. Information concerning the location and
dates for meetings may be obtained from the board’s office at
1918 1920 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by
telephoning (515)281–5602 4126.
ITEM 2. Amend the heading of the second
chart in subrule 4.2(5) as follows:
EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR COMITY
APPLICANTS
Who were licensed between July 1,
1988, and June 30, 1991
Who meet the
requirements of Iowa Code section 542B.14(1)(a)(3)
ITEM 3. Amend rule 193C—6.1(542B)
by adding the following new subrule:
6.1(9) Digital signatures. A digital signature
as defined in or governed by Iowa Code chapter 554D meets the signature
requirements of this rule.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 7.3(1) as
follows:
7.3(1) PDH conversion. The following chart
illustrates the conversion from other units to PDH:
1 College or unit semester hour
Credit for qualifying college or community
college courses will be based upon course credit established by the
college.
|
45 PDH
|
1 College or unit quarter hour
Credit for qualifying college or community
college courses will be based upon course credit established by the
college.
|
30 PDH
|
1 Continuing Education Unit
|
10 PDH
|
1 Hour attendance in a class/course, seminar, or
professional or technical presentation made at a meeting, convention or
conference. Credit for qualifying seminars and workshops will be based on one
PDH unit for each hour of attendance. Attendance at qualifying programs
presented at professional or technical society meetings will earn PDH units for
the actual time of each program.
|
1 PDH per
hour
|
Teaching of a class/course, seminar, or
a professional or technical presentation
a.
Teaching credit is valid for teaching a course or seminar
for the first time only.
b.
Teaching credit does not apply to full–time
faculty.
|
2 PDH per
hour
|
Each published paper, article, or
book
Credit for published material is earned in the
biennium of publication.
|
10 PDH
|
Active participation in a professional
or technical society.
Credit for active participation in professional
and technical societies is limited to 2 PDH per renewal per organization and
requires that a licensee serve as an officer or actively participate in a
committee of the organization. PDH credits are earned for a minimum of one
year’s service.
|
2 PDH per organization
per renewal period
|
Each patent
Credit for patents is earned in the biennium the
patent is issued.
|
10 PDH
|
NCEES examination development committee
participation including the writing and grading of examination questions,
writing reference materials for examinations, and evaluating past examination
question performance.
|
- 15 PDH
per renewal
period |
ARC 2043B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Amended Notice of Intended Action
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice that a public hearing
will be held on November 6, 2002, from 6:30 to 8:30 p.m. at the Davenport Public
Library, 321 Main Street, Davenport, Iowa. The purpose of the public hearing is
to receive oral or written comments regarding proposed changes to Chapter 20,
“Scope of Title—Definitions —Forms—Rules of
Practice,” and Chapter 28, “Ambient Air Quality Standards,”
for the purpose of establishing ambient air quality standards for hydrogen
sulfide and ammonia.
The public comment period stated in the original Notice of
Intended Action is hereby extended through November 6, 2002. The original
Notice of Intended Action, which included announcements for public hearings to
be held at other locations in Iowa, was published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on August 21, 2002, as ARC 1876B.
ARC 2045B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Amended Notice of Intended Action
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice that a public hearing
will be held on November 6, 2002, from 6:30 to 8:30 p.m. at the Davenport Public
Library, 321 Main Street, Davenport, Iowa. The purpose of the public hearing is
to receive oral or written comments regarding proposed changes to Chapter 28,
“Ambient Air Quality Standards,” for the purpose of adopting by
reference the “Ambient Air Sampling Manual” adopted by the
Environmental Protection Commission on August 19, 2002.
The public comment period stated in the original Notice of
Intended Action is hereby extended through November 6, 2002. The original
Notice of Intended Action, which included announcements for public hearings to
be held at other locations in Iowa, was published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on September 18, 2002, as ARC 1990B.
ARC 2035B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to adopt Chapter 36, “Assessment Fee
for Intermediate Care Facilities for the Mentally Retarded,” and amend
Chapter 82, “Intermediate Care Facilities for the Mentally
Retarded,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2625,
section 36, which authorizes the Department to assess a fee for intermediate
care facilities for the mentally retarded that are not operated by the state.
The fee is set at6 percent of the total annual revenue of the facility for the
preceding fiscal year and is an allowable cost on a facility’s Medicaid
cost report. When the fee is implemented, the Department will adjust the
Medicaid reimbursement rates for these facilities to reflect the increased cost.
Funds generated from the assessment shall be credited to the state medical
assistance appropriation. These funds are then used for Medicaid service
payments, which draw down additional federal matching funds.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because all affected facilities should be treated uniformly under the
law.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments on or before October 23, 2002. Comments should be directed
to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State
Office Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114.
Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to
policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
The Department will hold a public hearing for the purpose of
receiving comments on these amendments on October 24, 2002, from 9 to 10 a.m. in
the First Floor Southeast Conference Room, Side 1, Hoover State Office Building,
1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines. Comments may be offered at the hearing
either orally or in writing. Anyone who intends to attend the hearing and has
special requirements, such as hearing or vision impairments, should contact the
Office of Policy Analysis at (515)281–8440 and advise of the special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2625, section 36.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 36
ASSESSMENT FEE FOR INTERMEDIATE CARE
FACILITIES FOR THE MENTALLY RETARDED
These rules describe the assessment of the fee authorized by
the Seventy–ninth General Assembly in 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2625.
The rules explain how the fee is determined and paid, and under what conditions
collection of the fee will be terminated.
441—36.1(79GA,HF2625) Assessment of fee.
Intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded (ICF/MRs) licensed in
Iowa under 481—Chapter 64 that are not operated by the state shall pay a
monthly fee to the department. The fee shall equal 6 percent of the total
revenue of the facility for the facility’s preceding fiscal year divided
by the number of months of facility operation during the preceding fiscal
year.
441—36.2(79GA,HF2625) Determination and payment of
fee for facilities certified to participate in the Medicaid program. For
facilities certified to participate in the Medicaid program, the fee shall be
determined and paid as follows:
36.2(1) The assessment for each facility fiscal year
shall be based on the financial and statistical report for the facility’s
preceding fiscal year submitted pursuant to rule 441— 82.5(249A), as
adjusted pursuant to 441—subrules 82.5(10) and 82.17(1).
36.2(2) The department shall notify each facility of
the amount of the fee assessed for each fiscal year following submission of the
financial and statistical report for the facility’s preceding fiscal year.
The fee is subject to adjustment based on adjustments to the financial and
statistical report.
36.2(3) The department shall deduct the monthly amount
due from medical assistance payments to the facility. The department shall also
deduct from medical assistance payments any additional amount due for past
months as a result of an adjustment to the assessment.
441—36.3(79GA,HF2625) Determination and payment of
fee for facilities not certified to participate in the Medicaid program.
For facilities not certified to participate in the Medicaid program, the fee
shall be determined and paid as follows:
36.3(1) Any licensed ICF/MR in Iowa that is not
operated by the state and is not certified to participate in the Medicaid
program shall submit Form 470–0030, Financial and Statistical Report, as
required for participating facilities by rule 441—82.5(249A), for purposes
of determining the amount of the assessment. The department may audit and
adjust the reports submitted, as provided for participating facilities in
441—subrules 82.5(10) and 82.17(1).
36.3(2) The assessment for each facility fiscal year
shall be based on the financial and statistical report for the facility’s
preceding fiscal year as submitted and audited pursuant to subrule
36.3(1).
36.3(3) The department shall notify each facility of
the amount of the fee assessed for each fiscal year following submission of the
financial and statistical report for the facility’s preceding fiscal year.
The fee is subject to adjustment based on adjustments to the financial and
statistical report.
36.3(4) The facility shall pay the assessed fee to the
department on or before the fifteenth day of each month. Any additional amount
due for past months as the result of an adjustment to the initial assessment is
due 30 days after the department notifies the facility of the additional
amount.
441—36.4(217) Termination of fee assessment. If
federal financial participation to match the assessed fee becomes unavailable
under federal law, the assessment terminates on the date the federal statutory,
regulatory, or interpretive change takes effect.
These rules are intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House
File 2625, section 36.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—82.5(249A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
82.5(13) Assessed fee. The fee assessed pursuant to
441—Chapter 36 shall be an allowable cost for cost reporting and audit
purposes.
a. For the purpose of implementing the assessment, Medicaid
reimbursement rates shall be recalculated effective February 1, 2003, as
provided in paragraph “b.”
b. For purposes of rates paid for services rendered after
February 1, 2003, each facility’s annual costs for periods before February
1, 2003, shall be increased by an amount equal to 6 percent of the
facility’s annual revenue for the preceding fiscal year.
ARC 2036B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4,
subsection (4), the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 45,
“Payment,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change language regarding payment of benefits
under the Family Investment Program to clarify that the Department may (instead
of shall) issue benefits by means of direct deposit to a financial institution
or by electronic funds transfer. This is consistent with the language in Iowa
Code section 239B.3. The Department currently offers direct deposit, but not
electronic funds transfer.
These amendments also remove a provision relating to
underpayments due to erroneous reporting of the income or resources of an
alien’s sponsor. Since the rules requiring deeming of a sponsor’s
income and resources have been rescinded, this provision is obsolete.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations. The first change makes the rules consistent with state law. The
second change is a benefit to recipients.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments on or before October 23, 2002. Comments should be directed
to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State
Office Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114.
Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to
policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
239B.3.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—45.21(239B)
as follows:
441—45.21(239B) Address. Assistance warrants
shall be mailed to the recipient’s current address or, upon request, to a
post office box, bank, or to any other address for which the recipient has good
reason for the request. Assistance warrants shall be mailed to the protective
payee, conservator, or guardian (if applicable) in cases involving said persons.
Assistance shall may also be paid by direct deposit to
the recipient’s own account in a financial institution or by means of
electronic benefits transfer.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 45.24(1),
paragraph “b,” by rescinding subparagraph
(3).
ARC 2047B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 79, “Other Policies
Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments add conditions for children’s hospitals
to qualify for Medicaid disproportionate share payments from the Graduate
Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund, as directed by 2002 Iowa
Acts, House File 2487.
The Graduate Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund
was created in 1997 to provide a means of directly reimbursing qualifying
hospitals for the costs associated with providing medical education and serving
a disproportionate share of poor, indigent, nonreimbursed, or nominally
reimbursed patients. The Department applies a formula to the cost and
utilization data for each hospital qualifying for disproportionate share
payments to obtain a dollar value. Each hospital’s dollar value is
divided by the total dollar value for all qualifying hospitals, resulting in a
percentage, which is applied to the amount allocated for disproportionate share
payments for the year to determine the payment to that hospital. Payments are
issued in monthly installments.
The amendments allow certain hospitals with distinct areas
that provide services predominantly to children to report their costs and
Medicaid utilization for those areas separately for purposes of qualifying for
disproportionate share payments. To qualify for payment, a children’s
hospital must be a voting member of the National Association of Children’s
Hospitals and Related Institutions and have Medicaid and low–income
utilization rates in the children’s area of1 percent or greater. Under
current rules, the whole hospital must qualify, and either the low–income
utilization rate must exceed 25 percent or the Medicaid inpatient utilization
rate must exceed one standard deviation from the statewide average
rate.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because all children’s hospitals should be subject to the same
formula for disproportionate share payments. Hospitals may request a waiver of
any part of the formula under the Department’s general rule on exceptions
at rule 441—1.8(217).
The substance of these amendments is also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 2034B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments on or before October 23, 2002. Comments should be directed
to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State
Office Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114.
Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to
policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2487, section 1.
ARC 2037B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249H.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 161, “Iowa Senior
Living Trust Fund,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments clarify that nursing facilities participating
in the funding of the Iowa Senior Living Trust Fund are allowed the $5,000
administration fee each state fiscal year. The amendments also correct a
Department address that has changed due to restructuring and update the
implementation references to reflect the codification of the authorizing
legislation, 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1004.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the administration fee should be uniform for each
participating facility.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments on or before October 23, 2002. Comments should be directed
to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State
Office Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114.
Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to
policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
249H.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the parenthetical
implementation reference for rules 441—161.1(78GA,SF2193) to
441— 161.4(78GA,SF2193) as follows:
(78GA,SF2193 249H)
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 161.4(1) as
follows:
161.4(1) Participation agreement. Iowa
government–owned nursing facilities participating in the Iowa Medicaid
program and wishing to participate in the funding of the senior living trust
fund shall contact the Department of Human Services, Division of Medical
Services Office of Deputy Director for Policy, Fifth Floor, 1305
E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, for information
regarding the conditions of participation. Upon acceptance of the conditions of
participation, the facility shall sign Form 470–3763, Participation
Agreement.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 161.4(2) as
follows:
161.4(2) Reimbursement. Upon acceptance of the
participation agreement, the department shall authorize increased reimbursement
to the participating facility for nursing facilities services provided under the
Medicaid program. The facility shall retain $5,000 of the additional
reimbursement received per agreement as a processing payment
and during each state fiscal year as an
administration fee. The
facility shall refund the remainder of the additional reimbursement through
intergovernmental transfer to the department for deposit of the federal share
(less the $5,000 retained by the facility) in the Iowa senior living trust fund
and the nonfederal share of money in the medical assistance
appropriation.
ITEM 4. Amend 441—Chapter
161, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2193, sections 4 and 5 Iowa Code chapter
249H.
ARC 2046B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455A.5, the
Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 22, “Wildlife Habitat on Private Lands Promotion Program,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules designate the procedures that will be used to
establish wildlife habitat on private lands. This amendment changes the funding
source, incorporates the pheasant and quail restoration program, and provides
for the collection and distribution of seed from the Wildlife Bureau’s
Seed Harvest Program.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before October 24, 2002. Such written materials
should be directed to the Wildlife Bureau Chief, Department of Natural
Resources, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax
(515) 281–6794. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should
contact the Wildlife Bureau at (515)281–6156, or at the Wildlife Bureau
offices on the fourth floor of the Wallace State Office Building.
There will be a public hearing on October 24, 2002,from 1 to 4
p.m. in the Fourth Floor West Conference Room,Wallace State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments
should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
456A and 483A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
571—22.1(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.1(456A,483A) Purpose. The purpose of
these rules is to designate procedures by which revenues from the sale
of wildlife habitat stamps and income tax checkofffund state fish
and game protection fund will be used to assist landowners in establishing
wildlife habitat on private lands. These rules authorize department staff to
work with conservation organizations, educational groups, and private landowners
to improve wildlife habitat on private land.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
571—22.2(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.2(456A,483A) Authority. Iowa Code
section 483A.3 authorizes the expenditure of wildlife habitat stamp
funds for “the development and enhancement of wildlife lands and habitat
areas.” Iowa Code section 456A.16 authorizes an income tax checkoff for
habitat development for game and nongame wildlife 456A.19 authorizes
that the state fish and game protection fund shall be expended solely in
carrying on the activities embraced in the fish and wildlife division. Iowa
Code section 483A.25 directs the department to spend 60 percent of the revenue
derived from an increase in the hunting license fee to fund a pheasant and quail
restoration program. The natural resource commission, hereinafter referred
to as the commission, acting through its director, will enter into agreements
with landowners and conservation groups to fulfill the requirements of the
law.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
571—22.3(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.3(456A,483A) Project scope. This program
will provide cost–sharing assistance to landowners from habitat
stamp and tax checkoff revenues. Tax checkoff funds will be used to
establish farmstead and feedlot shelterbelts, and habitat stamp funds
will be used to provide temporary winter habitat plots, and habitat
practices designed to implement the pheasant and quail restoration program
throughout the state. Declines in wildlife populations in northern Iowa
have been caused in part by the loss of secure food and shelter against winter
storms. Shelterbelts will also provide significant energy savings to rural
homes. Shelterbelts and habitat plots will demonstrate the value of winter
habitat to wildlife in intensively farmed regions of the state. The
purpose of these practices is to assist Iowa’s landowners with developing
and enhancing wildlife habitat on private lands in cooperation with other state,
federal, and county agencies as well as conservation
organizations.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
571—22.4(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.4(456A,483A) Availability of funds.
Habitat stamp funds are dependent on stamp sales. Tax checkoff funds
depend on voluntary contributions from Iowa taxpayers. The amount of
moneys available at any time will be determined by revenues received by the
department and by matching contributions from conservation groups.
Final stamp sales for each calendar year will be determined by July 1 of
the following year. Tax checkoff funds will be available by January 31 of the
following calendar year.
22.4(1) Allotments for this program. Funds available
for assisting landowners shall be in the department’s budget in accordance
with legislative appropriations. Funds will be made available during a fiscal
year of July 1 to June 30.
22.4(2) Matching funds. To maximize the amount of
wildlife habitat actually established, the department may accept contributions
from any governmental or private conservation group to help establish
shelterbelts or winter habitat demonstration areas or habitat practices
designed to implement the pheasant and quail restoration program.
Department funds may also be used to match other funding sources or incentive
programs.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 22.5(6),
paragraphs “a,” “b,” “c” and
“d,” as follows:
a. Up to $55 $90 per acre for standing
corn planted on annual set–aside acres land not being
rowcropped.
b. Up to $70 $100 per acre for
standing corn left on agricultural ground.
c. Up to $30 $50 per acre for planting
forage sorghum and grain sorghum.
d. Up to $50 $70 per acre for planting
forage sorghum and corn.
ITEM 6. Renumber rule
571—22.7(456A,483A) as 571—22.8(456A,483A) and adopt
new rule 571— 22.7(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.7(456A,483A) Pheasant and quail restoration
practices. This rule delineates eligibility and procedures for establishing
pheasant and quail restoration practices.
22.7(1) Eligibility. The program is available
statewide. To be eligible for cost assistance, landowners must enter into a
written agreement with the department specifying the obligations of both
parties.
22.7(2) Applications for assistance. Applications
will be accepted only from those who are eligible as noted above.
a. Applications must be submitted on forms furnished by the
department.
b. Applications and contracts must be received by June 1 to
provide adequate time for site inspection and practice design. The application
period may be extended indefinitely, or until all available funds have been
committed. Landowners will be notified within 30 days of their acceptance or
rejection.
22.7(3) Project review and selection.
a. Projects will be reviewed by the department wildlife
biologist, who will then recommend that the commission enter into agreements
with the successful applicants.
b. Projects will be selected on the basis of habitat
potential, site suitability, priority locations, and other habitat factors, to
determine those projects with the greatest chance of benefiting wildlife
populations.
22.7(4) Contract agreements. The director is
authorized to enter into agreements with landowners to carry out the purposes of
this program.
a. Agreement forms will be provided by the department, and
shall explicitly state the terms of the agreement including restoration
practices.
b. Cost–sharing assistance will not be provided unless
an agreement has been signed by both parties.
c. Contracts may be amended by mutual agreement of both
parties.
22.7(5) Restoration practices. Pheasant and quail
restoration practices will be guided by the Natural Resource Conservation
Service (NRCS) field office technical guide (FOTG).
a. Approved practices include: Brush management (314),
conservation cover (327), critical area planting (342), early successional
development/management (647), forage harvest management (511), pasture and hay
planting (312), prescribed burning (338), prescribed grazing (528A), tree/shrub
establishment (612), upland wildlife habitat management (645), wetland
enhancement (659), wetland restoration (657), wetland wildlife habitat
management (644).
b. Deviation from these practices or new practices must be
approved by a department wildlife biologist.
ITEM 7. Adopt new rule
571—22.9(456A,483A) as follows:
571—22.9(456A,483A) Wildlife habitat enhancement on
public and private lands. The department’s primary goal for the
wildlife bureau’s seed harvest program is to provide diverse native plant
materials to meet the diverse seeding requirements of state and federal land
that is owned or managed by the department.
22.9(1) Private land. The department may enter into
an agreement with Pheasants Forever and the Iowa Native Seed Growers Association
to meet the challenge of providing native plant materials to conservation
groups, educational groups, and private landowners for use in promoting and
establishing wildlife habitat and conservation plantings in Iowa. These
materials include, but are not limited to, seed and seedlings of prairie plants,
grains, and agricultural crop seeds. All native prairie plant materials
provided free to Iowa landowners will be purchased through this cooperative
agreement.
22.9(2) Public land. The department’s
seed harvest program will harvest, process, and distribute native plant
ma–terials for the purpose of improving wildlife habitat
ondepartment–managed land in Iowa. Native plant materials include prairie
grasses and forbs and mast crops from trees. In addition, native plant
materials may be provided free to educational groups (schools) or conservation
groups who want to carry out educational, environmental or demonstration
plantings that will promote prairies and wildlife habitat. These free materials
will be limited to $300 or less in value. The department may enter into
agreements with conservation partners or governmental agencies to utilize
prairie seed and seedlings as a matching source of in–kind value to secure
additional funding or land acquisition, providing all seed materials remain on
lands owned, managed or to be acquired by the department.
ARC 2006B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 3, “Licensure to Practice—Registered Nurse/Licensed
Practical Nurse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds a definition of “unlicensed
student” to the rules.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before October 22, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W.
8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who wish to
convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256, or in the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
152.1.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 655—3.1(17A,147,152,272C) by adopting
the following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Unlicensed student” means a person enrolled in a
nursing education program who has never been licensed as a registered nurse or
licensed practical/vocational nurse in any U.S. jurisdiction.
ARC 2005B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 3, “Licensure to Practice—Registered Nurse/Licensed
Practical Nurse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments reduce the time between the
authorization of NCLEX® examination candidates to
test and the first possible test date.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before October 22, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W.
8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who wish to
convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256 or in the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 152.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 3.4(3),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (6), to read as
follows:
(6) Self–schedule the examination at an approved testing
center. Applicants who do not test within 95 91 days of
authorization are required to submit a new application and fee to the
board.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 3.4(4),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (10), to read as
follows:
(10) Self–schedule the examination at an approved
testing center. Applicants who do not test within 95 91
days of authorization are required to submit a new application and fee to the
board.
ARC 2016B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 135.37 and
135.38, the Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 22, “Practice of Tattooing,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of these amendments is to clarify and provide
additional infection control procedures and to facilitate the performance of
inspections by county health officials.
Any interested person may make written suggestionsor comments
on the proposed amendments on or beforeOctober 22, 2002. Written comments may
be sent to TomNewton, Division of Health Protection and Environmental Health,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0075, fax (515)281– 4529.
There will be a public hearing on October 22, 2002, at9 a.m.
(local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which time
persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
Department of Public Health
ICN Room, 6th Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 East 12th Street
Des Moines
Green Valley Area Education Agency 14
Turner Room
1405 N. Lincoln
Creston
Northern Trails Area Education Agency 2
State Room
9184B 265th Street
Clear Lake
Buena Vista University
Spirit Lake Campus
2008 Hill Avenue
Spirit Lake
Dubuque Downtown – Northeast Iowa
Community
College
Room 101
700 Main Street
Dubuque
Davenport Public Library
Meeting Room A
321 Main
Davenport
Iowa City Public Library
Meeting Room D
123 South Linn Street
Iowa City
Ottumwa National Guard Armory
2858 N. Court Road
Ottumwa
Any persons who plan to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact
the Department of Public Health and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.37 and 135.38.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 641—22.1(135) as
follows:
641—22.1(135) Purpose. The purpose of this
chapter is to stipulate the permit and operational requirements for tattoo
artists and tattoo establishments.
NOTE:
Tattoo artists and tattoo establishments which are in compliance with Iowa Code
section 135.37 and these rules are not relieved from the requirements of any
other applicable state laws, or local ordinances.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
641—22.2(135), definition of “tattoo establishment,” as
follows:
“Tattoo establishment” means the
location building or mobile unit where tattooing is
practiced.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrule 22.3(4) and adopt
new subrule 22.3(4) in lieu thereof and adopt new
subrules 22.3(5) through 22.3(7) as follows:
22.3(4) Tattoo artists and tattoo establishments which
are in compliance with Iowa Code section 135.37 and 641— Chapter 22 are
not relieved from the requirements of any other applicable state laws or local
ordinances.
22.3(5) Tattooing shall be practiced only in
facilities that have received a tattoo establishment permit from the
department.
22.3(6) Tattooing shall not be practiced in a
residence unless the tattoo establishment is completely separated from the
living quarters by a solid permanent partition. A solid door leading to the
living quarters shall be permitted, provided it remains closed during business
hours. A direct outside entrance to the tattoo establishment shall be
provided.
22.3(7) Tattoo establishments shall be inspected
annually.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 641—22.4(135) as
follows:
641—22.4(135) Sanitation and infection
control.
22.4(1) Tattooing shall not be practiced in a
residence unless the tattoo establishment is completely separated from the
living quarters by a solid permanent partition. A solid door leading to the
living quarters shall be permitted, provided it remains closed during business
hours. A direct outside entrance to the tattoo establishment shall be
provided. Tables, chairs, and other general use equipment shall be
constructed of impervious or smooth and easily cleanable material.
22.4(2) Tattoo establishments shall have
potable hot and cold water under pressure. A sink for handwashing
supplied with potable hot and cold running water shall be available in or
directly adjacent to the tattooing area. Hand–washing facilities shall be
supplied with liquid soap and single–use paper towels.
22.4(3) All tattoo establishments shall be
equipped with toilet and hand–washing facilities which are connected to
water and sewage disposal systems. Hand–washing lavatories shall be
supplied with cleansing compound and single towel service. Toilet
facilities must be available for employee use or patron use.
22.4(4) to 22.4(6) No change.
22.4(7) All refuse shall be stored in rigid containers
with tight–fitting covers plastic liners which are
emptied at least once each business day.
22.4(8) Closed cabinets shall be used for the
exclusive storage of instruments, dyes, pigments, stencils, tattoo
machines, and other equipment. shall be provided for each
tattoo artist.
22.4(9) Smoking or consumption of food or drink shall
not be allowed in any area where the actual tattoo procedure is being
performed.
NOTE:
This restriction does not apply to other areas in the tattoo establishment where
the actual tattoo procedure is not performed.
22.4(10) No change.
ITEM 5. Rescind rule 641—22.5(135)
and adopt the following new rule 641—22.5(135) in lieu
thereof:
641—22.5(135) Equipment.
22.5(1) Cups to hold ink or dye shall be for
single–patron use.
22.5(2) Any dye or ink in which needles were dipped
shall not be used on another person.
22.5(3) All tubes, needle bars, and needles used for
the tattoo procedure that are not sterile, for single–patron use and
disposable shall be physically cleaned with a detergent according to
manufacturers’ recommendations and then steam sterilized or dry–heat
sterilized before use on another patron.
22.5(4) Steam sterilization shall be at 250 degrees
Fahrenheit (121 degrees Celsius) for 15 minutes at a minimum pressure of 15
pounds per square inch.
22.5(5) Dry–heat sterilization shall be at 350
degrees Fahrenheit (170 degrees Celsius) for one hour.
22.5(6) Sterilizers shall be monitored monthly for
spores of Bacillus subtilis and records shall be maintained of
results.
22.5(7) Each tattoo establishment shall maintain
written procedures to follow in the event of positive spore tests; for example,
materials processed in that sterilizer, dating from the sterilization cycle
having the positive biological indicator to the next cycle showing satisfactory
biologic indicator challenge results, must be considered nonsterile and must be
reprocessed before being used.
22.5(8) Each tattoo establishment shall be equipped
with a container designated for disposal of used needles and other sharps. A
written plan for disposal shall be required.
22.5(9) Any bottles of solution shall be labeled as to
contents and used according to manufacturers’ directions.
22.5(10) Use of clippers is recommended for removal of
unwanted hair. After use, clippers shall be cleaned with detergent and water
and then disinfected with 70 percent ethyl or isopropyl alcohol for ten minutes
or with quaternary ammonium compounds as directed on the product
label.
22.5(11) Razors shall be for single–patron use
and shall be disposable.
22.5(12) Topical ointments shall be for
single–patron use.
22.5(13) All equipment shall be maintained in a
clean and sanitary condition.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 641—22.6(135) as
follows:
641—22.6(135) Procedures.
22.6(1) and 22.6(2) No change.
22.6(3) Tattoo artists shall wear clean outer
garments. It is recommended, but not required, that
sterile gloves be worn by the tattoo artists during the tattoo
procedure. Gloves shall be changed after each tattoo. Hands shall be washed
after gloves are removed.
22.6(4) The skin area to be tattooed shall first be
cleansed with a germicidal soap and water. Single–use
towels or sponges (gauze) shall be used during the cleansing
procedure.
NOTE:
Germicidal soaps may contain iodophor, chlorohexidine gluconate, or other active
ingredient approved by the department.
22.6(5) Before placing the tattoo design on the
patron’s skin, the tattoo artist shall prepare the skin with an antiseptic
such as 70 percent ethyl or isopropyl alcohol or 10 percent iodophor
solution. iodophor solution, chlorohexidine gluconate solution, or
other antiseptic approved by the department. The solution shall be applied with
sterile cotton or sterile gauze.
22.6(6) No change.
22.6(7) After the tattooing is completed, a
sterile dressing shall be applied to the tattoo area.
22.6(8) No change.
ITEM 7. Rescind rule 641—22.7(135)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
641—22.7(135) Application for
permit—fees.
22.7(1) No tattoo establishment shall be operated in
the state without having a permit to operate issued by the
department.
22.7(2) Each person acquiring or establishing a tattoo
establishment shall apply for a permit prior to beginning operation.
22.7(3) A permit to operate shall be issued to a new
establishment when the department or its representative has successfully
completed an on–site inspection. Permits shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in the tattoo establishment.
22.7(4) Applications are available upon request
fromthe Iowa Department of Public Health, Division of Health Protection and
Environmental Health, Tattoo PermitProgram, Lucas State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
22.7(5) An annual, nonrefundable application fee of
$25, payable to the Iowa Department of Public Health, shall be remitted with the
initial or renewal tattoo establishment application.
22.7(6) The annual fee for each tattoo artist permit
shall be $40.
22.7(7) Tattoo artist permits and tattoo establishment
permits are nontransferable.
22.7(8) All permits expire on December 31 of each
year, regardless of date of issue. Permits shall be renewed annually upon
acceptance of a renewal application provided by the department and receipt of
the renewal fee.
22.7(9) The owner of the tattoo establishment shall be
billed $200 for each tattoo establishment inspection. Tattoo establishments
shall be inspected annually. When the tattoo establishment is located within a
contracted area of a board of health, the costs billed will be paid to the
contracted board of health, or its designee.
ARC 2009B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 136C.3, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 38, “General Provisions for Radiation Machines and Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 39, “Registration of Radiation Machine
Facilities, Licensure of Radioactive Materials and Transportation of Radioactive
Materials”; Chapter 40, “Standards for Protection Against
Radiation”; Chapter 41, “Safety Requirements for the Use of
Radiation Machines and Certain Uses of Radioactive Materials”; and Chapter
45, “Radiation Safety Requirements for Industrial Radiographic
Operations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The following itemize the proposed changes.
Items 1, 3, 9, 21, and 72 amend the rules to reflect current
federal regulations.
Item 2 amends the definitions of: “airborne
radioactivity area,” to include all airborne radioactive material;
“monitoring,” to clarify wording; “prescribed dosage,”
to change wording from quantity to activity; “prescribed dose,” to
add wording that includes brachytherapy afterloaders; “public dose,”
to change wording from radiation possessed to radiation released;
“reportable medical event,” to add more descriptive wording and to
add wording about exposure from a leaking sealed source or intervention by the
patient; “shallow dose equivalent,” to add wording about exposure to
the whole body and to delete the average; and “written directive,”
to delete wording that is detailed in another rule. Item 2 also adds
definitions for “authorized medical physicist” and those related to
respirators in order to meet NRC compatibility requirements.
Item 4 adds wording to include registration as well as
certificates, both of which the agency currently issues.
Items 5, 30, and 54 expand the wording for clarity and to meet
NRC compatibility requirements.
Items 6 and 23 rescind the current subrules and adopt new
subrules in order to meet NRC compatibility requirements.
Item 7 changes the requirement to include transfer of devices,
adds an effective date for labeling, and adds two new devices to labeling
requirements in order to meet NRC compatibility requirements.
Item 8 rescinds a subparagraph and adopts three new
subparagraphs in order to meet NRC compatibility requirements. The requirements
for reports and records are added.
Item 10 amends the definition of “class” and
“declared pregnant woman” to meet NRC compatibility
requirements.
Item 11 adds exposure limits for the skin of the whole body.
This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 12 clarifies from what portion of the body the exposures
must be taken. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 13 changes wording to include areas not previously
regulated and may cause facilities to reevaluate public access areas. This is
an NRC compatibility requirement.
Items 14 and 42 adopt new wording to include exposure limits
to patient visitors. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 15 requires prompt processing of dosimetry. This is an
NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 16 adds decontamination to the licensee requirements.
This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Items 17, 18, and 19 add wording to include respirators in
order to meet NRC compatibility requirements.
Item 20 adds a new rule intended to protect employees from
discrimination when they are involved in certain protected activities. The NRC
recommended this rule because there is no protection currently.
Item 22 expands the definition of “authorized nuclear
pharmacist” and “authorized user” to meet NRC compatibility
requirements. The definition includes more ways to become an “authorized
nuclear pharmacist” or an “authorized user.” Item 22 also
includes a new definition for “authorized medical physicist.” The
definition of “radiation safety officer” was added to this chapter
because it is expanded from the definition in 641—Chapter 38. This is an
NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 24 expands the requirements to include additional items
required to be included in the instruction of personnel. This is an NRC
compatibility requirement.
Item 25 adds wording to clearly delineate who has authority
for control of radioactive material. Item 25 also adds wording for mobile
services that is now only found in regulatory guides. This is an NRC
compatibility requirement.
Items 26 and 28 add reportable events to the record
requirements. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 27 shortens the time frame for reporting reportable
medical events. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 29 rescinds requirements for written directives from this
subrule. These requirements are added in new subrule 41.2(87). Any changes are
an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 31 adds wording to require a more detailed description of
equipment in a report that is already commonly submitted. This is an NRC
compatibility requirement.
Item 32 allows elimination of certain surveys. This is an NRC
compatibility requirement.
Item 33 corrects wording regarding the half–life in
terms of days that was in error.
Items 34, 35, and 36 add wording to include common sources of
material. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 37 adds a new category of patients to be discussed in
training. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Items 38, 42 and 44 add a substitute for the radiation safety
officer. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 39 changes the requirement to allow a semiprivate room if
both individuals are being treated. This is an NRC compatibility
requirement.
Items 40 and 41 require sealed sources to meet certain
requirements. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 43 requires that emergency equipment be present. This is
an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 45 adds a new paragraph to require accountability for
sources. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 46 is amended to include remote afterloaders. This is an
NRC compatibility requirement.
Items 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 55, and 64 are amended to
include remote afterloaders and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units. This is
an NRC compatibility requirement.
Item 51 is amended to require nationally recognized protocols
for calibration. This is an NRC compatibility requirement.
Items 54, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, and 68 rescind the
current wording and adopt new wording in order to meet NRC compatibility
requirements.
Items 57, 66, and 69 change the date by which authorized
individuals will meet the requirements of these rules.
Item 67 adds an omitted cross reference.
Item 70 adds new subrules in order to meet NRC compatibility
requirements. It also includes a subrule for written directives which, in Item
29, were rescinded.
Item 71 rescinds a requirement that had been omitted in
previous rule making.
Items 73 and 74 add requirements for approved processing
services of monitoring devices and clarify wording in order to meet NRC
compatibility requirements.
Items 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, and 83 amend or add
requirements for well–logging in order to be compatible with NRC
requirements.
Item 78 amends record–keeping times, methods, intervals,
and reports in order to be compatible with NRC requirements.
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s exemption provision contained at
641-38.3(136C). For this reason, the Department has
not provided a specific provision for waiver of these particular
rules.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments prior to the close of business on October 22, 2002.
Such written materials should be directed to Donald A. Flater, Chief, Bureau
ofRadiological Health, Department of Public Health, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite D,
Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4611; fax (515) 725–0318; or E–mail
dflater@idph.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on October 22, 2002, at8:30 a.m.
in the Conference Room, Department of Public Health, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite D,
Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views either orally or
in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and has
special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments
should contact the Department to advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 38.1(2) as
follows:
38.1(2) All references to Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of July 1, 2002
January 1, 2003.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
641-38.2(136) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Airborne radioactivity area” means a room,
enclosure, or area in which airborne radioactive material (composed wholly or
partly of licensed material) exists in concentrations(1) in excess of the
derived air concentrations (DACs) specified in Appendix A of
641-Chapter 40; or (2) to such a degree that an
individual present in the area without respiratory protective equipment could
exceed, during the hours an individual is present in a week, an intake of 0.6
percent of the annual limit on intake (ALI) or 12 DAC–hours.
“Monitoring (radiation monitoring, radiation
protection monitoring)” means the measurement of radiation
levels, radioactive material concentrations, surface area
activities concentrations or quantities of radioactive
material and the use of the results of these measurements to evaluate potential
exposures and doses. For purposes of these rules, “radiation
monitoring” and “radiation protection monitoring” are
equivalent terms.
“Prescribed dosage” means the
quantity specified activity or range of activity of
radiopharmaceutical activity unsealed radioactive
material as documented:
1. and 2. No change.
“Prescribed dose” means:
1. For gamma stereotactic radiosurgery, the total dose as
documented in the written directive;
2. For teletherapy, particle accelerators and X–ray
systems, the total dose and dose per fraction as documented in the written
directive; or
3. For manual brachytherapy, either the total source
strength and exposure time or the total doses, as documented in the written
directive. ; or
4. For remote brachytherapy afterloaders, the total dose
and dose per fraction as documented in the written directive.
“Public dose” means the dose received by a member
of the public from exposure to sources of radiation possessed
radiation or to radioactive material released by a licensee, registrant,
or other person, or to any other source of radiation under the control of a
licensee, registrant, or other person. It does not include occupational dose or
doses received from background radiation, from any medical administration the
individual has received, from exposure to individuals administered sources of
radiation and released in accordance with 41.2(27) or from voluntary
participation in medical research programs.
“Reportable medical event” means the
administration of radioactive material for diagnostic medical use that
results in the patient’s or human research subject’s
receiving medical event, except for an event that results from
patient intervention, in which the administration of byproduct material or
radiation from byproduct material results in:
a. A dose that differs from the prescribed dose or dose
that would have resulted from the prescribed dosage by more than 5 rem (0.05 Sv)
effective dose equivalent, 50 rem (0.5 Sv) to an organ or tissue, or 50 rem (0.5
Sv) shallow dose equivalent to the skin; and
1. Greater or less than 20 percent of a prescribed
dose The total dose delivered differs from the prescribed dose by 20
percent or more;
2. A dose intended for another individual; or
The total dosage delivered differs from the prescribed dosage by 20 percent
or more or falls outside the prescribed dosage range; or
3. A dose that was not prescribed by an authorized
user. The fractionated dose delivered differs from the prescribed
dose, for a single fraction, by 50 percent or more.
b. A dose that exceeds 5 rem (0.05 Sv) effective dose
equivalent, 50 rem (0.5 Sv) to an organ or tissue, or 50 rem (0.5 Sv) shallow
dose equivalent to the skin from any of the following:
1. An administration of the wrong radioactive drug
containing by–product material;
2. An administration of a radioactive drug containing
by–product material by the wrong route of administration;
3. An administration of a dose or dosage to the wrong
individual or human research subject;
4. An administration of a dose or dosage delivered by the
wrong mode of treatment; or
5. A leaking sealed source.
c. A dose to the skin or an organ or tissue other than the
treatment site that exceeds by 50 rem (0.5 Sv) to an organ tissue and 50 percent
or more of the dose expected from the administration defined in the written
directive (excluding, for permanent implants, seeds that were implanted in the
correct site but migrated outside the treatment site).
d. An event resulting from intervention of a patientor
human research subject in which administration of by–product material or
radiation from by–product material results or will result in unintended
permanent functional damage to an organ or a physiological system, as determined
by a physician.
“Shallow dose equivalent” (Hs), which
applies to the external exposure of the skin of the whole body or the
skin of an extremity, means the dose equivalent at a tissue depth of 0.007
centimeter (7 mg/cm2) averaged over an area of 1 square
centimeters.
“Written directive” means an order in writing for
a specific patient or human research subject, dated and signed by an authorized
user prior to the administration of a radiopharmaceutical or by an individual
qualified by training and experience to conduct particle accelerator therapy or
radiation for X–ray therapy, except as specified in paragraph
“6” of this definition, containing the following
information:
1. For any administration of quantities greater than
30 microcuries of either sodium iodide I–125 or I–131: the
dosage;
2. For a therapeutic administration of a
radiopharmaceutical other than sodium iodide I–125 or I–131: the
radiopharmaceutical, dosage, and route of administration;
3. For gamma stereotactic radiosurgery: target
coordinates, collimator size, plug pattern, and total dose;
4. For teletherapy, particle accelerator or
X–ray: the total dose, dose per fraction, treatment site, and overall
treatment period;
5. For high–dose–rate remote afterloading
brachytherapy: the radioisotope, treatment site, and total dose;
or
6. For all other brachytherapy:
a. Prior to implantation: the radioisotope, number of
sources, and source strengths; and
b. After implantation but prior to completion of the
procedure: the radioisotope, treatment site, and total source strength and
exposure time (or, equivalently, the total dose) as specified in
41.2(87).
Add the following new definitions:
“Air–purifying respirator” means a
respirator with an air–purifying filter, cartridge, or canister that
removes specific air contaminants by passing ambient air through the
air–purifying element.
“Assigned protection factor (APF)” means the
expected workplace level of respiratory protection that would be provided by a
properly functioning respirator or a class of respirators to properly fitted and
trained users. Operationally, the inhaled concentration can be estimated by
dividing the ambient airborne concentration by the APF.
“Atmosphere–supplying respirator” means a
respirator that supplies the respirator user with breathing air from a source
independent of the ambient atmosphere, and includes supplied–air
respirators (SRAs) and self–contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
units.
“Authorized medical physicist” means an individual
who meets the requirements of 641—subrule 41.2(74) and
641— subrule 41.2(77) and is identified as an
authorized medical physicist or teletherapy physicist on a specific medical
license issued by this agency, the NRC, or an agreement state, a medical use
permit issued by the NRC master material licensee, a permit issued by an NRC or
agreement state broad scope medical use licensee, or a permit issued by an NRC
master material license broad scope medical use permittee.
“Controlled area” means an area, outside of a
restricted area but inside the site boundary, access to which can be limited by
the licensee or registrant for any reason.
“Demand respirator” means an
atmosphere–supplying respirator that admits breathing air to the facepiece
only when a negative pressure is created inside the facepiece by
inhalation.
“Disposable respirator” means a respirator for
which maintenance is not intended and that is designed to be discarded after
excessive breathing resistance, sorbent exhaustion, physical damage, or
end–of–service–life renders it unsuitable for use. Examples
of this type of respirator are a disposable half–mask respirator or a
disposable escape–only self–contained breathing apparatus
(SCBA).
“Filtering facepiece (dust mask)” means a negative
pressure particulate respirator with a filter as an integral part of the
facepiece or with the entire facepiece composed of the filtering medium, which
is not equipped with elastomeric sealing surfaces and adjustable
straps.
“Fit factor” means a quantitative estimate of the
fit of a particular respirator to a specific individual, and typically estimates
the ratio of the concentration of a substance in ambient air to its
concentration inside the respirator when worn.
“Fit test” means the use of a protocol to
qualitatively or quantitatively evaluate the fit of a respirator on an
individual.
“Helmet” means a rigid respiratory inlet covering
that also provides head protection against impact and penetration.
“Hood” means a respiratory inlet covering that
completely covers the head and neck and may also cover portions of the shoulders
and torso.
“Loose–fitting facepiece” means a
respiratory inlet covering that is designed to form a partial seal with the
face.
“Negative pressure respirator (tight fitting)”
means a respirator in which the air pressure inside the facepiece is negative
during inhalation with respect to the ambient air pressure outside the
respirator.
“Positive pressure respirator” means a respirator
in which the pressure inside the respiratory inlet covering exceeds the ambient
air pressure outside the respirator.
“Powered air–purifying respirator (PAPR)”
means an air–purifying respirator that uses a blower to force the ambient
air through air–purifying elements to the inlet covering.
“Pressure demand respirator” means a positive
pressure atmosphere–supplying respirator that admits breathing air to the
facepiece when the positive pressure is reduced inside the facepiece by
inhalation.
“Qualitative fit test (QLFT)” means a
pass–fail fit test to assess the adequacy of respirator fit that relies on
the individual’s response to the test agent.
“Quantitative fit test (QNFT)” means an assessment
of the adequacy of respirator fit by numerically measuring the amount of leakage
into the respirator.
“Self–contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)”
means an atmosphere–supplying respirator for which the breathing air
source is designed to be carried by the user.
“Supplied–air respirator (SRA)” or
“airline respirator” means an atmosphere–supplying respirator
for which the source of breathing air is not designed to be carried by the
user.
“Tight–fitting facepiece” means a
respiratory inlet covering that forms a complete seal with the face.
“Treatment site” means the anatomical description
of the tissue intended to receive a radiation dose, as described in the written
directive.
“User seal check (fit check)” means an action
conducted by the respirator user to determine if the respirator is properly
seated to the face. Examples include negative pressure check, positive pressure
check, irritant smoke check, or isoamyl acetate check.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 39.1(3) as
follows:
39.1(3) All references to any Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of July 1,
2002 January 1, 2003.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 39.4(20),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. General licenses provided in this chapter are effective
without the filing of applications with the agency or the issuance of licensing
documents to the particular persons, although the filing of a certificate or
registration application with the agency may be required by the particular
general license. The general licensee is subject to all other applicable
portions of these rules and any limitations of the general license.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 39.4(22),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
39.4(22) General
licenses-radioactive material other than source
material. This subrule establishes general licenses for the possession and
use of radioactive material and a general license for ownership of radioactive
material. (Note: Different general licenses are issued in this subrule,
each of which has its own specific conditions and requirements.)
ITEM 6. Rescind paragraph
39.4(22)“d” and adopt the following new
paragraph in lieu thereof:
d. Certain detecting, measuring, gauging, or controlling
devices and certain devices for producing light or an ionized
atmosphere.
(1) A general license is hereby issued to commercial and
industrial firms and research, educational and medical institutions, individuals
in the conduct of their business, and federal, state or local government
agencies to acquire, receive, possess, use or transfer, in accordance with the
provisions of 39.4(22)“d”(2), (3), and (4), radioactive material
contained in devices designed and manufactured for the purpose of detecting,
measuring, gauging or controlling thickness, density, level, interface location,
radiation, leakage, or qualitative or quantitative chemical composition, or for
producing light or an ionized atmosphere.
(2) The general license in 39.4(22)“d”(1) applies
only to radioactive material contained in devices which have been manufactured
or initially transferred and labeled in accordance with the specifications
contained in a specific license by this agency issued under
39.4(29)“d”; or an equivalent specific license issued by the NRC or
an agreement state or a licensing state, which authorizes distribution of the
devices. The devices must have been received from one of the specific licensees
described in 39.4(22)“d”(2) or through a transfer made under
39.4(22)“d”(3).
(3) Any person who acquires, receives, possesses, uses or
transfers radioactive material in a device pursuant to the general license in
39.4(22)“d”(1):
1. Shall ensure that all labels affixed to the device at the
time of receipt and bearing a statement that removal of the label is prohibited
are maintained thereon and shall comply with all instructions and precautions
provided by such labels;
2. Shall ensure that the device is tested for leakage of
radioactive material and proper operation of the on–off mechanism and
indicator, if any, at no longer than six–month intervals or at such other
intervals as are specified in the label;
However,
• Devices containing only
krypton need not be tested for leakage of radioactive material; and
• Devices containing only
tritium or not more than 100 microcuries of other beta– or
gamma–emitting material or both or 10 microcuries of alpha–emitting
material and devices held in storage in the original shipping container prior to
initial installation need not be tested for any purpose;
3. Shall ensure that the test required by
39.4(22)“d”(3) and other testing, installation, servicing, and
removal from installation involving the radioactive material, its shielding or
containment are performed:
• In accordance with the
instructions provided by the labels; or
• By a person holding a
specific license pursuant to 641-39.4(136C), the NRC,
an agreement state or a licensing state to perform such activities;
4. Shall maintain records showing compliance with the
requirements of 39.4(22)“d”(3). The records must show the results
of tests. The records also must show the dates of performance of, and the names
of persons performing, testing, installing, servicing, and removing from the
installation radioactive material and its shielding or containment. The
licensee shall retain these records as follows:
• Each record of a test for
leakage or radioactive material required by 39.4(22)“d”(3) must be
retained for three years after the next required leak test is performed or until
the sealed source is transferred or disposed of;
• Each record of a test of
the on–off mechanism and indicator required by 39.4(22)“d”(3)
must be retained for three years after the next required test of the
on–off mechanism and indicator is performed or until the sealed source is
transferred or disposed of;
• Each record that is
required by 39.4(22)“d”(3) must be retained for three years from the
date of the recorded event or until the device is transferred or disposed
of;
5. Shall immediately suspend operation of the device if there
is a failure of, or damage to, or any indication of a possible failure of or
damage to, the shielding of the radioactive material or the on–off
mechanism or indicator, or upon the detection of 0.005 microcurie (185 Bq) or
more removable radioactive material. The device may not be operated until it
has been repaired by the manufacturer or other person holding a specific license
to repair such devices that was issued by this agency, the NRC, an agreement
state or licensing state. The device and any radioactive material from the
device may only be disposed of by transfer to a person authorized by a specific
license to receive the radioactive material in the device or as otherwise
approved by this agency. A report containing a brief description of the event
and the remedial action taken, and in the case of detection of 0.005 microcurie
(185 Bq) or more removable radioactive material or failure of or damage to a
source likely to result in contamination of the premises or the environs, a plan
for ensuring that the premises and environs are acceptable for unrestricted use,
must be furnished to the agency within 30 days. Under these circumstances, the
criteria set out in 641-40.29(136C) may be
applicable, as determined by the agency on a case–by–case
basis;
6. Shall not abandon the device containing radioactive
material;
7. Shall not export the device containing radioactive material
except in accordance with 10 CFR Part 110;
8. Shall transfer or dispose of the device
containingradioactive material only by export as provided by
39.4(22)“d”(3)“7,” by transfer to another general
licensee as authorized in 39.4(22)“d”(3)“9,” to a person
authorized to receive the device by a specific license issued by the agency, the
NRC, an agreement state or a licensing state whose specific license authorizes
the person to receive the device or which authorizes waste collection, or as
otherwise approved under 39.4(22)“d”(3):
• Shall furnish a report to
this agency within 30 days after the transfer of a device to a specific licensee
or export. The report must contain the identification of the device by
manufacturer’s (or initial transferor’s) name, model number, and
serial number; the name, address and license number of the person receiving the
device (license number not applicable if exported); and the date of the
transfer;
• Shall obtain written
agency approval before transferring the device to any other specific licensee
not specifically identified in 39.4(22)“d”;
9. Shall transfer the device to another general licensee only
if:
• The device remains in use
at a particular location. In this case, the transferor shall give the
transferee a copy of these rules and any safety documents identified in the
label of the device. Within 30 days of the transfer, the transferor shall
report to this agency the manufacturer’s (or initial transferor’s)
name; the model number and the serial number of the device transferred; the
transferee’s name and mailing address for the location of use; and the
name, title, and telephone number of the responsible individual identified by
the transferee in accordance with 39.4(22)“d”(3)“12” to
have knowledge of and authority to take actions to ensure compliance with the
appropriate rules and requirements; or
• The device is held in
storage, by an intermediate person, in the original shipping container at its
intended location of use prior to initial use by a general licensee;
10. Shall comply with the provisions of
641- 40.95(136C) and
641—40.96(136C), but shall be exempt from the other requirements of
641—Chapter 40;
11. Shall respond to written requests from this agency to
provide information relating to the general license within 30 calendar days of
the date of the request, or other item specified in the request. If the general
licensee cannot provide the requested information within the allotted time, it
shall, within that same time period, request a longer period to supply the
information by submitting a letter to the agency and providing written
justification as to why it cannot comply;
12. Shall appoint an individual responsible for having
knowledge of the appropriate rules and requirements and the authority for taking
required actions to comply with appropriate rules and requirements. The general
licensee, through this individual, shall ensure the day–to–day
compliance with appropriate rules and requirements. This appointment does not
relieve the general licensee of any of its responsibility in this
regard;
13. Shall register as follows:
• Shall register devices
containing at least 10 mCi (370 MBq) of cesium–137, 0.1 mCi (3.7 MBq) of
strontium–90,1 mCi (37 MBq) of cobalt–60, 1 mCi (37 MBq)
ofamericium–241, .01 mCi (.37 MBq) of radium–226, or any other
transuranic (i.e., element with atomic number greater than uranium (92)), or
1000 times the activity indicated in Appendix B of 641—Chapter 39
(excluding hydrogen–3), based on the activity indicated on the label.
Each address for a location of use, as described in
39.4(22)“d”(3)“13,” represents a separate general
licensee and requires a separate registration and fee;
• If in possession of
devices meeting the criteria of 39.4(22)“d”(3)“13,”
shall register these devices annually with the agency and shall pay the fee
required in 641—paragraph 38.8(2)“c.” Registration must be
done by verifying, correcting, and adding to the information provided in a
request for registration received from the agency. The registration information
must be submitted 30 days from the date of the request for registration or as
otherwise indicated in the request. In addition, a general licensee holding
devices meeting the criteria of 39.4(22)“d”(3)“13” is
subject to the bankruptcy notification requirement of
39.4(32)“e”;
• In registering devices,
the general licensee shall furnish the following information and any other
information specifically requested by the agency:
—Name and mailing address of the general
licensee;
—Information about each device: the manufacturer (or
initial transferor), model number, serial number, the radioisotope and activity
(as indicated on the label);
—Name, title, and telephone number of the responsible
person designated as a representative of the general licensee;
—Address or location at which the device(s) is both used
and stored. For portable devices, the address of the primary place of
storage;
—Certification by the responsible representative of the
general licensee that the information concerning the device(s) has been verified
through a physical inventory and check of label information.
—Certification by the responsible representative of the
general licensee that the licensee is aware of the requirements of the general
license.
• Persons generally licensed
by this agency under 39.4(22)“d”(3)“13” or an agreement
state are not subject to registration requirements of the NRC if the devices are
used in areas subject to NRC jurisdiction for a period of less than 180 days in
any calendar year. The NRC will not request registration information from such
licensees;
14. Shall report changes to the mailing address for the
location of use (including change in name of general licensee) to the agency
within 30 days of the effective date of the change. For a portable device, a
report of address change is only required for a change in the device’s
primary place of storage; and
15. May not hold devices that are not in use for longer than
two years. If devices with shutters are not being used, the shutter must be
locked in the closed position. The testing required by 39.4(22)“d”
need not be performed during the period of storage only. However, when devices
are put back into service or transferred to another person, and have not been
tested within the required test interval, they must be tested for leakage before
use or transfer and the shutter tested before use. Devices kept in standby for
future use are excluded from the two–year time limit if the general
licensee performs quarterly physical inventories of these devices while they are
in standby.
(4) The general license in 39.4(22)“d”(1) does not
authorize the manufacture or import of devices containing radioactive
material.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 39.4(29),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
(1) An application for a specific license to manufacture or
distribute initially transfer devices containing
radioactive material, excluding special nuclear material, to persons generally
licensed under 39.4(22)“d” or equivalent regulations of the NRC, an
agreement state, or a licensing state will be approved if:
Amend numbered paragraph “2,” second bullet
point, as follows:
• Under ordinary conditions
of handling, storage, and use of the device, the radioactive material contained
in the device will not be released or inadvertently removed from the device, and
it is unlikely that any person will receive in any period of 1 calendar
quarter one year a dose in excess of 10 percent of the
annual limits specified in 641-40.15(136C);
and
Amend numbered paragraph “3,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
3. Each device bears a durable, legible, clearly visible label
or labels approved by the agency, NRC, or agreement state or licensing
state, which contains in a clearly identified and separate
statement:
Amend numbered paragraph “3,” third bullet
point, as follows:
• The information called for
in one of the following statements, as appropriate, in the same or substantially
similar form:
The receipt, possession, use and transfer of this device,
Model ________, Serial No. _____, (devices licensed prior to January 19,
1975, may bear labels authorized by the rules in effect on January 1,
1975)(the model, serial number, and name of the manufacturer or
distributor initial transferor may be omitted from the
label provided the information is elsewhere specified in labeling affixed to the
device) are subject to a general license or the equivalent and the chapter of
the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a state with which the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission has entered into an agreement for the exercise of
regulatory authority. This label shall be maintained on the device in a legible
condition. Removal of this label is prohibited.
CAUTION-RADIOACTIVE
MATERIAL
______________________________
Name of manufacturer or distributor
The receipt, possession, use, and transfer of this
device, Model _________, Serial No. _________, are subject to a general license
or the equivalent, and the regulations of a licensing state. This label shall
be maintained on the device in a legible condition. Removal of this label is
prohibited.
CAUTION-RADIOACTIVE
MATERIAL
_____________________________
Name of manufacturer or
distributor
Adopt new numbered paragraphs
“4” and “5” as follows:
4. Each device having a separable source housing that provides
the primary shielding for the source also bears, on the source housing, a
durable label containing the device model number and serial number, the isotope
and quantity, the words “Caution—Radioactive Material,” the
radiation symbol described in 641—subrule 40.60(1), and the name of the
manufacturer or initial distributor; and
5. Each device meeting the criteria of
39.4(22)“d”(3)“13” bears a permanent (e.g., embossed,
etched, stamped, or engraved) label affixed to the source housing if separable,
or the device if the source housing is not separable, that includes the words,
“Caution—Radioactive Material,” and, if practicable, the
radiation symbol described in 641—subrule 40.60(1).
Amend subparagraph (3) as follows:
(3) In the event the applicant desires that the general
licensee under 39.4(22)“d,” or under equivalent regulations of the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRC, an agreement
state, or a licensing state be authorized to install the device, collect the
sample to be analyzed by a specific licensee for leakage of radioactive
material, service the device, test the “on–off” mechanism and
indicator, or remove the device from installation, the applicant shall include
in the application written instructions to be followed by the general licensee,
estimated calendar quarter doses associated with such activity or activities,
and bases for such estimates. The submitted information shall demonstrate that
performance of such activity or activities by an individual untrained in
radiological protection, in addition to other handling, storage, and use of
devices under the general license, is unlikely to cause that individual to
receive a calendar quarter dose in excessof 10 percent of the
annual limits specified in
641-
40.15(136C).
ITEM 8. Rescind subparagraph
39.4(29)“d”(4) and adopt the following new
subparagraphs (4), (5), and (6) in lieu thereof:
(4) Information to be provided before transfer.
1. If a device containing radioactive material is to be
transferred for use under the general license contained in
39.4(22)“d,” each person that is licensed under
39.4(22)“d” shall provide the information specified to each person
to whom a device is to be transferred. This information must be provided before
the device may be transferred. In the case of a transfer through an
intermediate person, the information must also be provided to the intended user
prior to initial transfer to the intermediate person. The required information
includes:
• A copy of the general
license contained in 39.4(22), or if 39.4(22)“d”(3)“2,”
“3,” or “4” or
39.4(22)“d”(3)“13”does not apply to the particular
device, those paragraphs may be omitted;
• A copy of 39.4(20),
39.4(52), 641—40.95(136C), and 641—40.96(136C);
• A list of the services
that can only be performed by a specific licensee;
• Information on acceptable
disposal options including estimated costs of disposal; and
• An indication that it is
the policy of the NRC and this agency to issue high civil penalties for improper
disposal.
2. If radioactive material is to be transferred in a device
for use under an equivalent general license of an agreement state, each person
that is licensed under 39.4(29)“d” shall provide the information
specified in this paragraph to each person to whom a device is to be
transferred. In the case of a transfer through an intermediate person, the
information must also be provided to the intended user prior to initial transfer
to the intermediate person. The required information includes:
• A copy of the agreement
state’s rules equivalent to 39.4(29)“d.” If a copy of the NRC
regulations is provided to a prospective general licensee in lieu of the
agreement state’s regulations, it shall be accompanied by a note
explaining that use of the device is regulated by the agreement state; if
certain paragraphs of the regulations do not apply to the particular device,
those paragraphs may be omitted;
• A list of the services
that can only be performed by a specific licensee;
• Information on acceptable
disposal options including estimated costs of disposal; and
• The name or title,
address, and telephone number of the contact at the agreement state regulatory
agency from which additional information may be obtained.
3. An alternative approach to informing customers may be
proposed by the licensee for approval by the agency.
4. Each device that is transferred after February 19, 2002,
must meet the labeling requirements in 39.4(29)“d.”
5. If a notification of bankruptcy has been made or the
license is to be terminated, each person licensed under 39.4(29)“d”
shall provide, upon request, to the NRC and to any appropriate agreement state,
records of final disposition.
(5) Transfer reports and records. Each person licensed under
39.4(29)“d” to initially transfer devices to generally licensed
persons shall comply with the requirements of this subparagraph.
1. The person shall report all transfers of devices to persons
for use under the general license in 39.4(29)“d” and all receipts of
devices from persons licensed under 39.4(29)“d” to the NRC, this
agency, or another agreement state. The report must be submitted on a quarterly
basis in a clear and legible report containing all of the data required in this
subrule. The required information for transfers to general licensees
includes:
• The identity of each
general licensee by name and mailing address for the location of use; if there
is no mailing address for the location of use, an alternate address for the
general licensee shall be submitted along with information on the actual
location of use;
• The name, title, and
telephone number of the person identified by the general licensee as having
knowledge of and authority to take required actions to ensure compliance with
the appropriate rules and requirements;
• The date of
transfer;
• The type, model number,
and serial number of the device transferred; and
• The quantity and type of
radioactive material contained in the device.
2. If one or more intermediate persons will temporarily
possess the device at the intended place of use before its possession by the
user, the report must include the same information for both the intended user
and each intermediate person, and clearly designate the intermediate
person(s).
3. For devices received from a general licensee, the report
must include the identity of the general licensee by name and address; the type,
model number, and serial number of the device received; the date of receipt;
and, in the case of devices not initially transferred by the reporting licensee,
the name of the manufacturer or initial transferor.
4. If the licensee makes changes to a device possessed by a
general licensee, such that the label must be changed to update the required
information, the report must identify the general licensee, the device, and the
changes to information on the device label.
5. The report must cover each calendar quarter, must be filed
within 30 days of the end of the calendar quarter, and must clearly indicate the
period covered by the report.
6. The report must clearly identify the specific licensee
submitting the report and include the license number of the specific
licensee.
7. If no transfers have been made to or from persons generally
licensed under 39.4(29)“d” during the reporting period, the report
must so indicate.
(6) The person shall maintain all information concerning
transfers and receipts of devices that supports the reports required by
39.4(29)“d.” Records required in 39.4(29)“d” must be
maintained for three years following the date of the recorded event.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 40.1(5) as
follows:
40.1(5) All references to Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect on or before May 9,
2001 January 1, 2003.
ITEM 10. Amend subrule 40.2(2),
definitions of “class” and “declared pregnant woman,” as
follows:
“Class (or lung class or inhalation class)”
means a classification scheme for inhaled material according to its rate of
clearance from the pulmonary region of the lung. Materials are classified as D,
W, or Y, which applies to a range of clearance half–times: for Class D,
Days, of less than 10 days, for Class W, Weeks, from 10 to 100 days, and for
Class Y, Years, of greater than 100 days. For purposes of these rules,
“lung class” and “inhalation class” are equivalent
terms.
“Declared pregnant woman” means a woman who has
voluntarily informed her employer licensee or
registrant, in writing, of her pregnancy and the estimated date of
conception. The declaration remains in effect until the declared pregnant woman
withdraws the declaration in writing or is no longer pregnant.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 40.15(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The annual limits to the lens of the eye, to the skin of
the whole body, and to the skin of the extremities which
are:
(1) A lens dose equivalent of 15 rem (0.15 Sv); and
(2) A shallow dose equivalent of 50 rem (0.5 Sv) to the skin
of the whole body or to the skin of any extremity.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 40.15(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
40.15(3) The assigned deep dose equivalent and
shallow dose equivalent shall must be for the portion of the
body receiving the highest exposure determined as follows: .
The assigned shallow–dose equivalent must be the dose averaged
over the contiguous 10 square centimeters of skin receiving the highest
exposure.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 40.26(2) as
follows:
40.26(2) If the licensee or registrant permits members
of the public to have access to restricted controlled
areas, the limits for members of the public continue to apply to those
individuals.
ITEM 14. Adopt new subrule
40.26(6) as follows:
40.26(6) Notwithstanding the requirements of
40.26(1)“a,” a licensee may permit visitors to an individual who
cannot be released under 641—subrule 41.2(27) to receive a radiation dose
greater than 0.1 rem (1 mSv) if:
a. The radiation dose received does not exceed 0.5 rem (5
mSv); and
b. The authorized user, as defined in 641—subrule
41.2(2), has determined before the visit that it is appropriate.
ITEM 15. Rescind subrule 40.36(5) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
40.36(5) After replacement, each personnel dosimeter
must be sent for processing as soon as possible.
ITEM 16. Amend rule
641-40.48(136C) as follows:
641-40.48(136C)
Use of process or other engineering controls. The licensee shall use, to
the extent practical, proc–ess or other engineering controls, such as
containment, decontamination, or ventilation, to control the
concentrations of radioactive material in air.
ITEM 17. Amend rule
641-40.49(136C) as follows:
641-40.49(136C)
Use of other controls.
40.49(1) When it is not practical to apply
process or other engineering controls to control the concentrations of
radioactive material in air to values below those that define an airborne
radioactivity area, the licensee shall, consistent with maintaining the total
effective dose equivalent ALARA, increase monitoring and limit intakes by one or
more of the following means:
40.49(1) a. Control of access;
or
40.49(2) b. Limitation of
exposure times; or
40.49(3) c. Use of respiratory
protection equipment; or
40.49(4) d. Other
controls.
40.49(2) If the licensee performs an ALARA
analysis to determine whether or not respirators should be used, the licensee
may consider safety factors other than radiological factors. The licensee
should also consider the impact of respirator use on workers’ industrial
health and safety.
ITEM 18. Amend subrule 40.50(1) as
follows:
40.50(1) If the licensee uses
assigns or permits the use of respiratory protection equipment to limit
intakes pursuant to 40.49(136C):
a. Except as provided in 40.50(1), the
The licensee shall use only respiratory protection equipment that is
tested and certified or had certification extended by the
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and the Mine
Safety and Health Administration. (NIOSH), except as otherwise noted
in this subrule.
b. If the licensee wishes to use equipment that has not been
tested or certified by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
and the Mine Safety and Health Administration has not had certification
extended by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and the
Mine Safety and Health Administration, or for which there is no
schedule for testing or certification, the licensee shall submit an application
for authorized use of that equipment, including a demonstration by testing, or a
demonstration on the basis of reliable test information, that the material and
performance characteristics of the equipment are capable of providing the
proposed degree of protection under anticipated conditions of use.
c. The licensee or registrant shall implement and maintain a
respiratory protection program that includes:
(1) Air sampling sufficient to identify the potential hazard,
permit proper equipment selection, and estimate exposures;
and
(2) Surveys and bioassays, as appropriate, to evaluate actual
intakes; and
(3) Testing of respirators for operability (user seal check
for face sealing devices and functional check for others) immediately prior
to each use; and
(4) Written procedures regarding selection, fitting,
issuance, maintenance, and testing of respirators, including testing for
operability immediately prior to each use; supervision and training of
personnel; monitoring, including air sampling and bioassays; and record keeping;
and monitoring, including air sampling and bioassays; supervision
and training of respirator user; fit testing; respirator selection; breathing
air quality; inventory and control; storage, issuance, maintenance, repair,
testing, and quality assurance of respiratory protection equipment; record
keeping; and limitations on periods of respirator use and relief from respirator
use;
(5) Determination by a physician prior to initial
fitting of respirators, and either every 12 months thereafter, or periodically
at a frequency determined by a physician, that the individual user is medically
fit to use the respiratory protection equipment. that the individual
user is medically fit to use respiratory protection equipment: before the
initial fitting of a face–sealing respirator; before the first field use
of non–face–sealing respirators; and either every 12 months
thereafter, or periodically at a frequency determined by a physician;
and
(6) Fit testing, with a fit factor equal to or greater than
10 times the APF for negative pressure devices, and a fit factor equal to or
greater than 500 for any positive pressure, continuous flow, and
pressure–demand devices, before the first field use of tight fitting,
face–sealing respirators and periodically thereafter at a frequency not to
exceed one year. Fit testing must be performed with the facepiece operating in
the negative pressure mode.
d. The licensee shall issue a written policy statement
on respirator usage covering:
(1) The use of process or other engineering controls,
instead of respirators; and
(2) The routine, nonroutine, and emergency use of
respirators; and
(3) The length of periods of respirator use and relief
from respirator use.
e d. The licensee shall advise each
respirator user that the user may leave the area at any time for relief from
respirator use in the event of equipment malfunction, physical or psychological
distress, procedural or communication failure, significant deterioration of
operating conditions, or any other conditions that might require such
relief.
e. The licensee shall also consider limitations appropriate
to the type and mode of use. When selecting respiratory devices the licensee
shall provide for vision correction, adequate communication, low temperature
work environments, and the concurrent use of other safety or radiological
protection equipment. The licensee shall use equipment in such a way as not to
interfere with the proper operation of the respirator.
f. The licensee or registrant shall use respiratory
protection equipment within the equipment manufacturer’s expressed
limitations for type and mode of use and shall provide proper visual,
communication, and other special capabilities, such as adequate skin protection,
when needed.
f. Standby rescue persons are required whenever
one–piece atmosphere–supplying suits or any combination of supplied
air respiratory protection devices and personnel protection equipment is used
from which an unaided individual would have difficulty extricating himself or
herself. The standby rescue persons must be equipped with respiratory
protection devices or other apparatus appropriate for the potential hazards.
The standby rescue persons shall observe or otherwise maintain continuous
communication (visual, voice, signal line, telephone, radio, or other suitable
means) with the workers, and be immediately available to assist the workers in
case of a failure of the air supply or for any other reason that requires relief
from distress. A sufficient number of standby rescue persons must be
immediately available to assist all users of this type of equipment and to
provide effective emergency rescue if needed.
g. Atmosphere–supplying respirators must be
supplied with respirable air of grade D quality or better as defined by the
Compressed Gas Association in publication G–7.1, “Commodity
Specification for Air,” 1997, and included in the regulations of the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (29 CFR 1910.134(i)(1)(ii)(A)
through (E)). Grade D quality air criteria include:
(1) Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5 to 23.5
percent;
(2) Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligramsper
cubic meter of air or less;
(3) Carbon monoxide (CO) content of 10 ppm or
less;
(4) Carbon dioxide content of 1000 ppm or less;
and
(5) Lack of noticeable odor.
h. The licensee shall ensure that no objects, materials or
substances, such as facial hair, or any conditions that interfere with the face,
facepiece seal or valve function, and that are under the control of the
respirator wearer, are present between the skin of the wearer’s face and
the sealing surface of a tight–fitting respirator facepiece.
i. In the estimation of the dose to individuals from intake
of airborne radioactive materials, the concentration of radioactive material in
the air that is inhaled when respirators are worn is initially assumed to be the
ambient concentration in air without respiratory protection, divided by the
assigned protection factor. If the dose is later found to be greater than the
estimated dose, the corrected value must be used. If the dose is later found to
be less than the estimated dose, the corrected value may be used.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 40.50(4) as
follows:
40.50(4) Further restrictions.
a. The licensee shall notify the agency in writing at
least 30 days before the date that respiratory protection equipment is first
used pursuant to either 40.50(1) or 40.50(2).
b. The agency may impose restrictions in addition to
those listed in these rules in order to limit individual
exposures.:
(1) Ensure that the respiratory protection program of the
licensee is adequate to limit doses to individuals from intakes of airborne
radioactive materials consistent with maintaining total effective dose
equivalent ALARA; and
(2) Limit the extent to which a licensee may use
respiratory protection equipment instead of process or other engineering
controls.
ITEM 20. Adopt new rule
641-40.117(136C) as follows:
641-40.117(136C)
Employee protection.
40.117(1) Discrimination by a licensee or registrant,
an applicant for a license or registration, or a contractor or subcontractor of
a licensee or applicant against an employee for engaging in certain protected
activities is prohibited. Discrimination includes discharge and other actions
that relate to compensation, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment.
The protected activities are established in 641— Chapters 38 to 45, and in
general are related to the administration or enforcement of requirements imposed
under 641—Chapters 38 to 45.
a. The protected activities include but are not limited
to:
(1) Providing the agency or the individual’s employer
information about alleged violations of either of the statutes named in this
rule or possible violations of requirements imposed under either of those
statutes:
(2) Refusing to engage in any practice made unlawful under
either of the statutes named in this rule or under these requirements if the
employee has identified the alleged illegality to the employer;
(3) Requesting that the agency institute action against the
individual’s employer for the administration or enforcement of these
requirements;
(4) Testifying in any agency proceeding, or before Congress,
or at any federal or state proceeding regarding any provision (proposed
provision) of federal statutes or these rules;
(5) Assisting or participating in, or about to assist or
participate in, these activities.
b. These activities are protected even if no formal proceeding
is actually initiated as a result of the employee’s assistance or
participation.
c. This rule has no application to any employee alleging
discrimination prohibited by this rule who, acting without direction from the
individual’s employer (or the employer’s agent), deliberately causes
a violation of any requirement of 641—Chapters 38 to 45.
40.117(2) Any employee who believes that the employee
has been discharged or otherwise discriminated against by any person for
engaging in protected activities specified in 40.117(1)“a” may seek
a remedy for the discharge or discrimination through an administrative
proceeding in the U.S. Department of Labor. The administration proceeding must
be initiated within 180 days after an alleged violation occurs. The employee
may file for the administrative proceeding by filing a complaint alleging the
violation with the Department of Labor, Employment Standards Administration,
Wage and Hour Division. The Department of Labor may order reinstatement, back
pay, and compensatory damages.
40.117(3) A violation of 40.117(1)“a”(1)
or 40.117(1)“a”(4) by a licensee or registrant, an applicant for a
license or registration, or a contractor or subcontractor of a licensee or
applicant may be grounds for:
a. Denial, revocation, or suspension of the license or
registration.
b. Imposition of a civil penalty on the licensee, registrant,
or applicant.
c. Other enforcement action.
40.117(4) Actions taken by an employer or others which
adversely affect an employee may be predicated upon nondiscriminatory grounds.
The prohibition applies when the adverse action occurs because the employee has
engaged in protected activities. An employee’s engagement in protected
activities does not automatically render the employee immune from discharge or
discipline for legitimate reasons or from adverse action dictated by
nonprohibited considerations.
40.117(5) No agreement affecting the compensation,
terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, including an agreement to settle
a complaint filed by an employee with the Department of Labor pursuant to
641—Chapters 38 to 45, may contain any provision which would prohibit,
restrict, or otherwise discourage an employee from participating in protected
activity as defined in 40.117(1)“a” including, but not limited to,
providing information to the agency or to the individual’s employer on
potential violations or other matters within the agency’s regulatory
responsibilities.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 41.2(1) as
follows:
41.2(1) Purpose and scope.
a. This rule establishes requirements and provisions
for the use of radionuclides in the healing arts and for issuance of licenses
authorizing the medical use of this material. These requirements and provisions
provide for the protection of the public health and safety. The requirements
and provisions of this rule are in addition to, and not in substitution for, the
applicable portions of 641-Chapters 38 to 40. The
requirements and provisions of these rules apply to applicants and licensees
subject to this rule unless specifically exempted.
b. All references to any Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of July 1, 1998
January 1, 2003.
ITEM 22. Amend subrule 41.2(2) as
follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Authorized nuclear pharmacist” means a
pharmacistwho has met the appropriate requirements of 41.2(77) and
41.2(78) and who is:
a. Is practicing nuclear pharmacy as authorized by a
current Iowa radioactive materials license. ;
or
b. Is identified as an authorized nuclear pharmacist
on:
1. A specific license issued by the NRC or agreement state
that authorizes medical use or the practice of pharmacy;
2. A permit issued by an NRC master material licensee that
authorizes medical use or the practice of nuclear pharmacy;
3. A permit issued by the NRC or agreement state broad
scope medical use licensee that authorizes more than the practice of nuclear
pharmacy; or
4. A permit issued by an NRC master material license broad
scope medical use permittee that authorizes use or the practice of nuclear
pharmacy; or
c. Is identified as an authorized nuclear pharmacist by a
commercial nuclear pharmacy that has been authorized to identify authorized
nuclear pharmacists; or
d. Is designated as an authorized nuclear pharmacist in
accordance with
641—39.4(29)“j”(2)“3.”
“Authorized user” means a physician, dentist, or
podiatrist who has met the appropriate requirements of 41.2(67), 41.2(68),
41.2(70), 41.2(71), 41.2(72), or 41.2(73) and who is identified on:
uses radioactive materials as authorized by a current medical use Iowa
radioactive materials license
1. A current Iowa, NRC, or agreement state license that
authorizes the medical use of radioactive material;
2. A permit issued by an NRC master material licensee that
is authorized to permit the medical use of radioactive material;
3. A permit issued by an NRC, agreement state, or
Iowa–specific licensee of broad scope that is authorized to permit medical
use of radioactive material; or
4. A permit issued by an NRC master material license broad
scope permittee that is authorized to permit medical use of radioactive
material.
Adopt the following new definitions:
“Authorized medical physicist” means an individual
who:
a. Meets the requirements of 41.2(74) and 41.2(77);
or
b. Is identified as an authorized medical physicist or
teletherapy physicist on:
1. A specific medical use license issued by this agency, the
NRC, or an agreement state;
2. A medical use permit issued by an NRC master material
licensee;
3. A permit issued by an NRC or agreement state broad scope
medical use licensee; or
4. A permit issued by an NRC master material license broad
scope medical use permittee.
“Radiation safety officer” means an individual
who, in addition to the definition in 641—38.2(136C), meets the
requirements of 41.2(65), 41.2(66), and 41.2(77) and is identified as a
radiation safety officer on a specific medical use license issued by Iowa, the
NRC, or agreement state or a medical use permit issued by an NRC master material
licensee.
ITEM 23. Rescind subrule 41.2(10) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(10) Authority and responsibilities for the
radiation protection program.
a. In addition to the radiation protection program
requirements of 641-40.10(136C), a licensee’s
management shall approve in writing:
(1) Requests for a license application, renewal, or amendment
before submittal to this agency;
(2) Any individual before allowing that individual to work as
an authorized user, authorized nuclear pharmacist, or authorized medical
physicist; and
(3) Radiation protection program changes that do not require a
license amendment.
b. A licensee’s management shall appoint a radiation
safety officer, who agrees, in writing, to be responsible for implementing the
radiation protection program. The licensee, through the radiation safety
officer, shall ensure that the radiation safety activities are being performed
in accordance with licensee–approved procedures and regulatory
requirements.
c. For up to 60 days each year, a licensee may permit an
authorized user or an individual qualified to be a radiation safety officer
under 41.2(65) or 41.2(66) to function as a temporary radiation safety officer
to perform the functions of radiation safety officer, as provided in
41.2(10)“g,” if the licensee takes the actions required in
41.2(10)“b,” “e,” “g,” and “h”
and notifies this agency in accordance with 41.2(5).
d. A licensee may simultaneously appoint more than one
temporary radiation safety officer in accordance with 41.2(10)“c” if
needed to ensure that the licensee has a temporary radiation safety officer who
satisfies the requirements to be a radiation safety officer for each of the
different types of by–product material permitted on the license.
e. A licensee shall establish the authority, duties, and
responsibilities of the radiation safety officer in writing.
f. Licensees that are authorized for two or more different
types of uses of radioactive materials or two or more types of units under this
rule shall establish a radiation safety committee to oversee all uses of
radioactive material permitted by the license.
g. A licensee shall provide the radiation safety officer
sufficient authority, organizational freedom, time, resources, and management
prerogative to:
(1) Identify radiation safety problems;
(2) Initiate, recommend, or provide corrective
solutions;
(3) Verify implementation of corrective actions; and
(4) Stop unsafe operations.
h. A licensee shall retain a record of actions taken under
41.2(10) in accordance with
641-40.80(136C).
ITEM 24. Amend subrule 41.2(11),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Instruct the supervised individual in the principles of
radiation safety, written directive procedures, rules of this chapter, and
license conditions appropriate to that individual’s use of radioactive
material;
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 41.2(13) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “b” as follows:
b. Mobile nuclear medicine service licensees shall retain for
the duration of service a letter signed by the management of each location where
services are rendered that authorizes use of radioactive material and clearly
delineates the authority of the licensee and client.
Adopt new paragraph “e” as
follows:
e. Mobile nuclear medicine service licensees shall also
perform the following:
(1) Check instruments used to measure the activity of unsealed
radioactive material for proper function before use at each client’s
address or on each day of use, whichever is more frequent. At a minimum, the
check for proper function required by this rule must include a constancy
check;
(2) Check survey instruments for proper operation with a
dedicated check source before use at each client’s address;
(3) Before leaving a client’s address, survey all areas
of use to ensure compliance with the requirements of
641- Chapters 40 and
41.
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 41.2(14),
catchwords and paragraph “a,” as follows:
41.2(14) Records and reports of
misadministrations, and reportable events, and
written directives.
a. When a misadministration or reportable medical event
occurs, the licensee shall notify the agency by telephone. The licensee
shall also notify the referring physician of the affected patient or human
research subject and the patient or human research subject or a responsible
relative or guardian, unless the referring physician agrees to inform the
patient or human research subject or believes, based on medical judgment, that
telling the patient or human research subject or the patient’s or human
research subject’s responsible relative or guardian would be harmful to
one or the other, respectively. These notifications must be made within 24
hours after the licensee discovers the misadministration or reportable
medical event. If the referring physician, patient or human research
subject, or the patient’s or human research subject’s responsible
relative or guardian cannot be reached within 24 hours, the licensee shall
notify them as soon as practicable. The licensee is not required to notify the
patient or human research subject or the patient’s or human research
subject’s responsible relative or guardian without first consulting the
referring physician; however, the licensee shall not delay medical care for the
patient or human research subject because of this notification requirement
including remedial care as a result of the misadministration or
reportable medical event because of any delay in notification.
ITEM 27. Amend subrule 41.2(14),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) The licensee shall submit a written report to the agency
within 15 days after discovery of the misadministration and 30 days
after discovery of a or reportable medical event. The written
report must include the licensee’s name, the prescribing physician’s
name, a brief description of the event, why the event occurred, the effect on
the patient or the human research subject, what improvements are needed to
prevent recurrence, actions taken to prevent recurrence, whether the licensee
notified the patient or the human research subject or the patient’s or the
human research subject’s responsible relative or guardian (this individual
will subsequently be referred to as “the patient or the human research
subject”), and if not, why not, and if the patient or the human research
subject was notified, what information was provided to that individual. The
report must not include the patient’s or the human research
subject’s name or other information that could lead to identification of
the patient or the human research subject.
ITEM 28. Amend subrule 41.2(14),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (2), introductory
paragraph, as follows:
(2) If the patient or the human research subject was notified,
the licensee shall also furnish, within 15 days after discovery of the
misadministration or reportable medical event, a written report to the
patient or the human research subject and the referring physician by
sending either:
ITEM 29. Rescind subrule 41.2(14),
paragraph “f.”
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 41.2(18),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. To satisfy the requirements of 41.2(18)“b,” the
licensee shall consider a point as calibrated if the indicated exposure rate
differs from the calculated exposure rate by not more than 20 percent and shall
conspicuously attach a correction chart or graph to the instrument. A
licensee may not use survey instruments if the difference between the indicated
exposure rate and the calculated exposure rate is more than 20
percent.
ITEM 31. Amend subrule 41.2(21),
paragraph “e,” subparagraph (2), as
follows:
(2) File a report with the agency within five days of
receiving the leak test results. with the agency
describing The report shall describe the equipment involved,
the model and serial number of the leaking source, the radionuclide and its
estimated activity, the test results, the date of the test, and the
action taken.
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 41.2(26) by
adopting new paragraph “i” as
follows:
i. A licensee does not need to perform the surveys required in
this subrule in an area where the patient or human research subject is confined
and cannot be released under 41.2(27).
ITEM 33. Amend subrule 41.2(30),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. A licensee may hold radioactive material with
half–lives of less than 65 120 days, except for
Cobalt–57 for decay–in–storage before disposal in ordinary
trash and is exempt from the requirements of
641-subrule 40.70(1) if the licensee:
ITEM 34. Amend subrule 41.2(31) as
follows:
41.2(31) Use of radiopharmaceuticals for uptake,
dilution, or excretion studies. The Except for quantities
that require a written directive under 41.2(87), a licensee may use for
uptake, dilution, excretion and imaging studies any unsealed by–product
material prepared for medical use that is either:
a. No change.
b. Prepared by an authorized nuclear pharmacist, a
physician who is an authorized user and who meets the requirements specified in
41.2(67), or an individual under the supervision of either as specified in
41.2(11). ; or
c. Obtained from and prepared by an NRC or agreement state
licensee for use in research in accordance with Radioactive Drug Research
Committee–approved protocol or an Investigational New Drug (IND) protocol
accepted by FDA; or
d. Prepared by the licensee for use in research in
accordance with a Radioactive Drug Research Committee–approved application
or an Investigational New Drug (IND) protocol accepted by FDA.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 41.2(33) as
follows:
41.2(33) Use of radiopharmaceuticals, generators, and
reagent kits for imaging and localization studies. The
Except for the quantities that require written directive
under 41.2(87), a licensee may
use for imaging and localization studies any unsealed by–product material
prepared for medical use that is either:
a. Obtained from a manufacturer or preparer licensed pursuant
to 641-paragraph 39.4(29)“j” or
equivalent U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRC or
agreement state requirements; or
b. Prepared by an authorized nuclear pharmacist, a physician
who is an authorized user and who meets the requirements specified in 41.2(68),
or an individual under the supervision of either as specified in
41.2(11). ;
c. Obtained from and prepared by an NRC or agreement state
licensee for use in research in accordance with Radioactive Drug Research
Committee–approved protocol or an Investigational New Drug (IND) protocol
accepted by FDA; or
d. Prepared by the licensee for use in research in
accordance with a Radioactive Drug Research Committee–approved application
or an Investigational New Drug (IND) protocol accepted by FDA.
ITEM 36. Rescind subrule 41.2(37) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(37) Use of radiopharmaceuticals for therapeutic
use or unsealed by–product material for which a written directive is
required. Material must be:
a. Obtained from a manufacturer or preparer licensed by the
NRC or an agreement state to manufacture and prepare by–product material
for medical use; or
b. Prepared by an authorized nuclear pharmacist, a physician
who is an authorized user and who meets the requirements of 41.2(68) or
41.2(69), or an individual under the supervision of either as specified in
41.2(11); or
c. Obtained from and prepared by an NRC or agreement state
licensee for use in research in accordance with the Investigational New Drug
(IND) protocol accepted by FDA; or
d. Prepared by the licensee for use in research in accordance
with an Investigational New Drug (IND) protocol accepted by FDA.
ITEM 37. Amend subrule 41.2(38),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. A licensee shall provide oral and written radiation safety
instruction for all personnel caring for patients or human research subjects
undergoing radiopharmaceutical therapy and hospitalized in compliance with
41.2(27). Refresher training shall be provided at intervals not to exceed
one year.
ITEM 38. Amend subrule 41.2(38),
paragraph “b,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Notification of the radiation safety officer, radiation
safety officer designee, or authorized user in case of the patient’s
or human research subject’s death or medical emergency; and
ITEM 39. Amend subrule 41.2(39),
paragraph “a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Provide a private room with a private sanitary facility
or a room, with a private sanitary facility, with another individual who also
has received therapy with unsealed radioactive material and who also cannot be
released under 41.2(27);
ITEM 40. Rescind subrule 41.2(41) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(41) Use of sealed sources for diagnosis. A
licensee shall use only sealed sources for diagnostic medical uses as approved
in the Sealed Source and Device Registry.
ITEM 41. Rescind subrule 41.2(43) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(43) Use of sources for brachytherapy. A licensee
shall use only brachytherapy sources for therapeutic medical uses:
a. As approved in the Sealed Source and Device Registry;
or
b. In research in accordance with an active Investigational
Device Exemption (IDE) application accepted by the FDA provided the requirements
of 41.2(15) are met.
ITEM 42. Amend subrule 41.2(44),
paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (4) and (5), as
follows:
(4) Procedures for visitor control, to include routine
visitation of hospitalized individuals in accordance with
641-
40.26(136C) and visitation authorized in accordance with
641-
40.26(136C);
(5) Procedures for notification of the radiation safety
officer, radiation safety officer designee, or authorized user if the
patient or human research subject dies or has a medical emergency; and
ITEM 43. Amend subrule 41.2(45),
paragraph “a,” by adopting new subparagraph
(6) as follows:
(6) Have applicable emergency response equipment available
near each treatment room to respond to a source dislodged from the patient or
lodged within the patient following removal of the source applicators.
ITEM 44. Amend subrule 41.2(45),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. A licensee shall notify the radiation safety officer,
radiation safety officer designee, or authorized user immediately if the
patient or human research subject dies or has a medical emergency.
ITEM 45. Amend subrule 41.2(46) by
adopting new paragraph “e” as
follows:
e. A licensee shall maintain accountability at all times for
all brachytherapy sources in storage or use. As soon as possible after removing
sources from a patient or a human research subject, a licensee shall return
brachytherapy sources to a secure storage area.
ITEM 46. Amend subrule 41.2(47),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Immediately after removing the last temporary implant
source from a patient or human research subject, the licensee shall perform a
radiation survey of the patient or human research subject with a radiation
detection survey instrument to confirm that all sources have been removed
and, for remote afterloaders, returned to the safe shielded position.
The licensee shall not release from confinement for medical care a patient or
human research subject treated by temporary implant until all sources have been
removed.
ITEM 47. Rescind subrule 41.2(49) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(49) Use of sealed source in a remote afterloader
unit, teletherapy unit, or gamma stereotactic radiosurgery unit. A licensee
shall use sealed sources in photon emitting remote afterloader units,
teletherapy units, or gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units for therapeutic
medical uses as approved in the Sealed Source and Device Registry or in research
in accordance with an active Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) application
accepted by the FDA provided the requirements of 41.2(15) are met.
ITEM 48. Rescind subrule 41.2(50) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(50) Installation, maintenance, adjustment, and
repair.
a. Only a person specifically licensed by the NRC or an
agreement state shall install, maintain, adjust, or repair a remote afterloader
unit, teletherapy unit, or gamma stereotactic radiosurgery unit that involves
work on the source shielding, the source(s) driving unit, or other electronic or
mechanical component that could expose the source(s), or the shielding around
the source(s), or compromise the radiation safety of the unit or the
source(s).
b. Except for low–dose–rate remote afterloader
units, only a person specifically licensed by the NRC or an agreement state
shall install, replace, relocate, or remove a sealed source or source contained
in other remote units, teletherapy units, or gamma stereotactic radiosurgery
units.
c. For low–dose–rate remote afterloader units,
only a person specifically licensed by the NRC or an agreement state or an
authorized medical physicist shall install, replace, relocate, or remove a
sealed source(s) contained in the unit.
d. A licensee shall retain a record of the installation,
maintenance, adjustment, and repair of remote afterloader teletherapy units and
gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units for three years. The record must include
the date, description of the service, and the name of the individual who
performed the work.
ITEM 49. Rescind subrule 41.2(52) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(52) Safety procedures and instructions for remote
afterloader units, teletherapy units, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery
units.
a. A licensee shall:
(1) Secure the unit, the console, the console keys, and the
treatment room when not in use or unattended;
(2) Permit only individuals approved by the authorized user,
radiation safety officer, or authorized medical physicist to be present in the
treatment room during treatment with the source;
(3) Prevent dual operation of more than one radiation
producing device in a treatment room, if applicable; and
(4) Develop, implement, and maintain written procedures for
responding to an abnormal situation when the operator is unable to place the
source in the shielding position, or to remove the patient or human research
subject from the field with controls from outside the treatment room. These
procedures must include:
1. Instructions for responding to equipment failures and the
names of the individuals responsible for implementing corrective
actions;
2. The process for restricting access to and posting of the
treatment area to minimize the risk of inadvertent exposure; and
3. The names and telephone numbers of the authorized users,
the authorized medical physicist, and the radiation safety officer to be
contacted if the unit or console operates abnormally.
b. A copy of the procedures required by
41.2(52)“a”(4) must be physically located at the unit
console.
c. A licensee shall post instructions at the unit console to
inform the operator of:
(1) The location of the procedures required by
41.2(52)“a”(4); and
(2) The names and telephone numbers of the authorized users,
the authorized medical physicist, and the radiation safety officer to be
contacted if the unit or console operates abnormally.
d. A licensee shall provide instruction, initially and at
least annually, to all individuals who operate the unit, appropriate to the
individual’s assigned duties, in:
(1) The procedures identified in 41.2(52)“a”(4);
and
(2) The operating procedures for the unit.
e. The licensee shall ensure that operators, authorized
medical physicists, and authorized users participate in drills of emergency
procedures, initially and at least annually.
f. A licensee shall retain a record for three years of
individuals receiving instruction required by 41.2(52)“d,”
adescription of the instruction, the date of instruction, andthe name of the
individual who gave the instruction. A copy of the procedures required in
41.2(52)“a”(4) and 41.2(52)“d”(2) shall be retained for
three years.
ITEM 50. Amend subrule 41.2(53) as
follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
41.2(53) Doors, interlocks, and warning
systems. Safety precautions for remote afterloader units,
teletherapy units, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units.
Rescind paragraph “c” and adopt
new paragraphs “c” to “g” as
follows:
c. A licensee shall require any individual entering the
treatment room to ensure, through the use of appropriate monitors, that
radiation levels have returned to ambient levels.
d. Except for low–dose–rate remote afterloader
units, a licensee shall construct or equip each treatment room with intercom
systems to permit continuous observation of the patient or human research
subject from the treatment console during irradiation.
e. For licensed activities where sources are placed within the
patient’s or human research subject’s body, the licensee shall only
conduct treatments which allow for expeditious removal of a decoupled or jammed
source.
f. In addition to the requirements specified in
41.2(53)“a” through “e,” a licensee shall:
(1) For medium–dose–rate and
pulsed–dose–rate remote afterloader units, require:
1. An authorized medical physicist and either an authorized
user or a physician, under the supervision of an authorized user, who have been
trained in the operation of and emergency response for the unit to be physically
present during the initiation of all patient treatments involving the unit;
and
2. An authorized medical physicist and either an authorized
user or an individual, under the supervision of an authorized user, who have
been trained to remove the source applicator in the event of an emergency
involving the unit to be immediately available during continuation of all
patient treatments involving the unit.
(2) For high–dose–rate remote afterloader units,
require:
1. An authorized user and an authorized medical physicist to
be physically present during the initiation of all patient treatments involving
the unit; and
2. An authorized medical physicist and either an authorized
user or a physician, under the supervision of an authorized user, who have been
trained in the operation and emergency response for the unit, to be physically
present during the continuation of all patient treatments involving the
unit.
(3) For gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units, require an
authorized user and an authorized medical physicist be physically present
throughout all patient treatments involving the unit.
(4) Notify the radiation safety officer, or the radiation
safety officer designee, and an authorized user as soon as possible if the
patient or human research subject has a medical emergency or dies.
g. A licensee shall have applicable emergency response
equipment available near each treatment room to respond to a source remaining in
the unshielded position or lodged within the patient following completion of the
treatment.
ITEM 51. Amend subrule 41.2(57),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. A Except for low–dose–rate
remote afterloader sources where the source output or activity is determined by
the manufacturer, a licensee shall have a calibrated dosimetry system
available for use. To satisfy this requirement, one of the following two
conditions shall be met:
(1) The system shall have been calibrated by
using a system or source traceable to the National Institute of Standards
and Technology and published protocols accepted by nationally recognized
bodies, or by a calibration laboratory accredited by the American
Association of Physicists in Medicine. The calibration shall have been
performed within the previous two years and after any servicing that may have
affected system calibration; or
(2) The system shall have been calibrated within the previous
four years; 18 to 30 months after that calibration, the system shall have been
intercompared at an inter–comparison meeting with another
dosimetry system that was calibrated within the past 24 months by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology or by a calibration laboratory accredited
by the American Association of Physicists in Medicine. The
intercomparison meeting shall be sanctioned by a calibration laboratory or
radiologic physics center accredited by the American Association of Physicists
in Medicine. The results of the intercomparison
meeting must have indicated that the calibration factor of the
licensee’s system had not changed by more than 2 percent. The licensee
shall not use the intercomparison result to change the calibration factor. When
intercomparing dosimetry systems to be usedfor calibrating
cobalt–60 teletherapy units, the licensee shall use a teletherapy unit
with a cobalt–60 source. When intercomparing dosimetry systems to be used
for calibratingcesium–137 teletherapy units, the licensee shall use a
teletherapy unit with a cesium–137 source sealed sources for
therapeutic units, the licensee shall use a comparable unit with beam
attenuators or collimators, if applicable, and sources of the same radionuclide
as the source used at the licensee’s facility.
ITEM 52. Rescind subrule 41.2(58) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(58) Full calibration measurements on teletherapy
units, remote afterloader units, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery
units.
a. Teletherapy units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use a teletherapy unit for
medical use shall perform full calibration measurements for each teletherapy
unit:
1. Before the first medical use of the unit; and
2. Before medical use under the following
conditions:
• Whenever spot–check
measurements indicate that the output differs by more than 5 percent from the
output of the last full calibration corrected mathematically for radioactive
decay;
• Following replacement of
the source or following reinstallation of the teletherapy unit in a new
location;
• Following any repair of
the teletherapy unit that includes removal of the source or major repair of the
components associated with the source exposure assembly; and
3. At intervals not exceeding one year.
(2) To satisfy the requirements of 41.2(58)“a”(1),
full calibration measurements must include determination of:
1. The output within ±3
percent for the range of field sizes and for the distance or range of distances
used for medical use;
2. The coincidence of the radiation field and the field
indicated by the light beam localizing device;
3. The uniformity of the radiation field and its dependence on
the orientation of the useful beam;
4. Timer accuracy and linearity over the range of
use;
5. On–off error; and
6. The accuracy of all distance measuring and localization
devices in medical use.
(3) A licensee shall use the dosimetry system described in
41.2(57) to measure the output for one set of exposure conditions. The
remaining radiation measurements required in
41.2(58)“a”(2)“1” may be made using the dosimetry system
that indicates relative dose rates.
(4) A licensee shall make full calibration measurements
required by 41.2(58)“a” in accordance with published protocols
accepted by nationally recognized bodies.
(5) A licensee shall mathematically correct the outputs
determined in 41.2(58)“a”(2)“1” for physical decay for
intervals not exceeding one month for cobalt–60, six months for
cesium–137, or at intervals consistent with 1 percent of all other
radionuclides.
(6) Full calibration measurements required by
41.2(58)“a”(1) and physical decay corrections required in
41.2(58)“a”(5) must be performed by the authorized medical
physicist.
(7) A licensee shall maintain a record of each calibration for
the duration of the license. The record shall include the date of the
calibration; the manufacturer’s name, model number, and serial number for
both the unit and the source; tables that describe the output of the unit over
the range of field sizes and for the range of distances used in radiation
therapy; a determination of the coincidence of the radiation field and the field
indicated by the light beam localizing device; the measured timer accuracy for a
typical treatment time; the calculated “on–off” error; the
estimated accuracy of each distance measuring or localization device; and the
signature of the authorized medical physicist.
b. Remote afterloader units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use a remote afterloader unit for
medical use shall perform full calibration measurements for each unit:
1. Before the first medical use of the unit; and
2. Before medical use under the following
conditions:
• Following replacement of
the source or following reinstallation of the unit in a new location outside the
facility; and
• Following any repair of
the unit that includes removal of the source or major repair of the components
associated with the source exposure assembly; and
3. At intervals not exceeding one quarter of a year for
high–dose–rate, medium–dose–rate, and
pulsed–dose–rate remote afterloader units with sources whose
half–life exceeds 75 days; and
4. At intervals not exceeding one year for
low–dose–rate remote afterloader units.
(2) To satisfy the requirements of 41.2(58)“b”(1),
full calibration measurements must include, as applicable, determination
of:
1. The output within ±5
percent;
2. Source positioning accuracy to within
±1 millimeter;
3. Source retraction with backup battery upon power
failure;
4. Length of the source transfer tubes;
5. Timer accuracy and linearity over the typical range of
use;
6. Length of the applicators; and
7. Function of the source transfer tubes, applicators, and
transfer tube–applicator interfaces.
(3) A licensee shall use the dosimetry system described in
41.2(57) to measure the output.
(4) A licensee shall make full calibration measurements
required by 41.2(58)“b”(1) in accordance with published protocols
accepted by nationally recognized bodies.
(5) In addition to the requirements for full calibrations for
low–dose–rate remote afterloader units in
41.2(58)“b”(2), a licensee shall perform an autoradiograph of the
source to verify inventory and source arrangement at intervals not exceeding one
quarter of a year.
(6) For low–dose–rate remote afterloader units, a
licensee may use measurements provided by the source manufacturer that are made
in accordance with 41.2(58)“b.”
(7) A licensee shall mathematically correct the outputs
determined in 41.2(58)“b”(2)“1” for physical decay
intervals consistent with 1 percent physical decay.
(8) Full calibration measurements required by
41.2(58)“b”(1) and physical decay corrections required by
41.2(58)“b”(7) must be performed by the authorized medical
physicist.
(9) A licensee shall retain a record of each calibration in
accordance with 41.2(58)“a”(7).
c. Gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use a gamma stereotactic
radiosurgery unit for medical use shall perform full calibration measurements on
each unit:
1. Before the first medical use of the unit;
2. Before medical use under the following
conditions:
• Whenever spot–check
measurements indicate that the output differs by more than 5 percent from the
output obtained at the last full calibration corrected mathematically for
radioactive decay;
• Following replacement of
the sources or following reinstallation of the gamma stereotactic radiosurgery
unit in a new location; and
• Following any repair of
the gamma stereotactic radiosurgery unit that includes removal of the sources or
major repair of the components associated with the source assembly;
and
3. At intervals not exceeding one year, with the exception
that relative helmet factors need only be determined before the first medical
use of a helmet and following any damage to a helmet.
(2) To satisfy the requirement of 41.2(58)“c”(1),
full calibration measurements must include determination of:
1. The output within ±3
percent;
2. Relative helmet factors;
3. Isocenter coincidence;
4. Timer accuracy and linearity over the range of
use;
5. On–off error;
6. Trunnion centricity;
7. Treatment table retraction mechanism, using backup battery
power or hydraulic backups with the unit off;
8. Helmet microswitches;
9. Emergency timing circuits; and
10. Stereotactic frames and localizing devices
(trunnions).
(3) A licensee shall use the dosimetry system described in
41.2(57) to measure the output for one set of exposure conditions. The
remaining radiation measurements required in
41.2(58)“c”(2)“1” may be made using a dosimetry system
that indicates relative dose rates.
(4) A licensee shall make full calibration measurements
required by 41.2(58)“c”(1) in accordance with published protocols
accepted by nationally recognized bodies.
(5) A licensee shall mathematically correct the outputs
determined in 41.2(58)“c”(2)“1” at intervals not
exceeding one month for cobalt–60 and at intervals consistent with1
percent physical decay for all other radionuclides.
(6) Full calibration measurements required by
41.2(58)“c”(1) and physical decay corrections required in
41.2(58)“c”(5) must be performed by the authorized medical
physicist.
(7) A licensee shall retain a record of each calibration in
accordance with 41.2(58)“a”(7).
ITEM 53. Rescind subrule 41.2(59) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(59) Periodic spot checks for teletherapy units,
remote afterloader units, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units.
a. Teletherapy units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use teletherapy units for medical
use shall perform output spot checks on each teletherapy unit once in each
calendar month that include determination of:
1. Timer accuracy and timer linearity over the range of
use;
2. On–off error;
3. The coincidence of the radiation field and the field
indicated by the light beam localizing device;
4. The accuracy of all distance measuring and localization
devices used for medical use;
5. The output for one typical set of operating conditions
measured with the dosimetry system described in 41.2(57); and
6. The difference between the measurement made in
41.2(59)“a”(1)“5” and the anticipated output expressed
as a percentage of the anticipated output (i.e., the value obtained at last full
calibration corrected mathematically for physical decay).
(2) A licensee shall perform measurements required by
41.2(59)“a”(1) in accordance with written procedures established by
the authorized medical physicist. That individual need not actually perform the
spot–check measurements.
(3) A licensee shall have the authorized medical physicist
review the results of each spot check within 15 days. The authorized medical
physicist shall notify the licensee as soon as possible in writing of the result
of each spot check.
(4) A licensee authorized to use a teletherapy unit for
medical use shall perform safety spot checks of each teletherapy facility once
in each calendar month and after each source installation to ensure proper
operation of:
1. Electrical interlocks at each teletherapy room
entrance;
2. Electrical or mechanical stops installed for the purpose of
limiting use of the primary beam of radiation (restriction of source housing
angulation or elevation, carriage or stand travel and operation of the beam
on–off mechanism);
3. Source exposure indicator lights on the teletherapy unit,
on the control console, and in the facility;
4. Viewing and intercom systems;
5. Treatment room doors from inside and outside the treatment
room; and
6. Electrically assisted treatment room doors with the
teletherapy unit electrical power turned off.
(5) If the results of the spot checks required in
41.2(59)“a”(4) indicate the malfunction of any system, the licensee
shall lock the control console in the off position and not use the unit except
as may be necessary to repair, replace, or check the malfunctioning
system.
(6) A licensee shall retain for three years a record of each
spot check required in 41.2(59)“a.” The record must include:
1. The date of the spot check;
2. The manufacturer’s name, model number, and serial
number of the teletherapy unit, source and instrument used to measure the output
of the teletherapy unit;
3. An assessment of timer linearity and constancy;
4. The calculated on–off error;
5. A determination of the coincidence of the radiation field
and the field indicated by the light beam localizing device;
6. The determined accuracy of each distance measuring and
localization device;
7. The difference between the anticipated output and the
measured output;
8. Notations indicating the operability of each entrance door
electrical interlock, each electrical or mechanical source exposure indicator
light, and the viewing and intercom system and doors; and
9. The name of the individual who performed the periodic spot
check and the signature of the authorized medical physicist who reviewed the
record of the spot check.
(7) A licensee shall retain a copy of the procedures required
by 41.2(59)“b” until the licensee no longer possesses the
teletherapy unit.
b. Remote afterloader units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use a remote afterloader unit for
medical use shall perform spot checks of each remote afterloader facility and on
each unit:
1. Before the first use of a high–dose–rate,
medium–dose–rate, or pulsed–dose–rate remote afterloader
unit on a given day;
2. Before each patient treatment with a
low–dose–rate remote afterloader unit; and
3. After each source installation.
(2) A licensee shall perform the measurements required by
41.2(59)“b”(1) in accordance with written procedures established by
the authorized medical physicist. That individual need not actually perform the
spot–check measurements.
(3) A licensee shall have the authorized medical physicist
review the results of each spot check within 15 days. The authorized medical
physicist shall notify the licensee as soon as possible in writing of the
results of each spot check.
(4) To satisfy the requirements of 41.2(59)“b”(1),
spot checks must, at a minimum, ensure proper operation of:
1. Electrical interlocks at each remote afterloader unit room
entrance;
2. Source exposure indicator lights on the remote afterloader
unit, on the control console, and in the facility;
3. Viewing and intercom systems in each
high–dose–rate, medium–dose–rate, and
pulsed–dose–rate remote afterloader facility;
4. Emergency response equipment;
5. Radiation monitors used to indicate the source
position;
6. Timer accuracy;
7. Clock (date and time) in the unit’s computer;
and
8. Decayed source(s) activity in the unit’s
computer.
(5) If the results of the spot checks required in
41.2(59)“b”(4) indicate the malfunction of any system, the licensee
shall lock the control console in the off position and not use the unit except
as may be necessary to repair, replace, or check the malfunctioning
system.
(6) A licensee shall retain a record of each spot check
required in 41.2(59)“b”(4) and a copy of the procedures required by
41.2(59)“b”(2). The record must include:
1. The date of the spot check;
2. The manufacturer’s name, model number, and serial
number for the remote afterloader unit and source;
3. An assessment of timer accuracy;
4. Notations indicating the operability of each entrance door
electrical interlock, radiation monitors, source exposure indicator lights,
viewing and intercom systems, and clock and decayed source activity in the
unit’s computer; and
5. The name of the individual who performed the periodic spot
check and the signature of the authorized medical physicist who reviewed the
record of the spot check.
(7) A licensee shall retain a copy of the procedures required
in 41.2(59)“b”(2) until the licensee no longer possesses the remote
afterloader unit.
c. Gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units.
(1) A licensee authorized to use a gamma stereotactic
radiosurgery unit for medical use shall perform spot checks for the gamma
stereotactic radiosurgery facility and on each unit:
1. Monthly;
2. Before the first use of the unit on a given day;
and
3. After each source installation.
(2) A licensee shall:
1. Perform the measurements required by
41.2(59)“c”(1) in accordance with written procedures established by
the authorized medical physicist. That individual need not actually perform the
spot–check measurements.
2. Have the authorized medical physicist review the results of
each spot check within 15 days. The authorized medical physicist shall notify
the licensee as soon as possible in writing of the results of each spot
check.
(3) To satisfy the requirements of
41.2(59)“c”(1)“1,” spot checks must, at a
minimum:
1. Ensure proper operation of treatment table retraction
mechanism, using backup battery power or hydraulic backups with the unit off;
helmet microswitches; emergency timing circuits; and stereotactic frames and
localizing devices (trunnions).
2. Determine:
• The output for one typical
set of operating conditions measured with the dosimetry system described in
41.2(57);
• The difference between the
measurement made in the above bulleted point and the anticipated output
expressed as a percentage of the anticipated output (i.e., the value obtained at
last full calibration corrected mathematically for physical decay);
• Source output against
computer calculation;
• Timer accuracy and
linearity over the range of use;
• On–off error;
and
• Trunnion
centricity.
(4) To satisfy the requirements of
41.2(59)“c”(1)“2” and “3,” spot checks must
ensure proper functioning of:
1. Electrical interlocks at each gamma stereotactic
radiosurgery room entrance;
2. Source exposure indicator lights on the gamma stereotactic
radiosurgery unit, on the control console, and in the facility;
3. Viewing and intercom systems;
4. Timer termination;
5. Radiation monitors used to indicate room exposures;
and
6. Emergency off buttons.
(5) A licensee shall arrange as soon as possible for the
repair of any system identified in 41.2(59)“c”(3) that is not
operating properly.
(6) If the results of the spot checks required in
41.2(59)“c”(4) indicate the malfunction of any system, the licensee
shall lock the control console in the off position and not use the unit except
as may be necessary to repair, replace, or check the malfunctioning
system.
(7) A licensee shall retain a record of each spot check
required by 41.2(59)“c”(3) and (4) and a copy of the procedures
required in 41.2(59)“c”(2). The record must include:
1. The date of the spot check;
2. The manufacturer’s name, model number, and serial
number for the gamma stereotactic radiosurgery unit and the survey instrument
used to measure the output of the unit;
3. An assessment of timer linearity and accuracy;
4. The calculated on–off error;
5. A determination of trunnion centricity;
6. The difference between the anticipated output and the
measured output;
7. As assessment of source output against computer
calculations;
8. Notations indicating the operability of radiation monitors,
helmet microswitches, emergency timing circuits, on–off buttons,
electrical interlocks, source exposure indicator lights, viewing and intercom
systems, timer termination, treatment table retraction mechanism, and
stereotactic frames and localizing devices (trunnions); and
9. The name of the individual who performed the periodic spot
check and the signature of the authorized medical physicist who reviewed the
record of the spot check.
(8) A licensee shall retain a copy of the procedures required
in 41.2(59)“c”(2) until the licensee no longer possesses the gamma
stereotactic radiosurgery unit.
ITEM 54. Rescind subrule 41.2(60),
paragraphs “a” and “b,” and adopt in lieu
thereof new paragraphs “a” and
“b” as follows:
a. In addition to the survey requirements in
641- 40.36(136C), a
person licensed under 641-41.2(136C) shall make
surveys to ensure that the maximum radiation levels and average radiation levels
from the surface of the main source with the source in the shielded position do
not exceed the levels stated in the Sealed Source and Device Registry.
b. The licensee shall make the survey required in
41.2(60)“a” at installation of a new source, and following repairs
to the source shielding, the source driving unit, or other electronic or
mechanical component that could expose the source, reduce the shielding around
the source, or compromise the radiation safety of the source.
ITEM 55. Amend subrule 41.2(64),
paragraphs “a” and “c,” as
follows:
a. A licensee shall have each teletherapy unit and gamma
stereotactic radiosurgery unit fully inspected and serviced during
teletherapy source replacement or at intervals not to exceed five years,
whichever comes first, to ensure proper functioning of the source exposure
mechanism.
c. A licensee shall maintain a record of the inspection and
servicing for the duration of the license. The record shall contain the
inspector’s name, the inspector’s license number, the date of
inspection, the manufacturer’s name and model number and serial number for
both the teletherapy unit and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery unit and
source, a list of components inspected, a list of components serviced and the
type of service, a list of components replaced, and the signature of the
inspector.
ITEM 56. Rescind subrule 41.2(65) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(65) Training for radiation safety officer.
Except as provided in 41.2(66), an individual fulfilling the responsibilities of
the radiation safety officer as provided in 41.2(8) shall be an individual
who:
a. Is certified by a specialty board whose certification
process includes all of the requirements in 41.2(65)“b” and whose
certification has been recognized by this agency, the NRC, or an agreement
state; or
b. Has completed a structured educational program consisting
of:
(1) 200 hours of didactic training in:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity;
4. Radiation biology; and
5. Radiation dosimetry; and
(2) One year of full–time radiation safety experience
under the supervision of the individual identified as the radiation safety
officer on an NRC or agreement state license or permit issued by an NRC master
material license that authorizes similar types of use of by–product
material involving the following:
1. Shipping, receiving, and performing related radiation
surveys;
2. Using and performing checks for proper operation of
instruments used to determine the activity of dosages and meters, and
instruments used to measure radionuclides;
3. Securing and controlling radioactive material;
4. Using administrative controls to avoid mistakes in the
administration of radioactive material;
5. Using procedures to prevent or minimize radioactive
contamination and using proper decontamination procedures;
6. Using emergency procedures to control radioactive material;
and
7. Disposing of radioactive material; and
(3) Has obtained written certification, signed by a preceptor
radiation safety officer, that the individual has satisfactorily completed the
requirements of 41.2(65)“b” and has achieved a level of radiation
safety knowledge sufficient to function independently as a radiation safety
officer for a medical use licensee; or
c. Is an authorized user, authorized medical physicist, or
authorized nuclear pharmacist identified on the license and has experience with
the radiation safety aspects of similar types of use of radioactive material for
which the individual has radiation safety officer responsibilities.
ITEM 57. Amend subrule 41.2(66) as
follows:
41.2(66) Training for experienced radiation safety
officer. An individual identified as a radiation safety officer on an
agency, agreement state, licensing state, or U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRC license on September
1, 1992 January 1, 2003, who oversees only the use of
radioactive material for which the licensee was authorized on that date need not
comply with the training requirements of 41.2(65).
ITEM 58. Rescind subrule 41.2(67) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(67) Training for uptake, dilution, and excretion
studies. Except as provided in 41.2(76), the licensee shall require an
authorized user of unsealed by–product material for uses authorized under
41.2(31) to be a physician who:
a. Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
certification process includes all of the requirements in
41.2(67)“b” and whose certification has been recognized by the NRC
or an agreement state; or
b. Is an authorized user under 41.2(68) or 41.2(69) or
equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements; or
c. Has completed 60 hours of training and experience in basic
radionuclide handling techniques applicable to medical use of unsealed
by–product material for uptake, dilution, and excretion studies. The
training and experience shall include:
(1) Classroom and laboratory training in the following
areas:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity;
4. Chemistry of by–product material for medical use;
and
5. Radiation biology; and
(2) Work experience, under the supervision of an authorized
user who meets the requirements in 41.2(67) or 41.2(69) or equivalent NRC or
agreement state requirements involving:
1. Ordering, receiving, and unpacking radioactive materials
safely and performing the related radiation surveys;
2. Calibrating instruments used to determine the activity of
dosages and performing checks for proper operation of survey meters;
3. Calculating, measuring, and safely preparing patient or
human research subject dosages;
4. Using administrative controls to prevent a medical event
involving the use of unsealed radioactive material;
5. Using procedures to contain spilled radioactive material
safely and using proper decontamination procedures; and
6. Administering dosages of radioactive drugs to patients or
human research subjects; and
(3) Written certification, signed by a preceptor authorized
user who meets the requirements in 41.2(68) or 41.2(69), that the individual has
satisfactorily completed requirements of 41.2(67)“b” and has
achieved a level of competency sufficient to function independently as an
authorized user for the medical uses authorized under 41.2(31).
ITEM 59. Rescind subrule 41.2(68)
and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(68) Training for imaging and localization
studies. Except as provided in 41.2(76), the licensee shall require an
authorized user of unsealed by–product material for medical uses as
authorized under 41.2(33) to be a physician who:
a. Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
certification includes all of the requirements in 41.2(68)“b” and
whose certification has been recognized by this agency, the NRC or an agreement
state; or
b. Has completed 700 hours of training and experience in basic
radionuclide handling techniques applicable to the medical use of unsealed
by–product material for imaging and localization studies. The training
and experience must include, at a minimum:
(1) Classroom and laboratory training in the following
areas:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity;
4. Chemistry of by–product material for medical use;
and
5. Radiation biology; and
(2) Work experience, under the supervision of an authorized
user, who meets the requirements in 41.2(68) or 41.2(69) or equivalent NRC or
agreement state requirements, involving:
1. Ordering, receiving, and unpacking radioactive materials
safely and performing the related radiation surveys;
2. Calibrating instruments used to determine the activity of
dosages and performing checks for proper operation of survey meters;
3. Calculating, measuring, and safely preparing patient or
human research subject dosages;
4. Using administrative controls to prevent a medical event
involving the use of unsealed by–product material;
5. Using procedures to safely contain spilled radioactive
material and using proper decontamination procedures;
6. Administering dosages of radioactive drugs to patients or
human research subjects; and
7. Eluting generator systems appropriate for preparation of
radioactive drugs for imaging and localization studies, measuring and testing
the eluate for radionuclide purity, and processing the eluate with reagent kits
to prepare radioactive drugs; and
(3) Written certification, signed by a preceptor authorized
user who meets the requirements in 41.2(68) or 41.2(69), that the individual has
satisfactorily completed the requirements in 41.2(68) and has achieved a level
of competency sufficient to function independently as an authorized user for the
medical uses authorized in 41.2(31) and 41.2(33).
ITEM 60. Rescind subrule 41.2(69) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(69) Training for therapeutic use of
radiopharmaceuticals or use of unsealed by–product material for which a
written directive is required.
a. Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(79), the
licensee shall require the authorized user of unsealed by–product material
authorized in 41.2(37) to be a physician who:
(1) Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
cer–tification process includes all of the requirements in
41.2(69)“a”(2) and whose certification has been recognized by the
NRC or an agreement state; or
(2) Has completed 700 hours of training and experience in
basic radionuclide handling techniques applicable to the medical use of unsealed
by–product material requiring a written directive. The training and
experience must include:
1. Classroom and laboratory training in the following areas:
radiation physics and instrumentation; radiation protection; mathematics
pertaining to the use and measurement of radioactivity; chemistry of
by–product material for medical use; and radiation biology; and
2. Work experience, under the supervision of an authorized
user who meets the requirements of 41.2(69)“a”(1) or (2). A
supervising authorized user who meets the requirements of
41.2(69)“a”(2) must have experience in administering dosages in the
same dosage category or categories as the individual requesting authorized user
status. The work experience must involve:
• Ordering, receiving, and
unpacking radioactive materials safely and performing the related radiation
surveys;
• Calibrating instruments
used to determine the activity of dosages and performing checks for proper
operation of meters;
• Calculating, measuring,
and safely preparing patient or human research subject dosages;
• Using administrative
controls to prevent a medical event involving the use of unsealed
by–product material;
• Using procedures to
contain spilled by–product material safely and using proper
decontamination procedures;
• Eluting generator systems,
measuring and testing the eluate for radionuclide purity, and processing the
eluate with reagent kits to prepare radioactive drugs; and
• Administering dosages of
radioactive drugs to patients or human research subjects involving a minimum of
three cases in each of the following categories for which the individual is
requesting authorized user status:
(a) Oral administration of less than or equal to 33
millicuries (1.22 GBq) of sodium iodide I–131;
(b) Oral administration of greater than 33 millicuries (1.22
GBq) of sodium iodide I–131. Experience with at least three cases in this
category also satisfies the requirements in (a) above;
(c) Parenteral administration of any beta emitter or
aphoton–emitting radionuclide with a photon energy less than 150 keV;
or
(d) Parenteral administration of any other radionuclide;
and
3. Has obtained written certification that the individual has
satisfactorily completed the requirements in
41.2(69)“a”(2)“1” and has achieved a level of competency
sufficient to function independently as an authorized user in the medical uses
authorized in 41.2(37). The written certification must be signed by a preceptor
authorized user meeting the requirements in 41.2(69)“a”(1) or (2),
or equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements. The preceptor authorized
user who meets the requirements in 41.2(69)“a”(2) must have
experience in administering dosages in the same dosage or categories (i.e.,
41.2(69)“a”(2)“2,” last bulleted paragraph) as the
individual requesting authorized user status.
b. Training for the oral administration of sodium iodide
I–131 requiring a written directive in quantities less than or equal to 33
millicuries (1.22 GBq). Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(79),
the licensee shall requirean authorized user for the oral administration of
sodiumiodide–131 requiring a written directive in quantities less than or
equal to 33 millicuries (1.22 GBq) to be a physician who:
(1) Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
certification process includes all of the requirements in
41.2(69)“b”(3) and whose certification has been recognized by this
agency, the NRC, or an agreement state; or
(2) Is an authorized user under 41.2(69)“a”(1) or
(2) for uses listed in 41.2(69)“a”(2)“2,” last bulleted
paragraph, (a) or (b), or equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements;
or
(3) Has successfully completed 80 hours of classroom and
laboratory training, applicable to the medical use of sodium iodide I–131
for procedures requiring a written directive. The training must
include:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation; radiation
protection; mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of radioactivity;
chemistry of by–product material for medical use; and radiation biology;
and
2. Work experience, under the supervision of an authorized
user who meets the requirement in 41.2(69)“a”(1) or (2) or
41.2(69)“b,” or equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements. A
supervising authorized user who meets the requirements in
41.2(69)“a”(2) must have experience in administering dosages as
specified in 41.2(69)“a”(2)“2,” last bulleted paragraph.
The work experience must involve:
• Ordering, receiving, and
unpacking radioactive materials safely and performing the related radiation
surveys;
• Calibrating instruments
used to determine the activity of dosages and performing checks for proper
operation of survey meters;
• Calculating, measuring,
and safely preparing patient or human research subject dosages;
• Using administrative
controls to prevent a medical event involving the use of by–product
material;
• Using procedures to
contain spilled by–product material safely and using proper
decontamination procedures;
• Administering dosages to
patients or human research subjects that includes at least three cases involving
the administration of less than or equal to 33 millicuries (1.22 GBq);
and
3. Written certification that the individual has
satisfactorily completed the requirements in
41.2(69)“b”(3)“2” and has achieved a level of competency
sufficient to function independently as an authorized user for medical uses
authorized under 41.2(37). The written certification must be signed by a
preceptor authorized user who meets the requirements of 41.2(69), or NRC or
equivalent agreement state requirements. A preceptor authorized user who meets
the requirements of 41.2(69)“a”(2) must have experience in
administering dosages specified in 41.2(69)“a”(2)“2,”
last bulleted paragraph, (a) and (b).
ITEM 61. Rescind subrule 41.2(70) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(70) Training for therapeutic use of manual
brachytherapy sources. Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(79),
the licensee shall require the authorized user using a manual brachytherapy
source authorized in 41.2(43) to be a physician who:
a. Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
certification process includes all of the requirements in
41.2(70)“b” and whose certification has been recognized by this
agency, the NRC, or an agreement state; or
b. Has completed a structured educational program in basic
radionuclide handling techniques applicable to the manual brachytherapy sources
that includes:
(1) 200 hours of classroom and laboratory training in the
following areas:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity; and
4. Radiation biology; and
(2) 500 hours of work experience, under the supervision of an
authorized user who meets the requirements in 41.2(70)“b” or
equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements at a medical institution,
involving:
1. Ordering, receiving, and unpacking radioactive materials
safely and performing the related radiation surveys;
2. Checking survey meters for proper operation;
3. Preparing, implanting, and removing brachytherapy
sources;
4. Maintaining running inventories of material on
hand;
5. Using administrative controls to prevent a medical event
involving the use of by–product material; and
6. Using emergency procedures to control by–product
material; and
(3) Has obtained three years of supervised clinical experience
in radiation oncology, under an authorized user who meets the requirements in
41.2(70) or equivalent NRC or agreement state requirements, as part of a formal
training program approved by the Residency Review Committee for Radiation
Oncology of the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education or the
Committee on Postdoctoral Training of the American Osteopathic Association.
This experience may be obtained concurrently with the supervised work experience
required by 41.2(70)“b”(2); and
(4) Has obtained written certification, signed by a preceptor
authorized user who meets the requirements in 41.2(70) or NRC or equivalent
agreement state requirements, that the individual has satisfactorily completed
the requirements in 41.2(70)“b” and has achieved a level of
competency sufficient to function independently as an authorized user of manual
brachytherapy sources for the medical uses authorized in 41.2(43).
ITEM 62. Rescind subrule 41.2(71) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(71) Training for ophthalmic use of
strontium–90. Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(79), the
licensee shall require the authorized user of strontium–90 for ophthalmic
radiotherapy be a physician who:
a. Is an authorized user under 41.2(70) or equivalent NRC or
agreement state requirements; or
b. Has completed 24 hours of classroom and laboratory training
applicable to the medical use of strontium ophthalmic radiotherapy.
(1) The training must include:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity; and
4. Radiation biology; and
(2) Supervised clinical training in ophthalmic radiotherapy
under the supervision of an authorized user at a medical institution that
includes the use of strontium–90 for the ophthalmic treatment of five
individuals. The supervised training must involve:
1. Examination of each individual to be treated;
2. Calculation of the dose to be administered;
3. Administration of the dose; and
4. Follow–up and review of each individual’s case
history; and
(3) Has obtained written certification, signed by a preceptor
authorized user who meets the requirements in 41.2(71), that the individual has
satisfactorily completed the requirements of 41.2(71)“a” and
“b” and has achieved a level of competency sufficient to function
independently as an authorized user of strontium–90 for ophthalmic
use.
ITEM 63. Rescind subrule 41.2(72) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(72) Training for use of sealed sources for
diagnosis. Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(79), the licensee
shall require the authorized user of a diagnostic sealed source for use in a
device authorized in 41.2(41) to be a physician, dentist, or podiatrist
who:
a. Is certified by a specialty board whose certification
process includes all of the requirements in 41.2(72)“b” and whose
certification has been recognized by this agency, the NRC, or an agreement
state; or
b. Has had eight hours of classroom and laboratory training in
basic radionuclide handling techniques specifically applicable to the use of the
device. The training must include:
(1) Radiation physics and instrumentation;
(2) Radiation protection;
(3) Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity;
(4) Radiation biology; and
(5) Training in the use of the device for the uses
requested.
ITEM 64. Rescind subrule 41.2(73)
and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(73) Training for remote afterloader units,
teletherapy, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery units. Except as provided in
41.2(66), 41.2(75), and 41.2(77), the licensee shall require the authorized user
of a sealed source specified in 41.2(49) to be a physician who:
a. Is certified by a medical specialty board whose
certification process includes all of the requirements in
41.2(73)“b” and whose certification has been recognized by this
agency, the NRC, or an agreement state; or
b. Has completed a structured educational program in basic
radionuclide techniques applicable to the use of a sealed source in a
therapeutic medical unit that includes:
(1) 200 hours of classroom and laboratory training in the
following areas:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity; and
4. Radiation biology; and
(2) 500 hours of work experience, under the supervision of an
authorized user who meets the requirements of 41.2(73)“b” or NRC or
equivalent agreement state requirements at a medical institution,
involving:
1. Review of the full calibration measurements and periodic
spot checks;
2. Preparing treatment plans and calculating treatment doses
and times;
3. Using administrative controls to prevent a medical event
involving the use of by–product material;
4. Implementing emergency procedures to be followed in the
event of the abnormal operation of the medical unit or console;
5. Checking and using survey meters; and
6. Selecting the proper dose and how it is to be administered;
and
(3) Has completed three years of supervised clinical
experience in radiation oncology, under an authorized user who meets the
requirements of 41.2(73) or NRC or equivalent agreement state requirements, as
part of a formal training program approved by the Residency Review Committee for
Radiology of the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education or the
Committee on Postdoctoral Training of the American Osteopathic Association.
This experience may be obtained concurrently with the supervised work experience
required by 41.2(73)“b”(2); and
(4) Has obtained written certification that the individual has
satisfactorily completed the requirements of 41.2(73)“b” and has
achieved a level of competency sufficient to function independently as an
authorized user of each type of therapeutic medical unit for which the
individual is requesting authorized user status. The written certification must
be signed by a preceptor authorized user who meets the requirements of 41.2(73)
for each type of therapeutic medical unit for which the individual is requesting
authorized user status.
ITEM 65. Rescind subrule 41.2(74)
and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(74) Training for teletherapy physicist or
authorized medical physicist. Except as provided in 41.2(66), 41.2(75), and
41.2(77), the licensee shall require the authorized medical physicist to be an
individual who:
a. Is certified by a specialty board whose certification
process includes all of the training and experience required in
41.2(74)“b” and whose certification has been recognized by this
agency, the NRC, or an agreement state for by–product use only;
or
b. Holds a master’s or doctor’s degree in physics,
biophysics, radiological physics, medical physics, or health physics;
and
(1) Has completed one year of full–time training in
therapeutic radiological physics and an additional year of full–time work
experience, under the supervision of an individual who meets the requirements of
a teletherapy physicist or authorized medical physicist at a medical
institution, that includes the tasks listed in 41.2(21), 41.2(58), 41.2(59),
41.2(60), and 41.2(85), as applicable; and
(2) Has obtained written certification that the
indi–vidual has satisfactorily completed the requirements of
41.2(74)“b”(1) and has achieved a level of competency sufficient to
function independently as an authorized medical physicist for each type of
therapeutic medical unit for which the individual is requesting authorized
medical physicist status. The written certification must be signed by a
preceptor authorized medical physicist who meets the requirements of 41.2(74)
for each type of therapeutic medical unit for which the individual is requesting
authorized medical physicist status.
ITEM 66. Adopt the following
new subrule:
41.2(75) Training for experienced authorized users and
teletherapy or medical physicists.
a. An individual identified as a teletherapy or medical
physicist on an NRC or agreement state license or a permit issued by an NRC or
agreement state broad scope licensee or master material license permit or by a
master material license permittee of broad scope before January 1, 2003, does
not need to comply with the training requirements of 41.2(73).
b. Physicians, dentists, or podiatrists identified as
authorized users for the medical use of by–product material issued by this
agency, the NRC, or agreement state, a permit issued by an NRC master material
licensee, a permit issued by an NRC broad scope permittee before January 1,
2003, who perform only those medical uses for which they were authorized before
that date need not comply with the training requirements of 41.2(68), 41.2(69),
41.2(70), 41.2(71), 41.2(72), or 41.2(73).
ITEM 67. Amend subrule 41.2(77) as
follows:
41.2(77) Recentness of training. The training and
experience specified in 41.2(65) to 41.2(79) and 41.2(81) shall have been
obtained within the seven years preceding the date of application or the
individual shall have had related continuing education and continuing applicable
experience since the required training and experience were completed.
ITEM 68. Rescind subrule 41.2(78)
and adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(78) Training for an authorized nuclear
pharmacist. Except as provided in 41.2(79), the licensee shall require the
authorized nuclear pharmacist to be a pharmacist who:
a. Is certified as a nuclear pharmacist by a specialty board
whose certification process includes all of the requirements of
41.2(78)“b” and whose certification has been recognized by the NRC
or agreement state; or
b. Has completed 700 hours in a structured education program
consisting of both:
(1) Didactic training in the following areas:
1. Radiation physics and instrumentation;
2. Radiation protection;
3. Mathematics pertaining to the use and measurement of
radioactivity;
4. Chemistry of by–product material for medical use;
and
5. Radiation biology; and
(2) Supervised practical experience in a nuclear pharmacy
involving:
1. Shipping, receiving, and performing related radiation
surveys;
2. Using and performing checks for proper operation of
instruments used to determine the activity of dosages, survey meters and, if
appropriate, instruments used to measurealpha– or beta–emitting
radionuclides;
3. Calculating, assaying, and safely preparing dosages for
patients or human research subjects;
4. Using administrative controls to avoid medical events in
the administration of by–product material; and
5. Using procedures to prevent or minimize radioactive
contamination and using proper decontamination procedures; and
c. Has obtained written certification, signed by a preceptor
authorized nuclear pharmacist, that the individual satisfactorily completed the
requirements in 41.2(78)“b” and has achieved a level of competency
sufficient to function independently as an authorized nuclear
pharmacist.
ITEM 69. Rescind subrule 41.2(79) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
41.2(79) Training for experienced nuclear pharmacists.
An individual identified as a nuclear pharmacist on an NRC or agreement state
license or permit issued by an NRC or agreement state broad scope licensee or
master material license permit or by a master material license permittee of
broad scope before January 1, 2003, need not comply with the training
requirements of 41.2(78).
ITEM 70. Adopt new subrules
41.2(83) to 41.2(87) as follows:
41.2(83) Provisions for the protection of human
research subjects.
a. A licensee may conduct research involving human research
subjects only if the licensee uses the radioactive materials authorized on its
specific license for the uses authorized on its license.
b. If the research is conducted, funded, supported, or
regulated by another federal agency that has implemented Federal Policy for the
Protection of Human Subject (Federal Policy), the licensee shall, before
conducting research:
(1) Obtain review and approval of the research from an
“Institutional Review Board,” as defined and described in the
Federal Policy; and
(2) Obtain “informed consent,” as defined and
described in the Federal Policy, from the human research subject.
c. If the research will not be conducted, funded, supported,
or regulated by another federal agency that has the Federal Policy, the licensee
shall, before conducting research, apply for and receive a specific amendment to
its medical use license. The amendment request must include a written
commitment that the licensee will, before research:
(1) Obtain review and approval of the research from an
“Institutional Review Board,” as defined and described in the
Federal Policy; and
(2) Obtain “informed consent,” as defined and
described in the Federal Policy, from the human research subject.
d. Nothing in this subrule relieves a licensee from complying
with the other requirements of these rules.
41.2(84) Calibration measurements of brachytherapy
sources.
a. Before the first medical use of a brachytherapy source on
or after January 1, 2003, a licensee shall have:
(1) Determined the source output or activity using a dosimetry
system that meets the requirements of 41.2(57);
(2) Determined the source positioning accuracy within
applicators; and
(3) Used published protocols currently accepted by nationally
recognized bodies to meet the requirements of 41.2(84)“a.”
b. A licensee may use measurements that are provided by the
source manufacturer or by a calibration laboratory accredited by the American
Association of Physicists in Medicine and that are made in accordance with
41.2(84)“a”(1) and (2).
c. A licensee shall mathematically correct the outputs or
activities determined in 41.2(84)“a” for physical decay at intervals
consistent with 1 percent physical decay.
d. A licensee shall retain a record of each calibration for
three years after the last use of the source. The record must
include:
(1) The date of the calibration;
(2) The manufacturer’s name, model number, and serial
number for the source and the instruments used to calibrate the
source;
(3) The source output or activity;
(4) The source positioning accuracy within the applicators;
and
(5) The signature of the authorized medical
physicist.
41.2(85) Decay of strontium–90 sources for
ophthalmic treatment.
a. Only an authorized medical physicist shall calculate the
activity of each strontium–90 source that is used to determine the
treatment times for ophthalmic treatments. The decay must be based on the
activity determined under 41.2(85).
b. A licensee shall retain a record of the activity of each
strontium–90 source in accordance with 41.2(84).
41.2(86) Therapy–related computer systems. The
licensee shall perform acceptance testing on the treatment planning system of
therapy–related computer systems in accordance with published protocols
accepted by nationally recognized bodies. At a minimum, the acceptance must
include, as applicable, verification of:
a. The source–specific input parameters required by the
dose calculation algorithm;
b. The accuracy of dose, dwell time, and treatment time
calculations at representative points;
c. The accuracy of isodose plots and graphic
displays;
d. The accuracy of the software used to determine sealed
source positions from radiographic images; and
e. The accuracy of electronic transfer of the treatment
delivery parameters to the treatment delivery unit from the treatment planning
system.
41.2(87) Written directives. Each licensee or
registrant shall meet the following objectives:
a. Prior to administration, a written directive must contain
the patient’s or human research subject’s name and the following
information:
(1) For any administration of quantities greater than 30
microcuries of either sodium iodide I–125 or I–131: the
dosage;
(2) For a therapeutic administration of a radiopharmaceutical
other than sodium iodide I–125 or I–131: the radiopharmaceutical,
dosage, and route of administration;
(3) For gamma stereotactic radiosurgery: target coordinates,
collimator size, plug pattern, and total dose;
(4) For teletherapy, particle accelerator or X–ray: the
total dose, dose per fraction, number of fractions, treatment site, and overall
treatment period;
(5) For high–dose–rate remote afterloading
brachytherapy: the radioisotope, treatment site, and total dose; or
(6) For all other brachytherapy, including low–,
medium–, and pulsed–dose–rate remote afterloaders:
1. Prior to implantation: treatment site, the radioisotope,
number of sources, and source strengths; and
2. After implantation but prior to completion of the
procedure: the radioisotope, treatment site, number of sources, and total source
strength and exposure time (or, equivalently, the total dose);
b. Prior to each administration, the patient’s or human
research subject’s identity is verified by more than one method as the
individual named in the written directive;
c. The final plans of treatment and related calculations for
brachytherapy, teletherapy, and gamma stereotactic radiosurgery are in
accordance with the respective written directives;
d. Each administration is in accordance with the written
directive through checking both manual and computer–generated dose
calculations and through verifying that any computer–generated dose
calculations are correctly transferred into the consoles of the medical units
authorized by 641—Chapter 41;
e. Any unintended deviation from the written directive is
identified and evaluated, and appropriate action is taken;
f. If, because of the emergent nature of the patient’s
or human research subject’s condition, a delay in order to provide a
written directive jeopardizes the patient’s or human research
subject’s health, an oral directive is acceptable. The information
contained in the oral directive must be documented as soon as possible in
writing in the patient’s or human research subject’s record. A
written directive must be prepared within 48 hours of the oral directive;
and
g. A copy of the written directive in auditable form shall be
retained for three years after the date of administration.
ITEM 71. Amend subrule 41.3(6) by
rescinding paragraph “e.”
ITEM 72. Amend subrule 45.1(1) as
follows:
45.1(1) Purpose and scope.
a. The rules in this chapter establish radiation safety
requirements for using sources of radiation for industrial radiography. The
requirements of this chapter are in addition to, and not in substitution for,
other applicable requirements of 641-Chapters 38, 39,
and 40. The rules in this chapter apply to all licensees or registrants who use
sources of radiation for industrial radiography.
b. All references to any Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) in this chapter are those in effect as of July 1, 2002
January 1, 2003.
ITEM 73. Amend subrule 45.1(12),
paragraph “b,” subparagraphs (1), (2),
(4), and (8), as follows:
(1) No licensee or registrant shall permit an individual to
act as a radiographer, radiographer trainee, or radiographer trainer unless at
all times during radiographic operations each individual wears, on the trunk of
the body, a combination of direct–reading pocket dosimeter, an operating
alarm ratemeter, and a film badge, an optically luminescent stimulated device
(OSL device) or a thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD) that is processed and
evaluated by an accredited National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP). For permanent radiographic installations where other appropriate
alarming or warning devices are in routine use, the wearing of an alarm
ratemeter is not required.
(2) Pocket dosimeters or electronic personal dosimeters shall
meet the criteria in ANSI N322–1977 and shall have a range of zero to at
least 200 milliroentgens millirems. Electronic
personal dosimeters may only be used in place of ion–chamber pocket
dosimeters.
(4) Pocket dosimeters or electronic personal dosimeters shall
be read and exposures recorded at least once daily, the
beginning and at the end of each work shift, and before each
recharging.
(8) If an individual monitoring device is lost or damaged, the
worker shall cease work immediately until a replacement individual monitoring
device is provided and the exposure is calculated for the time period from
issuance to loss or damage of the individual monitoring device. The results
of the calculated exposure and the time period for which the individual
monitoring device was lost or damaged must be included in the records maintained
in 45.1(12)“c.”
ITEM 74. Amend subrule
45.1(12), paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Records of pocket dosimeter readings of personnel exposures
and yearly operability checks required in 45.1(12)“d” shall
be maintained for two years by the licensee or registrant for agency inspection.
If the dosimeter readings were used to determine external radiation dose (i.e.,
no TLD or film badge exposure records exist), the records shall be maintained
until the agency authorizes disposal. Records of estimates of exposures as a
result of off–scale personal direct reading dosimeters, or lost or damaged
film badges, OSLs, or TLDs, shall be maintained until the agency terminates the
license.
ITEM 75. Amend rule
641-45.6(136C), catchwords, as follows:
641-45.6(136C)
Radiation safety requirements for well–logging, wireline service
operations and subsurface tracer studies.
ITEM 76. Amend subrule 45.6(3) as
follows:
Rescind the definition of
“mineral–logging.”
Amend the following definitions:
“Logging supervisor” means the individual who uses
sources of radiation licensed material or provides
direct supervision of the utilization of sources of radiation at the
well site. in the use of licensed material at a temporary job site
and who is responsible to the licensee for ensuring compliance with the
requirements of these rules and the conditions of the license.
“Radioactive marker” means
radioactive licensed material placed subsurface
or on a structure intended for subsurface use for the purpose of
used for depth determination or direction orientation. For purposes
of this rule, this term includes radioactive collar markers and radioactive iron
nails.
“Source holder” means a housing or assembly into
which a radioactive source sealed source is placed
for the purpose of facilitating to facilitate the
handling and use of the source in well–logging operations.
“Subsurface tracer study” means the release of
unsealed licensed material or a substance tagged with
radioactive labeled with licensed material in a single
well for the purpose of tracing the movement or position of the
tagged material or substance in the
well–bore or adjacent formation.
“Temporary job site” means a
location place where radioactive
licensed materials are present for the purpose of performing
wireline service operations well–logging or
subsurface tracer studies.
“Well–bore” means a drilled
hole in which wireline service operations or subsurface tracer studies
are well–logging may be performed. As used in this
rule, “well” includes drilled holes for the purpose of oil, gas,
mineral, groundwater, or geological exploration.
“Well–logging” means all operations
involving the lowering and raising of measuring devices or tools which may
contain sources of radiation into well–bores or
cavities licensed material or are used to detect licensed materials
in wells for the purpose of obtaining information about the well or adjacent
formations and which may be used in oil, gas, mineral, groundwater, or
geological exploration.
Adopt the following new definitions:
“Energy compensation source (ECS)” means a small
sealed source, with an activity not exceeding 3.7 MBq (100 microcuries), used
within a logging tool, or other tool components, to provide a reference standard
to maintain the tool’s calibration when in use.
“Fresh water aquifer” means a geologic formation
that is capable of yielding fresh water to a well or spring.
“Personal supervision” means guidance and
instruction by the logging supervisor who is physically present at the
temporary job site, who is in personal contact with logging assistants,
and who can give immediate assistance.
“Safety review” means a periodic review on
radiation safety aspects of well–logging provided by the licensee for its
employees. The review may include, as appropriate, the results of internal
inspections, new procedures or equipment, accidents or errors that have been
observed, and opportunities for employees to ask safety questions.
“Surface casing” for protecting fresh water
aquifers means a pipe or tube used as a lining in a well to isolate fresh water
aquifers from the well.
“Tritium neutron generator target source” means a
tritium source used within a neutron generator tube to produce neutrons for use
in well–logging applications.
ITEM 77. Rescind subrule 45.6(4) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
45.6(4) Agreement with well owner or
operator.
a. A licensee may perform well–logging with a sealed
source only after the licensee has a written agreement with the employing well
owner or operator. This written agreement must identify who will meet the
following requirements:
(1) If a sealed source becomes lodged in the well, a
reasonable effort will be made to recover it;
(2) A person may not attempt to recover a sealed source in a
manner which, in the licensee’s opinion, could result in its
rupture;
(3) The radiation monitoring required in 45.6(8) and 45.6(17)
will be performed;
(4) If the environment, any equipment, or personnel are
contaminated with licensed material, they must be decontaminated before release
from the site or release for unrestricted use; and
(5) If the sealed source is classified as irretrievable after
reasonable efforts at recovery have been expended, the following requirements
must be implemented within 30 days:
1. Each irretrievable well–logging source must be
immobilized and sealed in place with a cement plug;
2. There must be a means to prevent inadvertent intrusion on
the source, unless the source is not accessible to any subsequent drilling
operations; and
3. A permanent identification plaque, constructed of
long–lasting material, such as stainless steel, brass, bronze, or Monel,
must be mounted at the surface of the well, unless the mounting of the plaque is
not practical. The size of the plaque must be at least 17 cm (7 inches) square
and 3 mm (1/8–inch) thick. The plaque must contain:
• The word
“Caution”;
• The radiation symbol (the
color requirement in 641-
40.60(136C) need not be met);
• The date the source was
abandoned;
• The name of the well owner
or well operator, as appropriate;
• The well name and well
identification number(s) or other designation;
• An identification of the
sealed source(s) by radionuclide and quantity;
• The depth of the source
and depth to the top of the plug; and
• An appropriate warning
such as, “Do not reenter this well.”
b. The licensee shall retain a copy of the written agreement
for three years after the completion of the well–logging
operation.
c. A licensee may apply, pursuant to
641-38.3(136C), for agency approval, on a
case–by–case basis, of proposed procedures to abandon an
irretrievable well–logging source in a manner not otherwise authorized in
45.6(26)“a”(5).
d. A written agreement between the licensee and the well owner
or operator is not required if the licensee and the well owner or operator are
part of the same corporate structure or otherwise similarly affiliated.
However, the licensee shall still otherwise meet the requirements in
45.6(26)“a”(1) through (5).
ITEM 78. Amend subrule 45.6(9) as
follows:
45.6(9) Leak testing of sealed sources.
a. Requirements Testing and
record–keeping requirements. Each licensee using sealed
sources of radioactive material shall have the sources tested for leakage
periodically. Records of leak test results shall be kept in units of
microcuries (Bq) and maintained for inspection by the agency for six
months after the next required leak test is performed or until transfer or
disposal of the sealed source for three years after the leak test is
performed.
b. Method of testing. Tests for leakage shall be performed
only by persons specifically authorized to perform such tests by the
agency, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission the NRC, an
agreement state, or a licensing state. The wipe of a sealed source must be
performed using a leak test kit or method approved by the NRC, an agreement
state, or a licensing state. The test sample shall be taken from
the surface of the source, source holder, or from the surface of the device in
which the source is stored or mounted and on which one might expect
contamination to accumulate. The wipe sample must be taken from the
nearest assessable point to the sealed source where contamination might
accumulate. The test sample shall be analyzed for radioactive
contamination, and the analysis shall be capable of detecting the presence of
0.005 microcurie (185 Bq) of radioactive material on the test sample.
c. Interval of testing.
(1) Each sealed source of radioactive material
(except an energy compensation source (ECS)) shall be tested at intervals
not to exceed six months. In the absence of a certificate from a transferor
indicating that a test has been made six months prior to the transfer,
the sealed source shall not be put into use until tested. If, for any reason,
it is suspected that a sealed source may be leaking, it shall be removed from
service immediately and tested for leakage as soon as practical.
(2) Each ECS that is not exempt from testing in accordance
with 45.6(9)“c”(1) must be tested at intervals not to exceed three
years. In the absence of a certificate from a transferor that a test has been
made within the three years before the transfer, the ECS may not be used until
tested.
d. Leaking or contaminated sources.
(1) If the test in 45.6(9)“c”
reveals the presence of 0.005 microcurie (185 Bq) or more of leakage or
contamination removable radioactive material, the licensee shall
immediately withdraw the source from use and shall cause it to be
decontaminated, repaired, or disposed of in accordance with these
rules by an NRC, agreement state, or licensing state licensee that
is authorized to perform these functions. The licensee shall check the
equipment associated with the leaking source for radioactive contamination and,
if contaminated, have it decontaminated or disposed of by an NRC, agreement
state, or licensing state licensee that is authorized to perform these
functions.
(2) A report describing the equipment involved, the
test results, any contamination which resulted from the leaking source,
and the corrective action taken up to the time of the report shall be
filed with the agency within five days of receiving the test results.
e. Exemptions. The following sources are exempted from the
periodic leak test requirements of 45.6(9)“a” to
“d”:
(1) Hydrogen–3 (tritium) sources;
(2) Sources of radioactive material with a half–life of
30 days or less;
(3) Sealed sources of radioactive material in gaseous
form;
(4) Sources of beta– or gamma–emitting radioactive
material with an activity of 100 microcuries (3.7 MBq) or less; and
(5) Sources of alpha–emitting radioactive material with
an activity of 10 microcuries (0.370 MBq) or less.
ITEM 79. Amend subrule 45.6(12) as
follows:
45.6(12) Design, performance, and certification
criteria for sealed sources used in downhole
well–logging operations.
a. Each sealed source, except those containing
radioactive material in gaseous form, used in downhole operations shall be
certified by the manufacturer, or other testing organization acceptable to the
agency, to meet the following minimum criteria: A licensee may use
a sealed source for use in well–logging applications if:
(1) Be of The sealed source is doubly
encapsulated construction;
(2) Contain radioactive material whose The
sealed source contains chemical and physical forms that are as
insoluble and nondispersible as practical; and
(3) Has been individually pressure tested to at least
24,656 pounds per square inch absolute (170 MN/m2) without
failure. The sealed source meets the requirements of
45.6(12)“b,” “c,” and “d.”
b. For sealed sources, except those containing
radioactive material in gaseous form, in the absence of a certificate from a
transferor certifying that an individual sealed source meets the requirements of
45.6(12)“a,” the sealed source shall not be put into use until such
determinations and testing have been performed.
c b. Each sealed source,
except those containing radioactive material in gaseous form, used in downhole
operations, shall be certified by the manufacturer, or other testing
organization acceptable to the agency, as meeting the sealed source performance
requirements for oil well–logging as contained in the American National
Standard Institute (ANSI) N542–1977 or United States of America Standards
Institute (USASI) N5.10–1968. For a sealed source man–
ufactured on or before July 14, 1989, a licensee may use the sealed source for
use in well–logging applications if it meets the requirements of USASI
N5.10–1968, “Classificationof Sealed Radioactive Sources,” or
the requirements in 45.6(12)“c” or “d.”
c. For a sealed source manufactured after July 14, 1989, a
licensee may use the sealed source for well–logging applications if it
meets the oil–well–logging requirements of ANSI/HPS
N43.6–1997, “Sealed Radioactive
Sources—Classification.”
d. Certification documents shall be maintained for
inspection by the agency for a period of two years after source disposal. If
the source is abandoned downhole, the certification documents shall be
maintained until the agency authorizes disposition. For a sealed
source manufactured after July 14, 1989, a licensee may use the sealed source
for use in well–logging applications if the sealed source’s
prototype has been tested and found to maintain its integrity after each of the
following tests:
(1) Temperature. The test source must be held at -40
degrees C for 20 minutes, 600 degrees C for one hour, and then be subject to a
thermal shock test with a temperature drop from 600 degrees C within 15
seconds.
(2) Impact test. A 5 kg steel hammer, 2.5 cm in diameter,
must be dropped from a height of 1 m onto the test source.
(3) Vibration test. The test source must be subject to a
vibration from 25 Hz to 500 Hz at 5 g amplitude for 30 minutes.
(4) Puncture test. A one gram hammer and pin, 0.3 cm pin
diameter, must be dropped from a height of 1 m onto the test
source.
(5) Pressure test. The test source must be subject to an
external pressure of 1.695 ×
107 pascals (24,600 pounds per square inch absolute).
e. The requirements in 45.6(12)“a,”
“b,” “c,” and “d” do not apply to sealed
sources that contain licensed material in gaseous form.
f. The requirements of 45.6(12)“a,”
“b,” “c,” and “d” do not apply to energy
compensation sources (ECS). ECSs must be registered with the NRC, licensing
state, or agreement state.
ITEM 80. Amend subrule
45.6(17), paragraphs “a” and
“b,” as follows:
a. No licensee or registrant shall permit any individual to
act as a logging supervisor or to assist in the handling of sources of radiation
unless each such individual wears, at all times during the handling of
licensed radioactive materials, a film badge, OSL device or
thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD) that is processed and evaluated by an
accredited National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP).
Each film badge, OSL device or TLD shall be assigned to and worn by only one
individual. Film badges must be replaced at least monthly and OSL devices and
TLDs replaced at least quarterly. After replacement, each film badge, OSL
device or TLD must be promptly processed.
b. Personnel monitoring records and bioassay results
shall be maintained for inspection until the agency authorizes
disposition.
ITEM 81. Amend subrule
45.6(25), paragraph “c,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) Notify the agency by telephone, giving the circumstances
of the loss, and request approval of the proposed abandonment procedures, or
specify the implemented abandonment before receiving approval because the
licensee believed there was an immediate threat to public health and
safety; and
ITEM 82. Amend subrule 45.6(25),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (3), by adopting
new numbered paragraph “9” and renumbering
numbered paragraphs “9” and “10” as
“10” and “11”as follows:
9. The immediate threat to public health and safety
justification for implementing abandonment if prior approval was not obtained in
accordance with 45.6(25)“c”(2).
9 10. Any other information,
such as a warning statement, contained on the permanent identification plaque;
and
10 11. The names of state
agencies receiving a copy of this report.
ITEM 83. Adopt new subrules
45.6(27) to 45.6(31) as follows:
45.6(27) Radioactive markers. The licensee may use
radioactive markers in wells only if the individual markers contain quantities
of licensed material not exceeding the quantities specified in 641—Chapter
39, Appendix B, Exempt Quantities. The use of markers is subject only to the
requirements of 45.6(10).
45.6(28) Uranium sinker bars. The licensee may use
uranium sinker bars in well–logging applications only if they are legibly
impressed with the words “CAUTION—RADIOACTIVE–DEPLETED
URANIUM” and “NOTIFY CIVIL AUTHORITIES [or Company name] IF
FOUND.”
45.6(29) Use of a sealed source in a well without a
surface casing. The licensee may use a sealed source in a well without a
surface casing for protecting fresh water aquifers only if the licensee follows
a procedure for reducing the probability of the source’s becoming lodged
in the well. The procedure must be approved by the NRC or licensing or
agreement state.
45.6(30) Energy compensation source. The licensee may
use an energy compensation source (ECS) which is contained within a logging
tool, or other tool components, only if the ECS contains quantities of licensed
material not exceeding 100 microcuries (3.7 MBq).
a. For well–logging applications with a surface casing
for protecting fresh water aquifers, use of the ECS is only subject to the
requirements of 45.6(9) to 45.6(11).
b. For well–logging applications without a surface
casing for protecting fresh water aquifers, use of the ECS is only subject to
the requirements of 45.6(4), 45.6(9) to 45.6(11), 45.6(25), and
45.6(29).
45.6(31) Tritium neutron generator target
source.
a. Use of a tritium neutron generator target source that
contains quantities not exceeding 30 curies (1110 MBq) and that is in a well
with a surface casing to protect fresh water aquifers is subject to the
requirements of this rule except subrules 45.6(4), 45.6(12), and
45.6(25).
b. Use of a tritium neutron generator target source that
contains quantities exceeding 30 curies (1110 MBq) or that is in a well without
a surface casing to protect fresh water aquifers is subject to the requirements
of this rule except subrule 45.6(12).
ARC 2007B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.102, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapter 72, “Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code, and adopt a new Chapter 72 with the same title.
Iowa Code section 135.102 directs the Department to adopt
rules regarding the implementation of the childhood lead poisoning prevention
grant program and the standards and program requirements of the childhood lead
poisoning prevention grant program pursuant to section 135.103. The Department
adopted rules in 1987 and made minor revisions to the rules in 2001.
The proposed rules incorporate the concept of providing
funding to “approved” programs as specified in Iowa Code section
135.103 by defining an approved program as a program that is immediately
prepared to provide the services outlined in subrule 72.2(3) and by specifying
the process by which a local board of health or a group of local boards of
health can be granted status as an approved program. The proposed rules specify
that an application for status as an approved program must represent a
geographic area with a population of at least 15,000. This is necessary to
achieve efficiency in data management and in the provision of elevated blood
lead (EBL) inspections. The proposed rules also specify that state funds shall
be provided to approved programs on the basis of a formula that predicts the
burden of childhood lead poisoning in the geographic area of the approved
program and that federal funds shall be provided to approved programs on the
basis of the same formula unless a different method is mandated by the federal
agency providing the funding. The proposed rules are consistent with Action
Step 6–8.1 of “Healthy Iowans 2010,” which proposes that the
Department initiate additional local childhood lead poisoning prevention
programs and continue to support existing programs so that, by January 2005,
these programs will be available in all 99 counties.
State funds appropriated for local childhood lead poisoning
prevention programs are used to leverage $800,000 of federal funds from the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). In the application to CDC for
funds, the Department must provide the names of all local agencies that are
proposed to receive state and federal funds and the detailed budget and work
plan for each local agency. The Department must know by January 1 of each year
the names of the local agencies that it proposes will receive funds in order to
prepare the application for CDC funds and submit it by the usual deadline of
March 15. In order to meet the requirements and timelines for the CDC funding
that the Department is eligible to receive for the program year of July 1, 2003,
through June 30, 2004, the proposed rules specify that the 73 counties receiving
funding for the current program year of July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003,
will be considered approved programs that will receive funding for the program
year of July 1, 2003, through June 30, 2004. The current contractors for each
county will continue to receive funding for the program year of July 1, 2003,
through June 30, 2004, unless the local board requests otherwise by March 1,
2003. For the program year of July 1, 2004, through June 30, 2005, each local
board of health that wishes to receive funding must apply for status as an
approved program by December 1, 2003. In future years, each local board of
health that wishes to receive funding must apply for status as an approved
program by December 1 to receive funding for the following program year. The
Department will provide a minimal level of childhood lead poisoning prevention
services in the counties that do not have status as approved programs. The
Department will also provide technical assistance and training to all counties
that wish to achieve status as approved programs.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or
comments on the proposed rules received on or before October 22, 2002. Such
written materials should be sent to the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program,
Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa
50319; E–mail to rgergely@idph.state.ia.us; fax (515)281–
4529.
Also, there will be a public hearing on October 22, 2002, at
11 a.m. (local Iowa time) over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) at which
time persons may present their views. The sites for the public hearing are as
follows:
North Iowa Area Community College
Room 106, Activity Center
500 College Drive
Mason City
Iowa Valley Community College District
Room 806, Continuing Education Center
3702 South Center Street
Marshalltown
Department of Public Health
ICN Room, 6th Floor
Lucas State Office Building
321 East 12th Street
Des Moines
Green Valley Area Education Agency 14
Turner Room
1405 North Lincoln
Creston
Ottumwa Regional Health Center
Conference Room A
1001 East Pennsylvania
Ottumwa
Great River Area Education Agency 16
3601 West Avenue Road
Burlington
Department of Human Services
5th Floor, Room 550
411 3rd Street SE
Cedar Rapids
Eastern Iowa Community College
Kahl Educational Center, Room 304
326 West 3rd Street
Davenport
Council Bluffs Courthouse
Room 205–207, Federal Building
8 South 6th Street
Council Bluffs
Dubuque Downtown – Northeast Iowa
Community
College
Room 101
700 Main Street
Dubuque
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.100 to 135.105.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 641—Chapter 72 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 72
CHILDHOOD LEAD POISONING
PREVENTION
PROGRAM
641—72.1(135) Definitions.
“Approved program” means a program that meets the
requirements of subrule 72.2(3) and has been approved by the
department.
“Capillary” means a blood sample taken from
the finger or heel for lead analysis.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agency” means an agency that has met the requirements of 641—
70.5(135) and has been certified by the department.
“Certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/riskassessor” means a person who has met the requirements
of 641—70.5(135) for certification or interim certification and who has
been certified by the department.
“Chelation” means the administration of
medication that binds lead so that it can be removed from the body.
“Department” means the Iowa department of
public health.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) child” means any
child who has had one venous blood lead level greater than or equal to 20
micrograms per deciliter or at least two venous blood lead levels of 15 to 19
micrograms per deciliter.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection”
means an inspection to determine the sources of lead exposure for an
elevated blood lead (EBL) child and the provision within ten working days of a
written report explaining the results of the investigation to the owner and
occupant of the residential dwelling or child–occupied facility being
inspected and to the parents of the elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
“Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection agency”
means an agency that employs or contracts with individuals who perform
elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspection
agencies may also employ or contract with individuals who perform other
lead–based paint activities.
“Laboratory” means a laboratory
satisfactorily participating in the blood lead analysis proficiency testing
program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention/University of
Wisconsin.
“Lead–based paint hazard” means
hazardous lead–based paint, a dust–lead hazard, or a soil–lead
hazard as defined in 641—Chapter 70.
“Local board” means a county, district, or
city board of health.
“Local childhood lead poisoning prevention
program” means a program in which the services listed in subrule
72.2(3) are provided by agencies located in a community.
“Venous” means a blood sample taken from a
vein in the arm for lead analysis.
641—72.2(135) Approved programs.
72.2(1) An individual local board of health
representing a geographic area with a population of at least 15,000 is eligible
to apply for status as an approved program. A group of local boards of health
representing a geographic area with a total population of at least 15,000 may
apply for status as an approved program by designating an individual local board
of health to apply on behalf of the group.
72.2(2) A local board wishing to apply for status as
an approved program shall make application to the Iowa department of public
health by December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2003, for the
program year of July 1, 2004, through June 30, 2005. An application for status
as an approved program must follow the format which will be made available from
the Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, Iowa Department of Public Health, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. All materials
submitted as part of the application for status as an approved program are
public records.
72.2(3) A local board applying for status as an
approved program must demonstrate that it is prepared to provide the following
activities and authority immediately upon the receipt of funding. The
application submitted by a local board of health shall specify the name of the
agency and of the individual staff member who will be responsible for carrying
out each of the following activities:
a. A public education program about lead poisoning and the
dangers of lead poisoning to children.
b. An effective outreach effort to ensure the availability of
services in the geographic area to be served.
c. A blood lead testing program for children, with an emphasis
on children less than six years of age. Blood lead testing should be done in
conformance with the department’sstatewide blood lead testing plan,
available on request from the department.
d. Provision of laboratory services, in conformance
with the above–cited reference.
e. A program to ensure that children identified with blood
lead levels greater than or equal to 10 micrograms per deciliter receive
services appropriate for the blood lead level including, but not limited to,
confirmatory venous blood lead testing, follow–up capillary or venous
blood lead testing, nutrition counseling, a home nursing visit, a developmental
evaluation, a medical evaluation, and chelation.
f. Elevated blood lead (EBL) inspections in dwelling units
associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child. Elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspections shall be conducted by certified elevated blood lead (EBL)
inspector/risk assessors employed by or under contract with a certified elevated
blood lead (EBL) inspection agency.
g. Follow–up inspections to ensure that lead–based
paint hazards identified in dwelling units associated with an elevated blood
lead (EBL) child are corrected.
h. Adoption and enforcement of a local code which provides
adequate authority to require control of lead–based paint hazards found in
dwelling units associated with an elevated blood lead (EBL) child.
i. Development of a community coalition to address childhood
lead poisoning prevention.
j. Management of blood lead and case management data using the
Strategic Tracking of Elevated Lead Levels and Remediation (STELLAR)
program.
k. A plan of intent to continue the program on a maintenance
basis after the grant is discontinued.
72.2(4) By January 1 of each year, the department
shall notify each local board of health that has applied for status as an
approved program whether the local board of health has been granted status as an
approved program, beginning January 1, 2004, for the program year of July 1,
2004, through June 30, 2005.
72.2(5) A county that receives childhood lead
poisoning prevention funding from the department for the program year of July 1,
2002, through June 30, 2003, shall have status as an approved program for the
program year of July 1, 2003, through June 30, 2004. Unless the local board of
health requests otherwise by March 1, 2003, the contractors that provide
childhood lead poisoning prevention services in the county for the program year
of July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, shall continue to serve as contractors
for the program year of July 1, 2003, through June 30, 2004.
641—72.3(135) Level of funding.
72.3(1) The department shall develop a formula to
allocate funding to approved programs. In the development of the formula, the
department shall consider factors that affect the burden of childhood lead
poisoning in a geographic area including, but not limited to, the number of
children under the age of six years, the percentage of housing built before
1950, the percentage of children in poverty, and the demonstrated prevalence of
childhood lead poisoning in the geographic area to be served.
72.3(2) The department shall allocate state funds
appropriated to the department for this program according to this formula.
Federal funds available to the department for local childhood lead poisoning
prevention programs shall be allocated to approved programs according to this
formula unless a different method is mandated by the federal agency providing
the funding.
72.3(3) The approved program shall provide one dollar
for every three dollars of state funding awarded for each of the first two years
of funding and then one dollar for each dollar of state funding awarded for the
third and subsequent years of funding. Local contributions may be in the form
of in–kind matching.
72.3(4) Matching requirements for federal funding
allocated to approved programs shall be as mandated by the federal agency
providing the funding.10/3/01
641—72.4(135) Appeals.
72.4(1) Any applicant that has timely filed an
application and is aggrieved by the decision made pursuant to these rules
regarding the applicant’s status as an approved program may request a
reconsideration of the applicant’s proposal by filing a written request
for reconsideration with the director of the Iowa department of public health.
The request shall be filed within three working days of the date of notification
of the decision regarding the applicant’s status as an approved
program.
72.4(2) A request for reconsideration must be in
writing and clearly state the reasons for reconsideration. The director’s
scope of review for requests shall be limited to a finding that the department
erred in following the rules or procedures of the approval process as outlined
in these administrative rules.
72.4(3) The department shall refrain from allocating
any funds until it has received the decision of the director as to any
reconsideration. The review shall be conducted as expeditiously as possible so
that all funds can be allocated in a timely fashion.
72.4(4) This procedure shall end the review process at
the administrative level.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.100 to 135.105.
ARC 2041B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code chapter 17A and section
421.17(19), the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 12, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax,
Penalty and Interest,” Chapter 13, “Permits,” Chapter 17,
“Exempt Sales,” Chapter 18, “Taxable and Exempt Sales
Determined by Method of Transaction or Usage,” Chapter 26, “Sales
and Use Tax on Services,” Chapter 46, “Withholding,” Chapter
107, “Local Option Sales and Service Tax,” and Chapter 108,
“Local Option School Infrastructure Sales and Service Tax,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Items 1 and 10 amend rule 701—12.13(422) and 701—
subparagraph 46.3(3)“b”(4), respectively, based on 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2622, sections 6, 11, and 14. These legislative changes provide the
Department and the Iowa Department of Management the authority to change the
statutory thresholds for sales and withholding taxes by Department rule. The
changing of the thresholds allows the Department more flexibility based on
Department need, budget and available resources, and provides benefits to
various tax filers. In essence, due to budget reductions, the resources may not
be available to process the volume of filers and deposit tax revenues as
required by statute. Consequently, granting the Department the ability to
change the thresholds will allow the number of monthly deposits and returns to
be reduced. Conversely, there will be an increase in the number of filers in
the semimonthly and quarterly periods. However, the net effect will be a
reduction in the overall number of returns filed.
Item 2 amends 701—subrule 13.4(1) to implement 2002 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2305, section 8, which requires a schedule for consolidated
sales tax returns and a penalty provision for failure to file a
schedule.
Item 3 amends 701—subrule 17.9(1) and adds new
701— subrule 17.9(9) to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 335, that
classifies farm deer and bison as livestock, provides an exemption for farm deer
and bison feed and additives, and allows for a retroactive refund of sales tax
previously paid.
Item 4 amends 701—Chapter 17 to add two new rules,
701—17.40(422,423) and 701—17.41(422,423). New rule
701—17.40(422,423) is to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622,
section 9, to provide an exemption from sales tax for the purchase of tangible
personal property and service for use by a community action agency as defined in
Iowa Code section 216A.93. This item also adds new rule
701—17.41(422,423) to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2585, section
1, regarding the sale of items by the Legislative Service Bureau.
Item 5 amends rule 701—18.61(422,423) to implement 2002
Iowa Acts, House File 2305, section 9, to remove the sunset date for electronic
and digital transfer of property.
Item 6 amends 701—subrules 26.8(1) and 26.8(2) to
implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 8, regarding the taxability
of nonproprietary ATM transactions.
Item 7 amends rule 701—26.38(422,423) to remove the
licensing requirement for executive search agencies.
Item 8 amends 701—subrule 26.68(3) to implement 2002
Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 29, that clarifies thatairport–imposed
fees are not part of the taxable gross receipts when renting a
vehicle.
Item 9 amends 701—Chapter 26 to add a new rule
701— 26.81(422) to implement Iowa Code section 422.43 as amended by 2001
Iowa Acts, House File 736, section 1, regarding the taxability of bundled
services.
Items 11 and 12 amend rules 701—107.10(422B) and
701—108.7(422E) to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, sections 12
and 13, which provide that the director has until August 15 of each fiscal year
to send estimates of local option tax to jurisdictions, instead of having to
send the estimates out within 15 days of the beginning of each fiscal
year.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than November 4, 2002, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before November 1, 2002. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–8036 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by October 25,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.16 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 6; 422.42 as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 335; 422.43 as amended by 2001 Iowa Acts,
chapter 150, section 1, and 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2305, section 6; 422.45
as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 335, and House File 2622, section 9;
422.51 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2305, section 8; 422.54(1) as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 11; 423.13 as amended by
2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 14; 422B.10 as amended by 2002 Iowa
Acts, House File 2622, section 12; 422E.3 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House
File 2622, section 13; 516D.13 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622,
section 29; and 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2585, section 1.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 701—12.13(422)
as follows:
701—12.13(422) Determination of filing
status.
12.13(1) Prior to January 1,
2003. Iowa Code sections 422.51(4) and 422.52 provide, based on the amount
of tax collected, how often retailers file deposits or returns with the
department (see rule 12.1(422)).
The department will determine if the retailer’s current
filing status is correct by reviewing the most recent four quarters of the
retailer’s filing history.
The following criteria will be used by the department to
determine if a change in filing status is warranted.
Filing Status
|
Statutory Requirement
|
Test Criteria
|
Semimonthly
|
$4,000 in tax in a semimonthly period.
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters exceeds
$24,000.
|
Monthly
|
$50 in tax in a month.
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters exceeds
$150.
|
Annual
|
$120 or less in tax in prior year.
|
Retailer remits $120 or less in tax, for last
4 quarters and requests annual filing.
|
Seasonal
|
|
Retailer remits tax for only 1 quarter during the previous
calendar year and requests filing for 1 quarter only.
|
Quarterly
|
All other filers.
|
|
When it is determined that a retailer’s filing status is
to be changed, the retailer will be notified and will be given 30 days to
provide the department with a written request to prevent the change.
Retailers may request that they be allowed to file less
frequently than the filing status selected by the department but exceptions will
only be granted in two instances:
1
a. Incorrect historical data
is used in the conversion. A business may meet the criteria based on initial
information available to the computer, but, upon
investigation, the filing history may prove that the business does not meet the
dollar criteria because of adjustments, amended returns, or requests for
refunds.
2
b. Data available may have
been distorted by the fact that it reflected an unusual pattern in tax
collection. The factors causing such a distortion must be documented and
approved by the excise tax division
department.
Exceptions will not be granted in instances where the
retailer’s request is based on a decline in business activity, reduction
in employees or other potentially temporary business action which will affect
current and future reporting.
Retailers will be notified in writing of approval or denial
to of their request for reduced filing
periods.
Retailers may request that they be allowed to file more
frequently than the filing status selected by the department. Approval will be
granted based upon justification contained in the retailer’s
request.
12.13(2) January 1, 2003, and after.
Effective July 1, 2002, the department and the department of management have the
authority to change the above–mentioned filing thresholds established by
department rule. After review of these filing thresholds, the department has
determined that new thresholds are necessary and are to be implemented January
1, 2003. Accordingly, this subrule sets forth the filing thresholds for
each filer based on the amount of sales tax collected.
Filing Status
|
Threshold
|
Test Criteria
|
Semimonthly
|
Greater than $60,000 in annual state sales tax (more than
$2,500 in a semimonthly period).
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters examined
exceeds $15,000 per quarter.
|
Monthly
|
Between $6,000 and $60,000 in annual state sales tax (more
than $500 in a monthly period).
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters examined
exceeds $1,500 per quarter.
|
Quarterly
|
Between $120 and $6,000 in annual state sales
tax.
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters examined
exceeds $30 per quarter.
|
Annual
|
Less than $120 in state sales tax for the prior
year.
|
Tax remitted in prior year is less than $120.
|
Seasonal
|
Retailer remits tax for only 1 quarter during the previous
calendar year and requests filing for1 quarter only.
|
|
A retailer shall be notified in writing when it is
determined that a retailer’s filing status will be changed. A retailer
has the option of requesting, within 30 days of the date of the
department’s notice of a change in filing frequency, that the retailer
file more or less frequently than required by the department. A request to file
on a less frequent basis than assigned by the department must be in writing and
submitted to the department. Once such a written request is filed by the
retailer, the department will review the request and issue a written
determination to the retailer.
A change in assigned filing status to file on a less
frequent basis will be granted in only two instances:
a. Incorrect historical data is used in the conversion. A
business may meet the criteria based on the original filing data, but, upon
investigation, the filing history may prove that the business does not meet the
dollar criteria because of adjustments, amended returns, or requests for
refunds.
b. Data available may have been distorted by the fact that
the data reflected an unusual pattern in tax collection. The factors causing
such a distortion must be documented and approved by the
department.
A retailer may also request to file more frequently than
assigned by the department; the request may be made orally, in person, or by
telephone. With the exception of those retailers who previously filed on a
quarterly basis and have been changed to an annual filing frequency, any
retailer seeking to file on a more frequent basis than assigned shall be
required to deposit revenues by electronic funds transfer if the department
allows the retailer to file more frequently.
The department and the department of management may perform
review of filing thresholds every five years or as needed based on department
discretion. Factors the departments will consider in determining if the
filing thresholds need to be changed include, but are not limited to: tax rate
changes, inflation, the need to maintain consistency with required
multistate compacts, changes in law, and migration between filing
brackets.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 421.14,
422.51, and 422.52, and sections 422.54 as amended by 2002 Iowa
Acts, House File 2622, section 11, and 423.13 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2622, section 14.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 701—13.4(422) as
follows:
Amend subrule 13.4(1) by adding the following
new unnumbered paragraph:
Effective July 1, 2002, in order to file a complete
consolidated sales tax return, the taxpayer must file a form entitled Schedule
of Consolidated Business Locations with its quarterly sales tax return, and the
schedule must include all of the following items: (1) the taxpayer’s
consolidated permit number; (2) the permit number for each Iowa location;(3) the
amount of state sales tax by business location; and(4) the amount of state sales
tax due on goods consumed that are not assigned to a specific business location.
Failure by the taxpayer to file a Schedule of Consolidated Business Locations
form with a quarterly sales tax return will result in the quarterly
return’s being considered incomplete, and the taxpayer will be subject to
the penalty provisions set forth in Iowa Code section 421.27.
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.51 as
amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 156, 2002 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2305, section 8, and Iowa Code section 422.53.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
701—17.9(422,423) by amending the introductory paragraph of subrule
17.9(1), adding new subrule 17.9(9) and amending the
implementation clause as follows:
17.9(1) Sales of agricultural breeding livestock.
“Livestock” means domestic animals which are raised on a farm as a
source of food or clothing, Van Clief v. Comptroller of State of Md., 126 A.2d
865 (Md. 1956) and In the Matter ofSimonsen Mill Inc., Declaratory Ruling of the
State Board, Docket No. 211, April 24, 1980. The term includes cattle, sheep,
hogs, and goats. On and after July 1, 1995, ostriches, rheas, and emus are
livestock and their sales are also exempt from tax. On and after July 1, 1997,
fish and any other animals which are products of aquaculture are considered to
be livestock as well. Effective March 6, 2002, and retroactively to April 1,
1995, farm deer and bison are also included in the term “livestock.”
“Farm deer” are defined as set forth in Iowa Code section 189A.2 and
commonly include animals belonging to the cervidae family, such as fallow deer,
red deer or elk and sika. However, “farm deer” does not include
unmarked free–ranging elk. Their sales Sales of
the foregoing are exempt from tax. Excluded from the term are horses,
mules, other draft animals, dogs, cats, and other pets. Also excluded from the
term are mink, fish (prior to July 1, 1997), bees, or other
non–domesticated animals even if raised in captivity and even if raised as
a source of food or clothing. Also excluded is any animal raised for
racing.
17.9(9) Refunds regarding farm deer and bison.
Effective March 6, 2002, and retroactive to April 1, 1995, refunds of tax,
penalty or interest may be claimed for sale of feed and feed supplements and
additives when used for consumption by farm deer or bison. To be eligible for
refund, the sale must have occurred between April 1, 1995, and March 6, 2002,
and the refund claim must be filed prior to October 1, 2002. Refund claims are
limited to $50,000 in aggregate and will not be allowed if not timely filed. If
the amount of claims totals more than $50,000 in aggregate, the department will
prorate the $50,000 among all the claimants in relation to the amounts of the
claimants’ valid claims.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.42 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 335, 422.43, and 423.1
as amended by 1997 Iowa Acts, House File 266 and Senate File
30.
ITEM 4. Amend 701—Chapter 17 by
adding the following new rules:
701—17.40(422,423) Community action agencies.
Effective July 1, 2002, the gross receipts from sales of tangible personal
property and enumerated services performed for, furnished or rendered to a
community action agency and used for the purposes of a community action agency,
as defined in Iowa Code section 216A.93, are exempt from tax.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45 as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 9.
701—17.41(422,423) Legislative service bureau.
Effective April 22, 2002, sales by the legislative service bureau and its
legislative information office of mementos and other items relating to Iowa
history, historical sites, the general assembly, and the state capitol are
exempt from tax. The exemption applies to a sale only if it occurs on the
premises of property controlled by the legislative council, at the state
capitol, or on other state property.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45
and 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2585, section 1.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
701—18.61(422,423) as follows:
701—18.61(422,423) Exclusion from tax for property
delivered by certain media. For the period beginning March 15, 1995,
and ending December 31, 2002, inclusive, a taxable
“sale” of tangible personal property does not occur if the substance
of the transaction is delivered to the purchaser digitally, electronically, or
by utilizing cable, radio waves, microwaves, satellites, or fiber optics. This
exclusion from tax is not applicable to any leasing of tangible personal
property, a lease not being a “sale” of tangible personal property
for the purposes of Iowa sales and use tax law, Cedar Valley Leasing, Inc. v.
Iowa Department of Revenue, 274 N.W.2d 357 (Iowa 1979). The exclusion is also
not applicable to property delivered by any medium other than those listed
above. Sales of items such as artwork, drawings, photographs, music, electronic
greeting cards, “canned” software (see subrule 18.34(1)),
entertainment properties (e.g., films, concerts, books, and television and radio
programs), and all other digitized products delivered as described above are not
taxable, except the exclusion does not repeal by implication the tax on the
service of providing pay television. See rule 701— 26.56(422). If an
order for a product is placed by way of any of the media described above but the
product ordered is delivered by conventional, physical means, e.g., the U.S.
Postal Service or common carrier, sale of the product is not excluded from tax
under this rule.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.43 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1195, section
2 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2321.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 26.8(1),
introductory paragraph, and subrule 26.8(2), first unnumbered paragraph,
as follows:
26.8(1) Taxation of service charges before and after
July 1, 1987. Prior to July 1, 1987, only the service charges of a
“bank” were subject to tax. On and after July 1, 1987, the service
charges of all “financial institutions” are subject to tax. For
the period of July 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, inclusive, the term
“service charges of financial institutions” does not include any
surcharge assessed with regard to a nonproprietary ATM
transaction.
All charges relating to a “checking account” are
taxable, not only those charges relating to withdrawals from the account by
check. For example, charges for withdrawals by “bank card” from a
checking account would be subject to tax except for surcharges assessed with
regard to nonproprietary ATM transactions during the period set out in subrule
26.8(1). Charges for withdrawals by bank card from a “savings
account” would not be subject to tax.
ITEM 7. Amend rule
701—26.38(422), fourth unnumbered paragraph and the implementation
clause, as follows:
Executive search agencies are engaged in the business of
securing employment for top–level management positions. Effective July 1,
1984, the gross receipts from services provided by executive search agencies are
subject to tax. For any period prior to that date, their gross receipts are not
taxable. Prior to July 1, 2002, it was necessary for an executive search
agency to be “licensed” for its services to be taxable. On and
after that date, the services of an unlicensed executive search agency are
taxable. The exclusion from taxation for the service of placing a person in
employment if that person’s principal place of employment is to be located
outside of Iowa which is applicable to private employment agencies is not
applicable to executive search agencies. The gross receipts from the services
of executive search agencies performed in Iowa are subject to tax.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.43
as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2305, section 6.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 701—26.68(422)
by amending subrule 26.68(3) and the implementation clause as follows:
26.68(3) Tax collected from customer. The person
renting any vehicle subject to registration must collect from the customer and
remit to the state of Iowa sales tax on each and every rental payment made in
Iowa, no matter how calculated. Tax must be remitted for the period in which
each rental payment is due and owing. Rental payments whether calculated in one
lump sum, or on a mileage basis, or periodically are subject to tax. Also
subject to tax are any charges, such as those for compulsory insurance, which
are characterized as something other than rent payments but which are required
to be paid as a condition of the rental. Specifically, but not exclusively,
excluded from the meaning of gross receipts from rental of a vehicle subject to
registration are items such as optional collision damage waiver fees, optional
personal accident insurance fees, and fuel. If these charges are not to be
included as part of rentals, a charge must be separately stated, separately
itemized, and the charge cannot be required as a condition of the
rental.
Effective July 1, 2002, all airport–imposed fees
charged to a customer for the rental of a vehicle are not subject to Iowa sales
or use tax, if separately itemized.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 422.45 and Iowa Code
section 423.7A as amended by 1996 Iowa Acts, chapter
1125 and section 516D.3(6) as amended by 2002 Iowa acts, House File
2622, section 29.
ITEM 9. Amend 701—Chapter 26 by
adding the following new rule:
701—26.81(422) Sales of bundled services
contracts. The gross receipts from sales of bundled services contracts are
subject to Iowa sales tax. For purposes of this rule, a “bundled services
contract” means an agreement providing for a retailer’s performance
of services, one or more of which is a taxable service enumerated in Iowa Code
section 422.43 and one or more of which is nontaxable or exempt, in return for a
consumer’s or user’s single payment for the performance of the
services, with no separate statement to the consumer or user of what portion of
that payment is attributable to any one service which is a part of the contract.
If that portion of a consumer’s payment for a bundled services contract
which is attributable to the performance of a taxable service or services can be
segregated by contract or otherwise from that portion of the payment which is
attributable to the performance of a service or services which are not taxable,
then only that portion of the payment which is attributable to the performance
of a taxable service or services is subject to tax.
EXAMPLE 1. Company A provides a bundled
services contract which provides the following services to consumers: Internet
access, interstate long distance service, intrastate long distance service,
local telephone service, cable television service, and computer rental. Gross
receipts from the performance of Internet access and interstate long distance
services are not taxed under Iowa law. Gross receipts from the performance of
the other four services are taxable. Company A offers, in six separate
contracts, each service individually to customers for the price of $25 per
month. Company A’s monthly charge for its bundled services contract is
$150. Fifty dollars of the monthly charge for the bundled services contract,
that portion which represents Internet access and interstate long distance
services, is excluded from tax. One hundred dollars, that portion of the
monthly charge representing the taxable services of intrastate and local
telephone service, cable television and computer rental, is taxable.
EXAMPLE 2. Company B offers a contract
for the bundled services of long distance telephone service (interstate and
intrastate), local telephone service, and Internet access service. Its monthly
charge for these bundled services is $80. The bundled services contract is the
only service contract which Company B offers, and there is nothing else in
Company B’s notice to the customer to indicate how much of the monthly
service charge is attributable to taxable services and how much is attributable
to services which are not taxable. Under these circumstances, the entire amount
of $80 is subject to tax.
As of July 1, 2001, for purposes of the administration of the
tax on bundled services contracts, the director of the department may enter into
agreements of limited duration with individual retailers, groups of retailers,
or organizations representing retailers of bundled services contracts. Once
approved, such an agreement shall impose the tax rate only upon that portion of
the gross receipts from a bundled services contract which is attributable to
taxable services provided under the contract.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.43.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 701—46.3(422)
by amending subparagraph 46.3(3)“b”(4) and the implementation
clause as follows:
(4) Determination of filing status.
1. Prior to January 1, 2003. Iowa Code section 422.16
provides, based on the amount of tax collected, how often withholding agents
file deposits or returns with the department.
The department will determine if the withholding agent’s
current filing status is correct by reviewing the most recent four quarters of
the withholding agent’s filing history.
The following criteria will be used by the department to
determine if a change in filing status is warranted.
Filing Status
|
Statutory Requirement
|
Test Criteria
|
Semimonthly
|
$8,000 in tax ina semimonthly period.
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters exceeds
$48,000.
|
Monthly
|
$50 in tax in a month.
|
Tax remitted in 3 of most recent 4 quarters exceeds
$150.
|
Quarterly
|
All other filers.
|
All other filers except annual filers. See
46.3(3)“c”(2).
|
When it is determined that a withholding agent’s filing
status is to be changed, the withholding agent will be notified and will be
given 30 days to provide the department with a written request to prevent the
change.
Withholding agents may request that they be allowed to file
less frequently than the filing status selected by the department, but
exceptions will only be granted in two instances:
1.
•
Incorrect historical data is used in the conversion. A business may meet
the criteria based on original information available to the
computer, but, upon investigation, the filing history may prove
that the business does not meet the dollar criteria because of adjustments,
amended returns, or requests for refunds.
2.
•
Data available may have been distorted by the fact that it reflected an
unusual pattern in tax collection. The factors causing such a distortion must
be documented and approved by the income tax division
department.
Exceptions will not be granted in instances where the
withholding agent’s request is based on a decline in business activity,
reduction in employees or other potentially temporary business action which will
affect current and future reporting.
Withholding agents will be notified in writing of approval or
denial to of their request for reducing filing
periods.
Withholding agents may request that they be allowed to file
more frequently than the filing status selected by the department. Approval
will be granted based upon justification contained in the withholding
agent’s request.
2. January 1, 2003, and after. Iowa Code section 422.16
provides, based on the amount of tax collected, how often withholding agents
file deposits or returns with the department.
Effective July 1, 2002, the department and the department
of management have the authority to change the above–mentioned filing
thresholds by department rule. After review of these thresholds it has been
determined that new threshold amounts are necessary and will take effect January
1, 2003. Accordingly, this paragraph sets forth the filing thresholds for each
filer based on the amount withheld.
The following criteria will be used by the department to
determine if a change in filing status is warranted.
Filing Status
|
Threshold
|
Test Criteria
|
Semimonthly
|
Greater than $120,000 in annual withholding taxes (more
than $5,000in a semimonthly period).
|
Tax remitted in 3of most recent 4 quarters examined exceeds
$30,000.
|
Monthly
|
Between $6,000 and $120,000 in annual withholding taxes
(more than $500 ina monthly period).
|
Tax remitted in 3of most recent 4 quarters examined exceeds
$1,500 per quarter.
|
Quarterly
|
Less than $6,000 in annual withholding taxes.
|
Tax remitted in 3of most recent 4 quarters examined is less
than $1,500 per quarter.
|
Annual
|
Less than 3 employees.
|
When it is determined that a withholding agent’s
filing status is to be changed, the withholding agent shall be notified in
writing. A withholding agent has the option of requesting, within 30 days of
the department’s notice of a change in filing frequency, that the
withholding agent file more or less frequently than required by the department.
To request filing on a less frequent basis than assigned by the department, the
request must be in writing and submitted to the department. A withholding
agent’s written request to be allowed to file less frequently than the
filing status assigned by the department will be reviewed by the department and
a written determination will be issued to the withholding agent who made the
request.
A change in assigned filing status to file on a less
frequent basis will be granted in only two instances:
• Incorrect
historical data is used in the conversion. A business may meet the criteria
based on the original filing data, but, upon investigation, the filing history
may prove that the business does not meet the dollar criteria because of
adjustments, amended returns, or requests for refunds.
• Data available
may have been distorted by the fact that the data reflected an unusual pattern
in tax collection. The factors causing such a distortion must be documented and
approved by the department.
A withholding agent may also request to file more
frequently than assigned by the department. This request may be made orally, in
person, or by telephone. With the exception of those withholding agents who
previously filed on a quarterly basis and have been changed to an annual filing
frequency, any withholding agent seeking to file on a more frequent basis than
assigned will be required to deposit revenues by electronic funds transfer if
the department allows the withholding agent to file more
frequently.
The department and the department of management may perform
review of filing thresholds every five years or as needed based on department
discretion. Factors the departments will consider in determining if the filing
thresholds need to be changed include, but are not limited to: tax rate
changes, inflation, the need to maintain consistency with required
multistate compacts, changes in law, and migration between filing
brackets.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 422.7
and 422.12C and Iowa Code Supplement section 422.16 as
amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2622, section 6.
ITEM 11. Amend rule
701—107.10(422B), introductory paragraph and implementation clause, as
follows:
701—107.10(422B) Local option sales and service tax
payments to local governments. For periods after July 1, 1997, when a local
sales and service tax is imposed, the director of revenue and finance within 15
days of the beginning of each fiscal year shall send to each city or county
where the local option tax is imposed, an estimate of the tax
moneys each city or county will receive for the year and for each month of the
year. For periods after July 1, 2002, the director of revenue and finance by
August 15 of each fiscal year shall send to each city or county where the local
option tax is imposed an estimate of the tax moneys each city or county will
receive for the year and for each month of the year. At the end of each
month, the director may revise the estimates for the year and remaining months.
The director shall remit 95 percent of the estimated monthly tax receipts for
the city or county to the city or county on or before August 31 of the fiscal
year and the last day of each month thereafter. The director shall remit a
final payment of the remainder of tax money due to the city or county for the
fiscal year before November 10 of the next fiscal year. If an overpayment has
resulted during the previous fiscal year, the first payment of the new fiscal
year shall be adjusted to reflect any overpayment. Effective May 20,
1999, the An adjustment for an overpayment which resulted in a
previous year will be reflected beginning with the November payment. The shares
are to be remitted to the board of supervisors if the tax is imposed in the
unincorporated areas of the county, and to each city where the tax is
imposed.
Rule 107.10(422B) is intended to implement Iowa Code section
422B.10 as amended by 1999 2002 Iowa Acts,
chapter 151, section 34, and chapter 156, section 14 House
File 2622, section 12.
ITEM 12. Amend rule
701—108.7(422E), introductory paragraph and implementation clause, as
follows:
701—108.7(422E) Local option school infrastructure
sales and service tax payments to school districts. The director of revenue
and finance within 15 days of the beginning of each fiscal year shall send to
each school district where the local option school infrastructure sales and
service tax is imposed, an estimate of the tax moneys each
school district will receive for the year and for each month of the year.
For periods after July 1, 2002, the director of revenue and finance shall by
August 15 of each fiscal year send to each school district where the local
option school infrastructure sales and service tax is imposed an estimate of the
tax moneys each school district will receive for the year and for each month of
the year. At the end of each month, the director may revise the estimates
for the year and remaining months. The director shall remit 95 percent of the
estimated monthly tax receipts for the school district to the school district on
or before August 31 of the fiscal year and the last day of each month
thereafter. The director shall remit a final payment of the remainder of tax
money due for the fiscal year before November 10 of the next fiscal year. If an
overpayment has resulted during the previous fiscal year, the first payment of
the new fiscal year shall be adjusted to reflect any overpayment.
Effective on or after May 20, 1999, an An adjustment for
an overpayment that has resulted during the previous fiscal year will be
reflected beginning with the November payment.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement section 422E.3 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2622, section 13.
ARC 2040B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 42, “Adjustments to Computed Tax,” Chapter
52, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax and Penalty and Interest,” and
Chapter 58, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax, Penalty and Interest, and
Allocation of Tax Revenues,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments are proposed because of 2002 Iowa Acts, House
File 2271.
Item 1 adopts new rule 42.18(15E,422), which provides for an
investment tax credit for equity investments made in a qualifying business or
community–based seed capital fund. This investment credit is a new
individual income tax credit available to individuals who make investments in
qualifying businesses or community–based seed capital funds that have been
approved by the Iowa Capital Investment Board.
Item 2 adopts new rule 52.21(15E,422), which provides for an
investment tax credit for equity investments made in a community–based
seed capital fund. This investment credit is a new corporation income tax
credit available to corporations that make investments in community–based
seed capital funds that have been approved by the Iowa Capital Investment
Board.
Item 3 adopts new rule 58.11(15E,422), which provides for an
investment tax credit for equity investments made in a community–based
seed capital fund for franchise tax purposes. Rule 58.11(15E,422) is similar to
the rule in Item 2.
For a discussion of the investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a qualifying business or community–based seed capital fund,
along with the issuance of tax credit certificates by the Iowa Capital
Investment Board, see rule 123— 2.1(15E) published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 2042B.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a regulatory
analysis as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4A if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than November 4, 2002, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who each qualify as a
small business or an organization representing at least 25 such
persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before November 1, 2002. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–8036 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by October 25,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
15E and 422 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 701—Chapter 42 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—42.18(15E,422) Venture capital
credits.
42.18(1) Investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a qualifying business or community–based seed capital fund.
See rule 123—2.1(15E) for the discussion of the investment tax credit for
an equity investment in a qualifying business or community–based seed
capital fund, along with the issuance of tax credit certificates by the Iowa
capital investment board.
The department of revenue and finance will be notified by the
Iowa capital investment board when the tax credit certificates are issued. The
tax credit certificate must be attached to the taxpayer’s return for the
tax year in which the credit may be redeemed as stated on the tax credit
certificate.
Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may
be credited to the tax liability for the following five years or until used,
whichever is the earlier.
For equity investments made in a community–based seed
capital fund, an individual may claim the credit if the investment was made by a
partnership, S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate or trust
electing to have the income directly taxed to the individual. The amount
claimed by an individual must be based on the individual’s pro rata share
of the individual’s earnings of the partnership, S corporation, limited
liability company, or estate or trust.
For equity investments made in a qualifying business, only
direct investments made by an individual are eligible for the investment tax
credit.
42.18(2) Reserved.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 15E and
422 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271, sections 3 and 7.
ITEM 2. Amend 701—Chapter 52 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—52.21(15E,422) Venture capital
credits.
52.21(1) Investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a community–based seed capital fund. See rule 123—
2.1(15E) for the discussion of the investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a community–based seed capital fund, along with the issuance
of tax credit certificates by the Iowa capital investment board.
The department of revenue and finance will be notified by the
Iowa capital investment board when the tax credit certificates are issued. The
tax credit certificate must be attached to the taxpayer’s return for the
tax year in which the credit may be redeemed as stated on the tax credit
certificate.
Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may
be credited to the tax liability for the following five years or until used,
whichever is the earlier.
For equity investments made in a community–based seed
capital fund, an individual may claim the credit if the investment was made by a
partnership, S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate or trust
electing to have the income directly taxed to the individual. The amount
claimed by an individual must be based on the individual’s pro rata share
of the individual’s earnings of the partnership, S corporation, limited
liability company, or estate or trust.
52.21(2) Reserved.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 15E and
422 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271, sections 3 and 7.
ITEM 3. Amend 701—Chapter 58 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—58.11(15E,422) Venture capital
credits.
58.11(1) Investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a community–based seed capital fund. See rule 123—
2.1(15E) for the discussion of the investment tax credit for an equity
investment in a community–based seed capital fund, along with the issuance
of tax credit certificates by the Iowa capital investment board.
The department of revenue and finance will be notified by the
Iowa capital investment board when the tax credit certificates are issued. The
tax credit certificate must be attached to the taxpayer’s return for the
tax year in which the credit may be redeemed as stated on the tax credit
certificate.
Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may
be credited to the tax liability for the following five years or until used,
whichever is the earlier.
For equity investments made in a community–based seed
capital fund, an individual may claim the credit if the investment was made by a
partnership, S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate or trust
electing to have the income directly taxed to the individual. The amount
claimed by an individual must be based on the individual’s pro rata share
of the individual’s earnings of the partnership, S corporation, limited
liability company, or estate or trust.
58.11(2) Reserved.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 15E and
422 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2271, sections 3 and 7.
ARC 2013B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 321.1, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 400, “Vehicle Registration and Certificate of
Title,” Iowa Administrative Code.
1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 108, section 3, added a new definition
to Iowa Code section 321.1 defining “product identification number”
and required the Department to adopt rules. The product identification number
(PIN) is a group of unique numerical or alphabetical designations assigned by
the manufacturer or by the Department to a fence–line feeder, grain cart
or tank wagon and affixed to the vehicle as a means of identifying the vehicle
or the year of manufacture. These amendments define which vehicles may be
assigned a PIN, identify when the PIN should be assigned and identify the
process to apply for a PIN. Other changes to this chapter were made to update
form numbers and an office name, correct procedures used, and amend an
implementation clause.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than October 22, 2002.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Friday, October 25, 2002, at 10 a.m. in the DOT conference room at Park Fair
Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
The proposed amendments may have an impact on small business.
A request for a regulatory analysis pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4A must be
received by the Director’s Staff Division at the address listed in this
Notice no later than November 4, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph
400.13(2)“c” as follows:
c. A pencil tracing of the vehicle identification number. If
the vehicle identification number is missing or has been defaced or altered, the
applicant shall complete and submit Form 411041 417074,
“Application/Approval for Assigned Vehicle
Identification Number Plate.”
ITEM 2. Amend subparagraph
400.13(4)“b”(1) as follows:
(1) If applicable, affix an assigned identification number
plate to the vehicle.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 400.16(1) as
follows:
400.16(1) Forms and definitions applicable to this
rule.
a. Forms.
(1) Form 411007, “Application for Certificate of Title
and/or Registration for a Vehicle.”
(2) Form 417050, “Application for Registration
and Certificate of Title for a Specially Constructed or Reconstructed
Vehicle.” 417074, “Application/Approval for Vehicle
Identification Number.”
(3) Form 411041, “Application for Assigned
Vehicle Identification Number Plate.”
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
400.16(2)“a” as follows:
a. Application forms. The applicant shall complete Forms
411007, 417050, and 411041 417074 and
submit them to the county treasurer.
ITEM 5. Amend subparagraph
400.16(2)“d”(1) as follows:
(1) The department shall affix to the motor vehicle an
assigned identification number plate with a distinguishing
number, and the motor vehicle shall thereafter be identified by that
number.
ITEM 6. Amend paragraph
400.16(3)“a” as follows:
a. Application forms. The applicant shall complete Forms
411007, 417050, and 411041 417074 and
submit them to the county treasurer.
ITEM 7. Rescind and reserve subparagraphs
400.16(3)“d”(1) and
400.16(3)“d”(2).
ITEM 8. Amend paragraph
400.16(4)“a” as follows:
a. Application forms. The applicant shall complete Forms
411007 and 417050 417074 and submit them to the county
treasurer.
ITEM 9. Amend subparagraph
400.17(1)“a”(3) as follows:
(3) Form 411041 417074,
“Application/Approval for Assigned Vehicle
Identification Number Plate.”
ITEM 10. Amend paragraph
400.17(4)“a” as follows:
a. The department shall affix to the vehicle an assigned
identification number plate with a distinguishing number, and
the vehicle shall thereafter be identified by that number.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 761—400.51(321)
as follows:
761—400.51(321) Assigned identification numbers.
The department is authorized to assign and issue to the owner
a distinguishing an identification number to a
vehicle, or component part, fence–line feeder,
grain cart, or tank wagon and to issue to the owner of the vehicle
or component part a special plate bearing the distinguishing number.
The identification number shall only be assigned if the department is
satisfied as to the true identity and ownership of the vehicle, component part,
fence–line feeder, grain cart or tank wagon. The vehicle shall be
registered and titled under the distinguishing
identification number. The distinguishing
identification number assigned to a component part, fence–line
feeder, grain cart and tank wagon shall be used only for identification
purposes of the component part. The issuance of a
distinguishing number shall be in accordance with the
following:
400.51(1) Assignment Issuance
of a distinguishing an identification number. The
department shall assign a distinguishing an
identification number to a vehicle, or component
part, fence–line feeder, grain cart, or tank wagon
whenever:
a. The original vehicle identification number,
or component part identification number or product
identification number has been destroyed, removed or obliterated.
b. The vehicle has had a cab, body, or frame change and the
replacement cab, body, or frame is within the manufacturer’s
interchangeability parts specifications catalog and is compatible with the make,
model, and year of the vehicle. If the replacement cab, body, or frame change
is not within the manufacturer’s interchangeability parts specifications
catalog or is not compatible with the make, year, and model of the vehicle, the
vehicle shall be considered reconstructed and subject to rule
400.16(321).
c. The vehicle is a reconstructed, specially constructed, or
kit vehicle.
400.51(2) Application for assignment of a
distinguishing an identification number. Whenever an assigned
vehicle identification number is required under subrule 400.51(1), the owner of
the vehicle, or component part, fence–line
feeder, grain cart or tank wagon or the person holding lawful custody, shall
apply to the county treasurer on Form 411041 417074,
“Application/Approval for an Assigned Vehicle
Identification Number Plate.”
a. Motor vehicle—not specially constructed,
reconstructed, or kit vehicle. If the application refers to a motor vehicle
which is not a specially constructed, reconstructed, or kit vehicle, or to a
component part, the county treasurer shall forward the application to a motor
vehicle investigator assigned to that county. The investigator shall contact
the applicant and schedule a time and place for an examination of the vehicle
and ownership documents.
(1) If the vehicle has had a cab, body, or frame change, the
applicant shall have for evidence of ownership for the replacement cab, body, or
frame, a bill of sale with a description of the part, complete with the
manufacturer’s identification number, if any, and the name, address, and
telephone number of the seller. The bill of sale, the vehicle, and the cab,
body, or frame that has been replaced shall be made available for examination at
the time and place scheduled.
(2) The investigator upon approval of the application shall
affix to the vehicle the assigned identification number plate
and return the application to the owner, who shall submit the application form,
the certificate of title, and the registration card issued for the vehicle to
the county treasurer of the owner’s residence or to the department if the
owner is a nonresident. If the certificate of title is in the possession of a
secured party, the county treasurer or the department shall notify the secured
party to return the certificate of title to the county treasurer or the
department for the purpose of issuing a corrected title. Upon receipt of the
notification, the secured party shall submit the certificate of title within ten
days. The county treasurer or the department, upon receipt of the certificate
of title, the registration card and the application form, shall issue a
corrected title and registration card listing as the vehicle identification
number the assigned identification number attached to the vehicle by the
investigator and certified on the application.
(3) If the assigned identification number is for a component
part, the investigator shall affix to the component part the assigned
identification number plate and return the application to the
owner. which shall be retained by the The owner
shall retain the application as a record of issuance and attachment. The
application, certified by a motor vehicle investigator, shall be made available
on demand by any peace officer for examination.
b. Fence–line feeder, grain cart or tank wagon. If
the application refers to a fence–line feeder, grain cart or tank wagon,
the county treasurer shall forward the application to a motor vehicle
investigator assigned to that county. The investigator shall contact the
applicant and schedule a time and place for examination of the fence–line
feeder, grain cart or tank wagon and ownership documents. The investigator upon
approval of the application, shall affix the assigned identification number to
the fence–line feeder, grain cart or tank wagon and return the application
to the owner. The owner shall retain the application as a record of issuance
and attachment. The application, certified by a motor vehicle investigator,
shall be made available on demand by any peace officer for
examination.
b c. Trailer–type vehicle not
specially constructed or reconstructed. If the application for an assigned
identification number refers to a trailer–type vehicle
and which is not specially constructed or reconstructed,
the county treasurer shall forward the application to the department. The
department upon receipt and approval of the application shall issue an
assigned identification number plate. The
department investigator shall deliver
affix the assigned identification number plate, and
return the application form and an information sheet to the
owner who shall cause the assigned identification number plate to be
attached to the vehicle in a manner prescribed on the information sheet. In the
appropriate space provided on the application form, the owner shall certify that
the plate has been attached to the vehicle. The applicant shall submit
the certificate of title, registration card and the application form to the
county treasurer of the owner’s residence or to the department if the
owner is a nonresident. If the certificate of title is in the possession
of a secured party, the county treasurer or the department shall notify the
secured party to return the certificate of title to the county treasurer or the
department for the purpose of issuing a corrected certificate of title. Upon
receipt of the notice, the secured party shall return the certificate of title
within ten days. Upon receipt of the certificate of title, registration card
and application, the county treasurer or the department shall issue a corrected
certificate of title and registration listing thereon the assigned
identification number in the same manner as listed on the application form by
the department.
c d. Specially constructed,
reconstructed, or kit vehicle. If the application for an assigned
identification number refers to a specially constructed, reconstructed, or kit
vehicle, the procedure in rule 400.16(321) shall be followed.
400.51(3) Fees. A certificate of title fee and a fee
for a notation of a security interest, if applicable, shall be collected by the
county treasurer or the department upon issuance of a corrected certificate of
title.
400.51(4) Availability of application form. Form
411041 417074, “Application/Approval for
Assigned Vehicle Identification Number
Plate” may be obtained from the office of any county
treasurer or from the office of vehicle registration
services at the address in subrule 400.6(1).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
321.1, 321.43 and 321.92.
ARC 2014B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 326.33, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to rescind Chapter 500, “Interstate Registration and Operation of
Vehicles,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopt a new Chapter 500 with the
same title.
The new chapter makes corrections that were identified as a
result of reviews conducted in accordance with Executive Order Number 8 and 2002
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2192. The following summarize the changes that have been
incorporated in the new chapter:
• The rules reflect current
practices and the Iowa Department of Transportation’s participation in the
International Registration Plan.
• Definitions are added to
the rules.
• Language to allow for
waivers in special or emergency circumstances is added.
• References to reciprocity
permits and stickers are omitted since these are no longer issued.
• Trip permit provisions are
updated.
• Deadlines for filing and
payment of renewals, vehicle schedules and second–half invoices are
clarified.
• The method for calculating
the penalty is changed to equalize the penalty assessed to all
carriers.
• The provisions for issuing
a temporary authority are clarified.
• The dates for registration
filing deadlines, registration expiration and enforcement action are
clarified.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed rules or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address: tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than October 22, 2002.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, October 24, 2002, at 10 a.m. in the DOT conference room at Park
Fair Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
The proposed amendment may have an impact on small business.
A request for a regulatory analysis pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4A must be
submitted to the Director’s Staff Division at the address listed in this
Notice no later than November 3.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
326.
Proposed rule–making action:
Rescind 761—Chapter 500 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 500
INTERSTATE REGISTRATION AND
OPERATION OF
VEHICLES
761—500.1(326) Definitions. The definitions in
Iowa Code section 326.2 apply to this chapter. In addition:
“Cab card” means a registration receipt that
describes the vehicle and reflects the weight in each jurisdiction in which a
vehicle is registered for operation.
“Credential” means a plate, validation sticker,
cab card or temporary authority.
“International Registration Plan (IRP)” means a
vehicle prorate registration reciprocity agreement among
jurisdictions.
“Power unit” for registration purposes means a
bus, truck, truck tractor, road tractor or tractor.
“Registrant” means a person, firm or corporation
in whose name or names a vehicle is properly registered.
“Registration year” means the period January 1
through December 31 for vehicles registered under the International Registration
Plan.
“Temporary authority” means a document that allows
the vehicle to be operated until a plate and cab card are issued.
“Temporary authority” describes the vehicle and lists the weight for
each jurisdiction in which the vehicle is registered for operation.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.2
and 326.33.
761—500.2(17A,326) General
information.
500.2(1) Information and location. Applications,
forms and information on interstate registration and operation of vehicles are
available from the Office of Motor Carrier Services, Iowa Department of
Transportation, P.O. Box 10382, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–0382; in person at
its location in Park Fair Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa; by
telephone (515)237–3268; or by facsimile (515)237–3225.
500.2(2) Method of operation. The operations of the
department’s motor vehicle division relating to reciprocity and prorate
registration shall be conducted in accordance with the International
Registration Plan and the Code of Iowa.
500.2(3) Organizational data. The office of motor
carrier services of the motor vehicle division is authorized pursuant to Iowa
Code chapter 326 to:
a. Enter into reciprocity agreements with other jurisdictions.
These agreements exempt nonresidents from the registration and registration fee
requirements of Iowa Code chapter 321.
b. Enter into reciprocity prorate agreements with other
jurisdictions. The department joined the International Registration Plan (IRP).
Such plan and any revisions thereto are hereby incorporated into this chapter.
A copy of the agreement may be obtained by contacting the office of motor
carrier services. Under this agreement, the office of motor carrier services
shall:
(1) Compute and collect registration fees due this state under
prorate registration agreements; and
(2) Issue registration plates, validation stickers, cab cards,
temporary authority, and trip permits to qualified registrants.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.3,
326.5 and 326.6.
761—500.3(17A,326) Waiver of rules. In
accordance with 761—Chapter 11, the director of transportation may, on the
director’s own motion or in response to a petition, waive provisions of
this chapter. A waiver shall not be granted unless the director finds that
special or emergency circumstances exist. “Special or emergency
circumstances” means one or more of the following:
500.3(1) Circumstances where the movement is necessary
to cooperate with cities, counties, other state agencies or other states in
response to a national or other disaster.
500.3(2) Circumstances where the movement is necessary
to cooperate with national defense officials.
500.3(3) Circumstances where the movement is necessary
to cooperate with public or private utilities in order to maintain their public
services.
500.3(4) Circumstances where the movement is essential
to ensure safety and protection of any person or property due to events such as,
but not limited to, pollution of natural resources, a potential fire or
explosion.
500.3(5) Circumstances where weather or transportation
problems create an undue hardship for citizens of the state of Iowa.
500.3(6) Circumstances where movement
involvesemergency–type vehicles.
500.3(7) Uncommon or extraordinary circumstances where
the movement is essential to the existence of an Iowa business and the move may
be accomplished without causing undue hazard to the safety of the traveling
public or undue damage to private or public property.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 17A.9A
and 326.33.
761—500.4(326) Renewal for IRP registration.
Renewal forms for the coming year are prepared automatically and distributed in
November to all registrants who maintained an active IRP fleet with Iowa during
that year. If the registrant does not receive a renewal application by December
1, the registrant is responsible for informing the office of motor carrier
services and for making the necessary arrangements for renewal of the
registration. Renewal applications should be submitted to the office of motor
carrier services no later than January 1 to ensure adequate time for processing.
A renewal is considered timely filed when it is received by the office of motor
carrier services or postmarked on or before January 31.
500.4(1) The renewal must include:
a. A completed and signed mileage schedule and vehicle
schedule(s).
b. An updated Federal Highway Administration motor carrier
identification information report (MCS 150).
c. Necessary title documentation.
d. A schedule of heavy highway vehicles (Form 2290).
500.4(2) Additional renewal procedures.
a. Units being removed from the fleet shall be deleted on the
renewal vehicle schedule and the plates, cab cards and stickers must be
returned. Registration renewal fees for deleted units shall be assessed unless
the plate, cab card and stickers are received by the office of motor carrier
services or postmarked on or before December 31.
b. Units being stored shall be marked “stored” on
the renewal vehicle schedule and the plates, cab card and stickers must be
returned in accordance with rule 761—500.5(321).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.6
and 326.14.
761—500.5(321) Deadline for placing a vehicle in
storage. The registrant of a currently registered vehicle may at any time
request that a vehicle be put into storage. The registrant must complete a
vehicle schedule and return it with the plate, cab card and sticker to the
office of motor carrier services. The vehicle schedule, plate, cab card and
sticker must be received or postmarked on or before January 31 to stop the
registration fee from being assessed for the renewal year. The office of motor
carrier services shall destroy the plate and return the cab card to the
registrant with the word “stored” stamped on it. Placing the
vehicle in storage stops penalties on registration fees. When the vehicle is
taken out of storage, the vehicle shall be assessed for the current annual
registration fee.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.126
and 321.134.
761—500.6(321,326) Penalty for late filing of
renewal. Renewals postmarked or received in the office of motor carrier
services after January 31 are filed late and a 5 percent penalty shall be
assessed. An additional 5 percent penalty shall be assessed on the first of
each month thereafter until the renewal is filed. The penalty is calculated
based on the following:
500.6(1) If the renewal is filed on or before May 19,
the penalty shall be calculated on all trailer fees for the current year, on the
first half of the Iowa power unit registration fees (both permanent and
nonpermanent plated vehicles), and all registration fees due the other
jurisdictions.
500.6(2) If the renewal is filed on or after May 20,
the penalty shall be calculated on all registration fees due all jurisdictions
for the current year only.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.134
and 326.14.
761—500.7(326) IRP payment methods. A
registrant with a good Iowa payment history may pay by cash, check, wire
transfer or any other means offered by the department. Payment should be made
payable to the Iowa Department of Transportation. All other registrants must
submit fees by guaranteed funds. Examples of guaranteed funds are: money
order, cashier’s check, certified check or cash.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.10A.
761—500.8(326) IRP plate. Upon payment of
appropriate fees, the office of motor carrier services shall issue one IRP
nonexpiring plate for each power unit to be mounted on the front of the power
unit and one nonexpiring trailer plate to be mounted on the rear of the
trailer.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.14
and 326.17.
761—500.9(326) Fleet additions and temporary
authority. A registrant may submit a vehicle schedule to change the fleet
operations. A temporary authority may be issued to operate a vehicle(s) for the
period of time required to process the vehicle schedule. The temporary
authority shall not exceed 90 days. However, at the discretion of the
permitting authority, the 90–day temporary authority may be extended if
there are extenuating circumstances. Once temporary authority is generated and
used, fees shall be due and the invoice may only be canceled if an error was
made by the department or there were extenuating circumstances for which nonuse
can be proven.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.11.
761—500.10(326) Voluntary cancellation of
registration. A registrant may cancel an application for IRP
registration (the IRP vehicle schedule) if the registrant notifies the
office of motor carrier services within 15 days of the invoice date. The notice
shall state the reason for cancellation, the licensing status and ownership and
be signed by the registrant or its representative. If notice is not received
within 15 days or, if a temporary permit was issued in accordance with
761— 500.9(326), all registration fees must be paid in full.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.6
and 326.11.
761—500.11(326) Policy on registration credit.
If a vehicle is deleted from the IRP fleet and replaced with another vehicle,
registration credit may be applied to IRP fees due on the replacement vehicle.
The vehicle schedule identifying the added and deleted vehicles must be
submitted to the office of motor carrier services. The deletion must take place
on or before the replacement unit’s registration fees are required to be
effective by law. In accordance with Iowa Code section 326.12, credit shall not
be allowed if the registrant is filing late.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.12.
761—500.12(326) Penalty for late filing of vehicle
schedule.
500.12(1) A late filing penalty of 5 percent shall be
assessed to the vehicle if a vehicle schedule is not filed within 30 days
of:
a. The purchase of a new or used vehicle;
b. A vehicle’s being brought into Iowa from out of state
to be registered; or
c. A vehicle’s being first operated with the exemption
allowed under Iowa Code section 321.20A.
500.12(2) The 5 percent penalty is calculated based on
the following:
a. If the vehicle schedule is filed on or before May 19, the
penalty shall be calculated on all trailer fees for the current year, on the
first half of the Iowa power unit registration fees (both permanent and
nonpermanent plated vehicles) and all registration fees due the other
jurisdictions.
b. If the vehicle schedule is filed on or after May 20, the
penalty shall be calculated on all registration fees due all jurisdictions for
the current year only.
500.12(3) An additional 5 percent penalty shall be
assessed on the first of each month thereafter until the vehicle schedule is
filed.
500.12(4) The department may collect intrastate
registration fees and penalties when registering a delinquent vehicle to bring
the vehicle fees current before allowing the IRP registration of the
vehicle.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.11.
761—500.13(326) Renewal and vehicle schedule late
payment penalty. Payment of current registration year invoices, except
second–half invoices, shall be considered late and a 5 percent penalty
shall be assessed to all payments not received or postmarked within 30 days of
the invoice date or within 30 days of January 31 of that registration year,
whichever is later. An additional 5 percent penalty shall be assessed on the
first of each month thereafter that the payment has not been received.
500.13(1) The penalty shall be calculated based on the
following:
a. If payment is received on or before May 19, the penalty
shall be calculated on all trailer fees for the current year, on the first half
of the Iowa power unit registration fees (both permanent and nonpermanent plated
vehicles) and all fees due the other jurisdictions.
b. If payment is received on or after May 20, the penalty
shall be calculated on all registration fees due all jurisdictions for the
current year only.
500.13(2) An additional 5 percent penalty shall be
assessed on the first of each month thereafter that the fees remain
unpaid.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.16.
761—500.14(321) Deadline for payment of
first–half fee. Iowa–based registrants with motor vehicles that
are subject to IRP registration and are eligible to pay registration fees in
semiannual installments, pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.134, shall be
extended this privilege through May 19 of the current registration year. On May
20 and thereafter, payments shall be accepted only in the amount of the annual
registration fee pursuant to Iowa Code sections 321.105, 321.106 and
321.134.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
321.134.
761—500.15(321,326) Second–half late payment
penalty. Payment of second–half invoices shall be considered late and
a 5 percent penalty shall be assessed if payment is not received or postmarked
before August 1. An additional 5 percent penalty shall continue to accrue on
the first of each month thereafter until the second–half invoice(s) is
paid. The penalty is calculated on the total of the second–half
invoice.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.134
and 326.16.
761—500.16(326) Duplicate credentials. The fees
for duplicate credentials are as follows:
500.16(1) A replacement cab card is $3.
500.16(2) A replacement plate including the cab card
is $8. If applicable, a mailing fee will also be assessed.
500.16(3) A validation sticker replacement including
the cab card is $3.50.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.22.
761—500.17(326) Suspension for nonpayment of
registration fees. The office of motor carrier services shall send a notice
of delinquency to all registrants whose registration fees are 30 days overdue.
The notice of delinquency will state that the registrant’s IRP
registrations shall be suspended unless payment is received within 30 days.
When a registrant is under suspension, all of the registrant’s
Iowa–based IRP vehicles shall be suspended.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.16.
761—500.18(326) Suspension of registration if
payment is dishonored by a financial institution. The department may
suspend a registrant’s registration and plates if the registrant’s
payment is not honored in accordance with Iowa Code sections 321.101 and
326.10A.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.10A.
761—500.19(326) Making claim for refund. A
refund of fees previously paid for the registration of vehicles may be made in
accordance with Iowa Code sections 321.173 and 326.15. A claim for refund on an
IRP registered vehicle(s) may be obtained from the office of motor carrier
services.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.15.
761—500.20(326) Registration expiration and
enforcement dates. The annual registration of IRP vehicles expires on
December 31 at midnight. Credentials for the current year for vehicles being
renewed under IRP shall be displayed by 12:01 a.m. on March 15.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.14.
761—500.21(326) Registration of vehicles with
non–Iowa titles. Registrants applying for registration for
non–Iowa titled vehicles shall submit to the office of motor carrier
services with the application or payment as specified in rule
761—500.7(326) either a photocopy of the non–Iowa title or a copy of
the title application if the title has not been issued. If a jurisdiction does
not issue titles, a photocopy of the bill of sale or a copy of the Canadian
registration shall accompany the application or payment.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
326.45.
761—500.22(326) Record retention.
500.22(1) Record retention requirement and penalty.
Iowa IRP registrants shall preserve the records upon which their registration is
based as required by the IRP and Iowa Code section 326.19. The department may
assess a penalty upon registrants who have failed to maintain proper
records.
500.22(2) Mileage records. Mileage records shall be
preserved for the current registration year and the three preceding registration
years. Mileage summaries must be supported by individual vehicle mileage
records to provide an auditable system.
500.22(3) Source documents. Individual vehicle
mileage records as specified in the IRP audit guidelines shall be acceptable to
verify fleet mileage. The individual vehicle mileage record must include all of
the following:
a. Date of trip (starting and ending dates);
b. Trip origin and destination;
c. Routes of travel;
d. Total trip miles;
e. Mileage by jurisdiction; and
f. Unit number or vehicle identification number.
Odometer readings may be substituted for routes of travel if
the substitution is approved by the department.
500.22(4) Reaudit and assessment. If an audit
determines that a registrant has not maintained adequate mileage rec–
ords, the following procedures shall apply:
a. The department shall send an audit report to the
registrant, detailing the areas of noncompliance.
b. After a three–month grace period, the department
shall reaudit the registrant’s records to monitor improve–ment. If
the registrant’s record–keeping system is not in compliance at the
time of the reaudit, the department shall assess an audit penalty. The penalty
shall equal 20 percent of the registrant’s projected full Iowa fees for
the registration year audited.
c. After an initial billing, the registrant shall be subject
to periodic reaudits, and penalties may be assessed for up to three full years
of subsequent noncompliance, pursuant to the IRP agreement.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.19
and 326.19A.
761—500.23(326) Trip permits. The registrants
may meet the registration requirements of Iowa Code chapter 326 by operating
under a trip permit. However, moves that are intrastate or exceed legal
dimensions or weight and operate under permit as specified in Iowa Code chapter
321E shall not be allowed. Trip permits may be obtained as follows:
500.23(1) The registrant, permit service or process
agent may request trip permits by facsimile, telephone, the Internet or mail
from the office of motor carrier services. Such requests shall include the
appropriate permit fee remittance. Registrants purchasing trip permits in
advance of use may not return unused permits for a refund.
500.23(2) Permits may be purchased directly from truck
stops in several locations across the state that have executed a “Trip
Permit Agreement.” The registrant may obtain a list of participating
truck stops by contacting the office of motor carrier services.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 326.23
and 326.46.
ARC 2015B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 452A.59, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 505, “Interstate Motor Vehicle Fuel
Permits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to this chapter make corrections that were
identified as a result of reviews conducted in accordance with Executive Order
Number 8. The following summarizes these changes:
• Amend the rules to reflect
current practices, Iowa Code changes and Iowa Department of
Transportation’s participation in the International Fuel Tax
Agreement.
• Update the definitions to
reflect compliance with the International Fuel Tax Agreement.
• Add language to allow for
waivers in special or emergency circumstances.
• Increase penalty fees for
failure to file and late filing of quarterly reports from $10 to $50 or 10
percent of the total tax due, whichever is greater.
• Change the bond
requirement to comply with current practices and the International Fuel Tax
Agreement.
• Change the title of the
chapter.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than October 22, 2002.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, October 24, 2002, at 1 p.m. in the DOT conference room at Park
Fair Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
452A.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend the title of
761—Chapter 505 as follows:
CHAPTER 505
INTERSTATE MOTOR VEHICLE FUEL
LICENSES
AND PERMITS
ITEM 2. Amend rule 761—505.1(452A)
as follows:
761—505.1(452A) Definitions.
“Department” shall mean
means the Iowa department of transportation.
“Fuel(s)” shall mean means
and include includes motor fuel and special fuel as
defined in Iowa Code sections section 452A.2 and
452A.33, respectively.
“IFTA member jurisdiction” means a jurisdiction
that is a member of the International Fuel Tax Agreement. A list of
jurisdictions and their membership statuses may be obtained by contacting the
office of motor carrier services.
“International Fuel Tax Agreement (IFTA)” is a
multijurisdiction agreement for the administration of motor fuel tax laws for
vehicles operated in multiple member jurisdictions.
“Lease” shall mean means a
contract or agreement by which a vehicle owner (lessor) provides a vehicle to a
person or company (lessee) for use during a specified period of time.
1. “Long–term lease” shall
mean means a lease for a period of 30 days or more.
2. “Short–term lease” shall
mean means a lease for a period of 29 days or less including
trip leases. Back–to–back leases of 29 days or less are considered
short–term leases.
“Licensee” means any person who holds a valid
fuel license.
“Non–IFTA member jurisdiction” means a
jurisdiction that is not a member of the International Fuel Tax Agreement. A
list of jurisdictions and their membership statuses may be obtained by
contacting the office of motor carrier services.
“Permanent fuel permit Fuel
license” or “permanent permit
license” shall mean a permanent interstate fuel
permit means an International Fuel Tax License issued pursuant
to Iowa Code section 452A.53.
“Permit” shall mean either a permanent
interstate fuel permit license issued pursuant to Iowa Code section 452A.53, a
single trip fuel permit issued pursuant to Iowa Code section 452A.53, or both
depending on the context in which used.
“Permittee” shall mean
means any person who holds an uncanceled a valid
permanent interstate temporary fuel permit or a
single trip fuel permit.
“Qualified motor vehicle” means a motor vehicle
or combination of vehicles used or designed to transport persons or property if
any of the following apply:
1. The vehicle or combination of vehicles weighs more than
26,000 pounds.
2. The vehicle or combination of vehicles is registered for
more than 26,000 pounds.
3. The power unit has three or more axles.
“Qualified motor vehicle” does not include
recreational vehicles.
“Quarter” shall mean means
calendar quarter, January 1 to March 31, April 1 to June 30, July 1 to
September 30, and October 1 to December 31.
“Temporary fuel permit” or “temporary
permit” shall mean means a single trip fuel permit
issued pursuant to Iowa Code section 452A.53.
In addition to the preceding definitions, all of the
definitions contained in Iowa Code sections 452A.2, 452A.33,
and 452A.57 shall govern the rules in this chapter, where not inconsistent with
the above definitions.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
452A.2, 452A.33, and 452A.57.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 761—505.2(452A)
as follows:
761—505.2(452A) General information.
505.2(1) Location. Applications, forms and
information on interstate motor vehicle fuel permits and licenses are
available by mail from the Office of Motor Carrier Services, Iowa Department of
Transportation, P.O. Box 10382, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–0382;
or in person at its location in Park Fair Mall, 100 Euclid
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa; by telephone (515)237–3264; or by
facsimile (515)237–3257.
505.2(2) Organizational data. The office of motor
carrier services of the department’s motor vehicle division is authorized,
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 452A, division III, to:
a. Issue permanent or single trip interstate fuel
permits fuel licenses or temporary fuel permits.
b. Compute and collect interstate motor fuel taxes on
fuel purchased outside Iowa and used within Iowa.
c. Issue refunds for fuel taxes paid on motor fuel and
special fuel purchased in Iowa and not used in this state. Refund
overpayments of interstate fuel taxes.
d. Administer agreements with other jurisdictions for the
collection and refund of interstate motor fuel tax. In accordance with this,
the department has adopted the international fuel tax agreement
International Fuel Tax Agreement (IFTA) and all of its provisions
are hereby incorporated in this chapter of rules. Such agreement
and any revisions thereto are hereby incorporated into this chapter.
International Fuel Tax Agreement governing documents do not create rights in the
taxpayer. A copy of the agreement may be obtained by writing
to contacting the office of motor carrier services at
the address in subrule 505.2(1) or may be reviewed through the
Internet at www.iftach.org.
505.2(3) Waiver of rules. In accordance
with 761— Chapter 11, the director of transportation may waive, on the
director’s own motion or in response to a petition, provisions of this
chapter. A waiver shall not be granted unless the director finds that special
or emergency circumstances exist.
“Special or emergency circumstances” means one
or more of the following:
a. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to
cooperate with cities, counties, other state agencies or other states in
response to a national or other disaster.
b. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to
cooperate with national defense officials.
c. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to
cooperate with public or private utilities in order to maintain their public
services.
d. Circumstances where the movement is essential to ensure
safety and protection of any person or property due to events such as, but not
limited to, pollution of natural resources, a potential fire or an
explosion.
e. Circumstances where weather or transportation problems
create an undue hardship for citizens of the state of Iowa.
f. Circumstances where movement involves
emergency–type vehicles.
g. Uncommon or extraordinary circumstances where the
movement is essential to the existence of an Iowa business and the move may be
accomplished without causing undue hazard to the safety of the traveling public
or undue damage to private or public property.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 452A.51
and 452A.56.
ITEM 4. Rescind rule
761—505.3(452A) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
761—505.3(452A) General stipulations.
505.3(1) IFTA member requirements. In order to enter
this state and not be in violation of Iowa Code section 452A.52, the operator of
the qualified motor vehicle based in an IFTA member jurisdiction must do one of
the following:
a. Possess a fuel license pursuant to Iowa Code section
452A.53.
b. Purchase a temporary fuel permit pursuant to Iowa Code
section 452A.53 and subrule 505.3(9) when entering or before entering the
state.
505.3(2) Non–IFTA member requirements. The
operator of a qualified motor vehicle based in a non–IFTA member
jurisdiction must do one of the following:
a. Possess a fuel license pursuant to Iowa Code section
452A.53.
b. Purchase a temporary fuel permit pursuant to Iowa Code
section 452A.53 and subrule 505.3(9) when entering or before entering the
state.
c. Enter the state with 30 gallons of fuel or less.
d. Enter the state with only Iowa tax paid fuel.
505.3(3) Determination of fuel supply. To determine
if a vehicle has entered the state with more than 30 gallons of fuel, the total
of all fuel in all tanks that could be used to fuel the power source of the
vehicle shall be considered to reach a total gallonage. The fuel tank connected
to a “reefer unit” which can neither be directly nor indirectly
connected to the power source of the vehicle shall not be considered in arriving
at the 30 gallon total.
505.3(4) Fuel license.
a. A fuel license may be obtained from the office of motor
carrier services at a cost of $10. The application must be complete and
include, but not be limited to, the following information:
(1) Name and address of company, corporation, or owner who
operates or controls the qualified motor vehicle(s);
(2) Name(s) and address(es) of principal or corporate
officers;
(3) Signature and telephone number of contact person;
and
(4) A power of attorney if someone other than an officer or
employee of the company will be completing quarterly reports or requesting
information from the department.
b. The fuel license remains valid until canceled or revoked.
The reporting and computation procedure for a fuel license allows for the
payment of taxes due and a refund of any overpayment. All persons holding a
valid fuel license must file quarterly reports with the department.
505.3(5) Number of temporary permits or licenses
required. No vehicle may operate under more than one license or temporary
permit at a time.
505.3(6) Possession of the license or temporary
permit. A license or temporary permit must be carried in the vehicle to meet
the requirements of Iowa Code chapter 452A. Several vehicles may be operated
and reported under the same license by making a photocopy of the license and
carrying it in each vehicle operating under said license. A license, copy of a
license or temporary permit is void if altered. A duplicate license may be
purchased from the office of motor carrier services for a charge of 50
cents.
505.3(7) Cancellation and reissuance.
a. If a qualified motor vehicle operating under a license is
consistently operated only within the state or only outside the state, the
licensee or the department shall request that the license be canceled for
nonuse.
b. A fuel license that has been cancelled for cause pursuant
to Iowa Code section 452A.68 may be reinstated if a bond is filed.
505.3(8) Bond requirements.
a. Bonds shall be required in the following
situations:
(1) When a previous fuel licensee is reapplying for a fuel
license and has two or more outstanding fuel billings due for periods within the
three years prior to date of application for a new license;
(2) When a previous fuel licensee is reapplying for a new fuel
license and has failed to file two or more reports for a calendar year within
the three years prior to date of application for a new license;
(3) When a previous fuel licensee is reapplying for a new
license and has filed reports late for two or more reporting periods for a
calendar year within the three years prior to date of application for a new fuel
license; or
(4) When an audit indicates problems severe enough that a bond
is required to protect the interests of member jurisdictions.
b. Bonds required shall be payable to the state of Iowa, in
the minimum amount of $500 or the equivalent to at least twice the estimated
average tax liability for the reporting period in which the licensee will be
required to file a tax return, whichever is greater.
c. A copy of such bond shall be filed with the office of motor
carrier services before a new license shall be issued. The office of motor
carrier services shall be notified of bond cancellation 30 days before the
cancellation is effective.
505.3(9) Temporary fuel permits.
a. A temporary fuel permit may be obtained by any person
operating a qualified motor vehicle that is not otherwise covered by a license.
The temporary permit may be obtained from the office of motor carrier services
at a cost of $20. The temporary permit may also be obtained from permit
services, processing agents or truck stops designated by the department. A
designated list of authorized business locations may be obtained from the office
of motor carrier services upon request. An application for a temporary permit
may be made by phone, facsimile or electronically to the office of motor carrier
services. Permittees who purchase temporary fuel permits in advance of use may
not return unused permits for refund.
b. The temporary fuel permit is valid for 72 consecutive hours
from the date and hour appearing on the temporary permit or upon departure from
Iowa, whichever occurs first. A new temporary permit is required in order to
reenter the state. While a permittee is operating under a temporary permit,
unlimited travel is allowed within Iowa. No refund of tax paid on overpurchases
of Iowa fuel is allowed.
c. Application may be made to the office of motor carrier
services or at locations designated by the department. Alternate locations
designated shall be approved “truck stops” as defined in Iowa Code
section 326.23. These truck stops shall obtain prepaid temporary fuel permits
at a cost of $20 each. If a truck stop subsequently ceases to sell temporary
permits, the remaining unissued permits may be redeemed at the office of motor
carrier services for the same price paid to obtain them. When a temporary
permit is purchased from the truck stop, it shall be issued at a price of $20
plus any specific cost attributable directly to that purchase. The effective
date of a temporary fuel permit shall be the date and hour of purchase from the
truck stop.
d. An application for a temporary fuel permit shall include,
but is not limited to, the following information:
(1) The name and address of the person who owns or controls
the vehicle;
(2) The make, year, serial number, license number, and unit
number of the vehicle; and
(3) The address to which the temporary permit is to be sent,
if applicable.
e. The temporary permit fee shall also accompany the
application unless a method of collection upon delivery is requested.
f. A temporary permit shall not be transferred and is valid
only for the carrier and the vehicle that are described on the permit. Once a
temporary permit has been issued to a qualified motor vehicle, the purchase
price is nonrefundable.
g. The temporary permit must be completed and carried in the
qualified motor vehicle for which it is issued.
h. The 72–hour period for which the temporary permit is
valid may be extended for “emergencies,” such as extreme weather
conditions when travel is not advisable or other instances, at the discretion of
the office of motor carrier services.
i. A temporary fuel permit is invalid if the permittee has
outstanding IFTA fuel tax bills.
j. Fees for a temporary permit may be paid by cash, company or
personal check, or credit card through Vital Chek. At the discretion of the
department, a payment procedure may also be established to allow for monthly
billing. The following procedures shall apply:
(1) Applicants shall deposit sufficient funds with
thepermit–issuing authority to guarantee payment of fees for the average
number of permits ordered monthly. Deposits may be used to pay outstanding fees
due when payment is not received upon billing.
(2) Monthly billings shall be sent to account
holders.
(3) All future permit activity may be suspended after written
notice of suspension to the account holder when the following requirements are
not met:
1. Payment shall be received within 30 days from the date of
the billing.
2. All information listed on the account holder’s permit
shall match the information listed on the permit–issuing authority’s
permit.
(4) Account privileges may be permanently canceled for cause
after written notice to the account holder.
(5) Any account holder in good standing may close the account
and request return of the deposit. Accounts closed under these circumstances
may be reopened.
505.3(10) Qualified motor vehicles on lease.
a. Long–term lease. Under normal circumstances the
lessee is responsible for reporting all mileage and fuel activity unless
otherwise specified by the lease. Supporting documentation including the lease
must be made available to confirm the responsibility.
b. Short–term lease. The lessor is responsible for
reporting all mileage and fuel activity unless otherwise specified by the lease.
Supporting documentation such as a maintenance agreement or lease must be made
available to confirm the responsibility.
c. Purchase receipts. Purchase receipts must be made out in
the name of the lessor, lessee or cash and must identify the vehicle for which
the purchase is made by showing one of the following: vehicle license number,
full vehicle identification number (VIN) or fleet unit number.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 452A.52,
452A.53, 452A.54, 452A.58 and 452A.68.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 761—505.4(452A)
as follows:
761—505.4(452A) Quarterly reports.
505.4(1) Failure to file. All holders of
uncanceled permanent fuel permits valid fuel
licensees shall file quarterly reports with the Iowa
department of transportation. If a permittee
licensee has not traveled in Iowa, the report shall still be
filed;. failure Failure to file
is cause for revocation of the permit license and
assessment of a $10 penalty.
505.4(2) Filing deadline. All persons holding
uncanceled permanent a valid fuel
permits license, pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code
section 452A.53, shall file quarterly reports with the department of
transportation and either remit any tax due no later than the last day
of the month following the last day of the quarter covered by the report, or
request a refund no later than the last day of the third month following the
last day of the quarter covered by the report. If the claim for refund is filed
late after that date, the refund shall be
disallowed.
505.4(3) Reporting multiple vehicles on single
permanent permit license. When several vehicles
are operated under a single permanent permit, they shall be so operated and
reported on a consistent basis. All operations, both interstate and intrastate,
shall be reported if a vehicle is operated pursuant to a permanent
permit. The licensee shall select which vehicles may be operated
under the license. All miles traveled, interstate and intrastate, and all fuel
purchased for those vehicles shall be reported on a consistent
basis.
505.4(4) Tax payment or
refund—computation. Permanent permit holders are
responsible for payment of the tax on all fuel consumed in their motor vehicles
while operated on the highways of this state, less any tax–paid purchases
made in this state in excess of the amount consumed. The quarterly computation
of the tax due or the amount to be refunded shall be as
follows:
a. Computation of the difference between the total
gallons of fuel purchased and consumed in Iowa. The following computation shall
be done separately for each type of fuel purchased or consumed during the
quarter.
(1) The total miles traveled in all states shall be
divided by the total gallons of fuel consumed in all states less any gallons of
fuel used for nonhighway purposes. This quotient represents average miles per
gallon.
Permanent permit holders have the burden of proof of
nonhighway fuel use. Pumping credits are figured according to 701—subrule
64.7(2), IAC.
(2) The total number of miles traveled in Iowa shall
be divided by the average miles per gallon derived in subparagraph
505.4(4)“a”(1) above. This quotient represents the gallons of fuel
consumed in Iowa.
(3) The difference between the total gallons of fuel
consumed in Iowa, and the total gallons of tax–paid
purchases of fuel in Iowa (less Iowa tax refunds or credits for nonhighway use
allowed by the Iowa department of revenue and finance), shall be computed. This
amount shall be the gallonage upon which the tax due or the amount to be
refunded shall be computed.
(4) The gallonage derived in subparagraph
505.4(4)“a”(3) above shall be multiplied by the appropriate tax rate
per gallon. This represents the amount of tax due or the amount subject to
refund.
b. Refunds shall be computed separately for
each fuel type. If a refund for a fuel type does not exceed $10, it shall not
be processed unless there is more than one type of fuel reported on one return
and the combined refunds for all fuel types exceed $10.
c. A refund shall not be used to offset the tax which
may be due on another fuel type or in another quarter.
505.4(5) Refunds of tax on fuel purchased in Iowa and
consumed out of Iowa. Even though fuel is purchased in Iowa, fuel tax is paid
in Iowa, and the excess fuel tax paid is subject to refund under the provisions
of Iowa Code chapter 452A, division III, relating to interstate motor vehicle
operation, the refund is not subject to state sales tax.
505.4(6) Timely filing of report.
a. The interstate fuel tax report required under Iowa Code
section 452A.54 shall be deemed timely filed if received in the office of
motor carrier services or postpaid, properly addressed, and postmarked by
the United States Postal Service on or before midnight of the filing deadline.
If the filing date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the next
secular or business day shall be the filing deadline.
b. All reports and remittances shall be addressed to: Iowa
Department of Transportation, P.O. Box 10345 10382, Des
Moines, Iowa 50306.
c. If a report or remittance is not received by the
department, but and the taxpayer can prove by competent
evidence that the return or remittance was timely filed, the report shall be
considered timely filed. For the purpose of this rule, competent evidence means
evidence in addition to the testimony of the sender sufficient or adequate to
prove that the document was mailed on a specific date.
505.4(7) Extension of time to file. The department
may grant an extension for the filing of any required report or tax payment. In
order for an extension to be granted, the application requesting such extension
must be filed with the department of transportation prior to
the due date of the report or remittance. In determining whether an application
for extension is timely filed, the provisions of subrules 505.4(2) and 505.4(6)
shall apply. The application for extension shall be accompanied by an
explanation of the circumstances justifying an extension. Any extension granted
shall be documented on a form issued by the department indicating the length of
the extension. This form shall be attached to the report when it is filed. If
an extension is granted, the penalties under Iowa Code section 452A.65
applicable to a late–filed report or remittance shall not accrue until the
expiration of the extension period.
505.4(8) Penalties.
a. When a person fails to remit at least 90 percent of
the taxes by the due date, a penalty of 5 percent of the taxes due shall be
added. A penalty of $50 or 10 percent of the total tax due,
whichever is greater, shall be assessed against the taxpayer if the report is
not filed by the due date in accordance with subrule 505.4(6).
b. If the quarterly report shows no taxes owed or a refund
due, the penalty for filing a late report after the due
date is $10 $50.
505.4(9) and 505.4(10) No change.
505.4(11) Application of remittance. All payments
shall be first applied to the interest, then to the penalty and then the
balance, if any, on the amount of tax then due.
If a taxpayer remits a payment on or before the due date, but
the payment is insufficient to discharge the tax liability, the entire amount of
such payment shall apply to the tax, and
any. Any penalty or interest subsequently
assessed shall be based on the unpaid portion of the tax.
If the department determines there is additional tax due from
a taxpayer, interest and penalty shall accrue on that amount from the date it
should have been reported and paid.
505.4(12) Reports, records and variations. The
department shall prescribe and furnish all forms upon which reports, claims for
refund, and permit temporary permits, and license
applications shall be made under Iowa Code chapter 452A, division III.
a. If the information required in these documents is presented
to the department on forms or in a manner other than on the prescribed form, the
report, application or claim shall not be deemed “filed.”
b. The fact that the reporting party does not have the
prescribed form shall not be an adequate acceptable
reason for failure to file. The office of motor carrier services at the
address in subrule 505.2(1) may be contacted to request copies of any
forms needed. The department may also prescribe the form of the records
which the reporting parties are required to keep in support of the reports they
file.
505.4(13) Estimate Estimating
gallonage. It is the duty of the department of transportation to
collect all taxes on fuel relating to interstate activities due the state of
Iowa.
a. In the event the taxpayer’s records are lacking or
inadequate to support any report filed by such taxpayer or to
determine the tax liability, the department shall have the power to estimate the
gallonage upon which tax is due. This estimation shall be based upon such
factors as, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Prior experience of the taxpayer,
(2) Taxpayers in similar situations,
(3) Industry averages,
(4) Records of suppliers or customers, or
(5) Such other pertinent information as the department may
possess, obtain or examine.
b. The findings of the department of
transportation as to the amount of fuel taxes due from any person shall
be presumed to be the correct amount and in any litigation which may follow, the
certificate of the department of transportation shall be
admitted in evidence, shall be considered to be true and accurate unless shown
otherwise by an objecting party and shall impose upon the other party the burden
of showing any error in the department’s finding and the extent thereof,
or showing that the finding was contrary to law.
505.4(14) Information confidential. Iowa Code section
452A.63, which makes all information obtained from reports or records required
to be filed or kept under Iowa Code chapter 452A confidential, applies generally
to the director, deputies, auditors, agents, officers, or other
employees of the department. However, any person having acquired information
disclosed in a taxpayer’s filed report shall be bound by the same rules of
confidentiality. The information may only be divulged to the appropriate public
officials enumerated in Iowa Code section 452A.63.
505.4(15) Taxes erroneously or illegally collected.
Any permit holder licensee shall be entitled to a
return refund of taxes, penalties, or interest
erroneously or illegally collected by the department or as a result of a
computation error. The claim must be filed within a year of payment and
accompanied by evidence to support the claim. The written
request for the refund of the taxes, penalties or interest must be filed
with the department within one year of the time the taxes,
penalties or interest were paid, filed by the permit holder who remitted the
taxes, penalties or interest to the department and accompanied by evidence to
support the claim showing that the remittance for taxes, penalties or interest
was submitted or collected in error. If the erroneous collection was the result
of a computational error on the part of the taxpayer and that error is
discovered by the department, the taxes shall be credited or refunded and a
written request shall not be necessary. If the request for refund
includes the return of penalties or interest, the interest or penalties shall be
refunded in the same proportion as the tax.
505.4(16) Supplemental billings. The amount due is
payable upon being billed by the office of motor carrier services. Billings
shall be generated by the department for the collection of additional amounts
due in the following circumstances. : The
amount due shall be due and payable upon receipt of the billing by the
taxpayer.
a. Penalties are assessed under the provisions of subrule
505.4(8).
b. Interest is assessed under the provisions of subrule
505.4(10).
c. An error in the computation on the front of the report
results in additional tax due.
d. There is a failure to remit payment for part or all of the
tax due with the filed report.
e. A check is remitted for payment and the
check Payment is remitted and subsequently not honored
by the taxpayer’s bank.
f. A payment of application fees is by check and the
check is subsequently not honored by the taxpayer’s
bank.
g
f. Taxes, penalties or
interest are assessed as the result of an audit.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 452A.54,
452A.55, 452A.60, 452A.61, 452A.63, 452A.64, and 452A.65.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 761—505.5(452A)
as follows:
761—505.5(452A) Audits—required
reports.
505.5(1) Delegation to audit and examine. Pursuant to
Iowa Code sections 452A.53, 452A.55, and 452A.62, the department of
transportation reserves the right to examine returns and records,
make perform audits and determine the correct amount of
tax due.
505.5(2) Statute of limitations. Within three years
after a return is filed, the department may audit the return to determine the
accuracy of taxes paid. There is no time limitation on collection activities
for any tax, penalty or interest due the department of
transportation.
505.5(3) Outstanding tax, penalty, or interest for
canceled and inactive permits licenses. Any outstanding
taxes, penalties, or interest must be paid before reapplying for a
new permanent fuel license permit shall be
issued.
505.5(4) Audit period—records—costs. The
statute of limitations on the determination of any additional tax liability
shall be three years after a return is filed; therefore, all rec– ords
must be kept for three four years after a return is
filed.
a. No change.
b. The cost of an audit shall be at the taxpayer’s
expense when:
(1) The the records are maintained
outside the state of Iowa and the state in which they are kept charges
Iowa–based taxpayers in similar situations; or
(2) An audit reveals an additional tax liability
exceeding $500.
505.5(5) Taxpayers required to keep records. The
records required to be kept by this rule shall be preserved for a period of
three four years after a return is filed unless
otherwise stated and shall be open for examination by the department during this
period of time. A permittee licensee shall retain
invoices or other proofs of purchase which meet the requirements of subrule
505.5(6). The fact that the tax has been paid shall appear on the proof of
purchase. These invoices and other records required to be kept shall be
retained for a period of three years after a return is filed. In the case of an
interstate operator who uses a motor vehicle special fuel holding tank, as
defined in Iowa Code section 452A.33, the invoices covering the special fuel
placed in the holding tank shall be retained for the three–year period
following the date on which a return is filed.
505.5(6) Records to be kept and preserved.
a. Every person required to file a quarterly report under Iowa
Code section 452A.54 shall keep and preserve the following records:
(1) Fuel purchase invoices; or
documentation of fuel withdrawn from bulk storage.
(2) Log books; and
(3)
(2) Trip sheets or other
documentation of mileage activity.
b. Whenever an invoice is required to be kept or prepared by
Iowa Code chapter 452A or these rules, the following shall be the minimal
requirements which must be complied with:
(1) It must include the seller’s name and
address.
(2) It must include the purchaser’s name and
address.
(3) It must contain a vehicle serial number, fleet unit number
or vehicle license number.
(4) It must include the calendar date of purchase.
(5) It must indicate the type of fuel purchased.
(6) It must indicate the quantity of fuel purchased.
(7) It must indicate the total purchase price.
(8) If the purchase is of special fuel, the
fact that the fuel tax is included in the purchase price must be
indicated.
c. to e. No change.
505.5(7) New permanent permittees
licensees. When a person is issued a new permanent
permit license, the department of
transportation may, within one year of issuance of the
permit license, audit the records of the new
permittee licensee for a period going back two years
from the date of issuance. After the one year has expired, the audit
period is again three years. (See subrule 505.5(6) for the records required to
be kept.)
505.5(8) Nonlicense and
Nonpermit nonpermit holders. All persons who bring into
the state an excess of 30 gallons of fuel in a commercial
a qualified motor vehicle, upon which the Iowa tax on said fuel
has not been paid, are operating within the purview of these rules as stated in
Iowa Code section 452A.55. They are therefore subject to audit and must keep
the same records required of permit holders a fuel
licensee.
505.5(9) Interstate—intrastate
operators—motor vehicle special fuel holding tanks. If a person operates
one or more commercial qualified motor vehicles under a
permanent permit fuel license and also operates one or
more commercial qualified motor vehicles which are not
operated under the permanent permit fuel license, record
keeping regarding the fuel consumed from the special holding tank may be
performed in either of the following ways:
a. Operators of interstate vehicles shall be given an invoice
that meets the standards set forth in Iowa Code section 452A.17, subsection 3,
for each tank fill, and the vehicle operator must then log the mileage;
or
b. The permit holder licensee shall
report total miles driven and total fuel used from the bulk tank, including both
interstate and intrastate vehicles.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 452A.53,
452A.55, 452A.60, 452A.62, and 452A.69.
ITEM 7. Amend paragraph
505.6(2)“b” as follows:
b. If a permit holder licensee
disputes the findings of an investigation or audit by the department, the
permit holder licensee may request a hearing to present
further evidence, information or records to support the claim. The written
request for hearing shall be directed to the attention of the director of the
office of motor carrier services at the address in subrule
505.2(1) within 30 days of the date of notice of audit results issued
by the department.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
September 1, 2001 — September 30, 2001 7.25%
October 1, 2001 — October 31, 2001 7.00%
November 1, 2001 — November 30, 2001 6.75%
December 1, 2001 — December 31, 2001 6.50%
January 1, 2002 — January 31, 2002 6.75%
February 1, 2002 — February 28, 2002 7.00%
March 1, 2002 — March 31, 2002 7.00%
April 1, 2002 — April 30, 2002 7.00%
May 1, 2002 — May 31, 2002 7.25%
June 1, 2002 — June 30, 2002 7.25%
July 1, 2002 — July 31, 2002 7.25%
August 1, 2002 — August 31, 2002 7.00%
September 1, 2002 — September 30, 2002 6.75%
October 1, 2002 — October 31, 2002 6.25%
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 2038B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment rescinds rules 282—14.1(272) through
282—14.34(272), which are no longer effective and have been incorporated
elsewhere in rules 282—14.101(272) through 14.143(272).
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the amendment
allows the current effective rules to be viewed without confusion about which
rules are effective and which rules are not effective.
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that this amendment confers benefits
and removes restrictions on the public, such that the normal effective date of
this amendment should be waived and the amendment should be made effective upon
publication on October 2, 2002.
The Board of Educational Examiners adopted this amendment on
September 6, 2002.
This amendment becomes effective October 2, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind rules 282—14.1(272) through
282—14.34(272).
[Filed Emergency 9/13/02, effective 10/2/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2032B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6, 239B.4,
and 249A.4, the Department of Human Services amends Chapter 40,
“Application for Aid,” Chapter 65, “Administration,” and
Chapter 76, “Application and Investigation,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments provide that applications for FIP, food
stamps, or Medicaid delivered to a Department local office when the office is
closed will be considered received on the next Department workday. Current
rules allow applications to be filed in a less–than–full–time
office only when an income maintenance worker is on duty to receive the
application.
The amendments also provide that applications for food stamps
may be filed in any Department local office. The definition of
“administrative area” is rescinded. References to the Department
office in the administrative area where the food stamp household resides are
replaced with references to the local food stamp office where the food stamp
case is assigned. This change will allow food stamp cases to be transferred
from one county office to another, instead of canceling the case when a family
moves out of the “administrative area” and forcing the family to
reapply for food stamp benefits.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because federal food stamp regulations do not allow for waivers, and
because the changes are a benefit to applicants.
Notice of Intended Action on these amendments was published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on July 24, 2002, as ARC 1831B. The
Department received no comments on the Notice of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002. These amendments are identical to those published in the
Notice of Intended Action.
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit
upon applicants for food stamps, FIP, and Medicaid in counties with
less–than–full–time offices by safeguarding their filing date
when the application arrives at a time when the office is not open. These
amendments also confer a benefit upon food stamp recipients who move from one
county to another, by continuing their benefits. Therefore, these amendments
are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2). The normal
effective date of these amendments shall be waived and the amendments made
effective on October 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.12, 239B.2, and 249A.4.
These amendments became effective October 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [40.23, 65.1, 65.2, 65.4(2), 65.9, 65.19(2)“b,”
65.31, 65.36(4)“a,” 76.1(1), 76.1(2)] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1831B,
IAB 7/24/02.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 9/12/02, effective
10/1/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2033B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services amends Chapter 58, “Emergency Assistance
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments expand and clarify the policies of the
Emergency Assistance Program, as a result of the rules review conducted under
Executive Order Number 8. Changes include:
• Clarifying what
constitutes a valid application.
• Specifying that a new
application is required when the previous application is denied, withdrawn, or
more than 30 days old.
• Allowing for the
possibility that the Department may designate another agency to determine
eligibility for the program.
• Clarifying verification
requirements, including acceptable verification and limits on
reverification.
• Clarifying the period of
ineligibility when someone in the household refuses or quits a job, goes on
strike, or chooses a FIP limited benefit plan.
• Adding requirements
related to eligibility for utility deposits or reconnection.
• Clarifying and
supplementing language on countable income.
• Adding requirements for
payment when the need is more than the maximum amount available and when the
vendor is a state employee.
• Clarifying requirements
for approval of additional payments within the 30–day authorization
period.
• Adding language about
refunds, donations, and warrants cashed by the client instead of the
provider.
• Adding language to clarify
procedures when program funds are exhausted.
• Rescinding obsolete
requirements and correcting references.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because individuals may request a waiver of emergency assistance
eligibility policies under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at
rule 441— 1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on July 24, 2002, as ARC
1830B. The Department received no comments on these amendments.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002. These amendments are identical to those published under
Notice of Intended Action.
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit
upon applicants for emergency assistance by clarifying eligibility requirements
and procedures. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.5(2)“b”(2). Since the annual funding period for the
Emergency Assistance Program begins on October 1, the normal effective date of
these amendments shall be waived and these amendments made effective on October
1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2326, section 102.
These amendments became effective October 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [58.23(1), 58.23(5), 58.24(1), 58.24(5) to 58.24(8), 58.25,
58.26(1), 58.26(2), 58.28(1) to 58.28(5), 58.29 to 58.31] is being omitted.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
1830B, IAB 7/24/02.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 9/12/02, effective
10/1/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2034B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services amends Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating
to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments add conditions for children’s hospitals
to qualify for Medicaid disproportionate share payments from the Graduate
Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund, as directed by 2002 Iowa
Acts, House File 2487.
The Graduate Medical Education and Disproportionate Share Fund
was created in 1997 to provide a means of directly reimbursing qualifying
hospitals for the costs associated with providing medical education and serving
a disproportionate share of poor, indigent, nonreimbursed, or nominally
reimbursed patients. The Department applies a formula to the cost and
utilization data for each hospital qualifying for disproportionate share
payments to obtain a dollar value. Each hospital’s dollar value is
divided by the total dollar value for all qualifying hospitals, resulting in a
percentage, which is applied to the amount allocated for disproportionate share
payments for the year to determine the payment to that hospital. Payments are
issued in monthly installments.
The amendments allow certain hospitals with distinct areas
that provide services predominantly to children to report their costs and
Medicaid utilization for those areas separately for purposes of qualifying for
disproportionate share payments. To qualify for payment, a children’s
hospital must be a voting member of the National Association of Children’s
Hospitals and Related Institutions and have Medicaid and low–income
utilization rates in the children’s area of 1 percent or greater. Under
current rules, the whole hospital must qualify, and either the low–income
utilization rate must exceed 25 percent or the Medicaid inpatient utilization
rate must exceed one standard deviation from the statewide average
rate.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because all children’s hospitals should be subject to the same
formula for disproportionate share payments. Hospitals may request a waiver of
any part of the formula under the Department’s general rule on exceptions
at rule 441—1.8(217).
The Department finds that notice and public comment are
unnecessary, impracticable, and contrary to the public interest because the
legislature directed that children’s hospitals be qualified for
disproportionate share payments based on membership in the National Association
of Children’s Hospitals and Related Institutions effective July 1, 2002.
The additional Medicaid and low–income utilization rate thresholds are
required by federal law. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa
Code section 17A.4(2).
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(1), that the normal effective date of these amendments
should be waived and these amendments made effective upon filing. These
amendments confer a benefit on children’s hospitals and on the public by
promptly providing the statutorily mandated payments set out in 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2487.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 2047B to allow for public comment.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
September 11, 2002. Payments will be made pursuant to these rules retroactive
to July 1, 2002, pursuant to the effective date of the legislation.
These amendments are intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2487, section 1.
These amendments became effective September 12,
2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “a,” definitions of “blended base
amount,” “blended capital costs,” “capital costs,”
“case–mix adjusted,” “case–mix index,”
“children’s hospitals,” “direct medical education
costs,” “direct medical education rate,”
“disproportionate share percentage,” “indirect medical
education rate,” “low–income utilization rate,” and
“Medicaid inpatient utilization rate,” as follows:
“Blended base amount” shall mean the
case–mix adjusted, hospital–specific operating cost per discharge
associated with treating Medicaid patients, plus the statewide average
case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge, divided by two.
This base amount is the value to which add–on payments for inflation and
capital costs are added to form a final payment rate. The costs of hospitals
receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not be used in
determining the statewide average case–mix adjusted operating cost per
Medicaid discharge.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate blended base amount shall be determined for any hospital that
qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a children’s
hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children, using only the
case–mix adjusted operating cost per discharge associated with treating
Medicaid patients in the distinct area or areas of the hospital where services
are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of age.
“Blended capital costs” shall mean
hospital–specific capital costs, plus statewide average capital costs,
divided by two. For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, separate blended capital costs shall be determined for any hospital that
qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a children’s
hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children, using only the
capital costs related to the distinct area or areas of the hospital where
services are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of
age.
“Capital costs” shall mean an add–on
to the blended base amount, which shall compensate for Medicaid’s
portion of capital costs. Capital costs for buildings, fixtures and movable
equipment are defined in the hospital’s base year cost report, are
case–mix adjusted, are adjusted to reflect 80 percent of allowable costs,
and are adjusted to be no greater than one standard deviation off the mean
Medicaid blended capital rate.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, separate capital costs shall be determined for any hospital that qualifies
for a disproportionate share payment only as a children’s hospital based
on a distinct area or areas serving children, using only the base year cost
report information related to the distinct area or areas of the hospital where
services are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of
age.
“Case–mix adjusted” shall mean the
division of thehospital–specific base amount or other applicable
components of the final payment rate by the hospital–specific
case–mix index. For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share
rate only, a separate case–mix adjustment shall be determined for any
hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a
children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children,
using the base amount or other applicable component for the distinct area or
areas of the hospital where services are provided predominantly to children
under 18 years of age.
“Case–mix index” shall mean an
arithmetical index measuring the relative average costliness of cases treated in
a hospital compared to the statewide average. For purposes of calculating
the disproportionate share rate only, a separate case–mix index shall be
determined for any hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment
only as a children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving
children, using the average costliness of cases treated in the distinct area or
areas of the hospital where services are provided predominantly to children
under 18 years of age.
“Children’s hospitals” shall mean
hospitals with inpatients predominantly under 18 years of age. For purposes
of qualifying for disproportionate share payments from the graduate medical
education and disproportionate share fund, a children’s hospital is
defined as a duly licensed hospital that:
1. Either provides services predominantly to children under
18 years of age or includes a distinct area or areas that provide services
predominantly to children under 18 years of age, and
2. Is a voting member of the National Association of
Children’s Hospitals and Related Institutions.
“Direct medical education costs” shall mean
costs directly associated with the medical education of interns and residents or
other medical education programs, such as a nursing education program or allied
health programs, conducted in an inpatient setting, that qualify for payment as
medical education costs under the Medicare program. The amount of direct
medical education costs is determined from the hospital base year cost reports
and is inflated and case–mix adjusted in determining the direct medical
education rate. On or after July 1, 1997, payment
Payment for direct medical education costs shall be made from the
graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund and shall not be
added to the reimbursement for claims with discharge dates on or after
July 1, 1997.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, separate direct medical education costs shall be determined for any
hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a
children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children,
using only costs associated with the distinct area or areas in the hospital
where services are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of
age.
“Direct medical education rate” shall mean
a rate calculated for a hospital reporting medical education costs on the
Medicare cost report (HCFA 2552). The rate is calculated using the following
formula: Direct medical education costs are multiplied by inflation factors.
The result is further divided by the hospital’s case–mix index, then
is divided by net discharges. This formula is limited by funding availability
that is legislatively appropriated.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate direct medical education rate shall be determined for any
hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a
children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children,
using the direct medical education costs, case–mix index, and net
discharges of the distinct area or areas in the hospital where services are
provided predominantly to children under 18 years of age.
“Disproportionate share percentage” shall
mean either(1) the product of 2½ percent
multiplied by the number of standard deviations by which the hospital’s
own Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds the statewide mean Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate for all hospitals, or (2)
2½ percent. (See
79.1(5)“y”(7).)
A separate disproportionate share percentage shall be
determined for any hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment
only as a children’s hospital, using the Medicaid inpatient utilization
rate for children under 18 years of age at the time of admission in all distinct
areas of the hospital where services are provided predominantly to children
under 18 years of age.
“Indirect medical education rate” shall
mean a rate calculated as follows: The statewide average case–mix
adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge, divided by two, is added to the
statewide average capital costs, divided by two. The resulting sum is then
multiplied by the ratio of the number of full–time equivalent interns and
residents serving in a Medicare–approved hospital teaching program divided
by the number of beds included in hospital departments served by the
interns’ and residents’ program, and is further multiplied by
1.159.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate indirect medical education rate shall be determined for any
hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a
children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving children,
using the number of full–time equivalent interns and residents and the
number of beds in the distinct area or areas in the hospital where services are
provided predominantly to children under 18 years of age.
“Low–income utilization rate” shall
mean the ratio of gross billings for all Medicaid, bad debt, and charity care
patients, including billings for Medicaid enrollees of managed care
organizations and primary care case management organizations, to total billings
for all patients. Gross billings do not include cash subsidies received by the
hospital for inpatient hospital services except as provided from state or local
governments.
A separate low–income utilization rate shall be
determined for any hospital qualifying or seeking to qualify for a
disproportionate share payment as a children’s hospital, using only
billings for patients under 18 years of age at the time of admission in the
distinct area or areas in the hospital where services are provided predominantly
to children under 18 years of age.
“Medicaid inpatient utilization rate” shall
mean the number of total Medicaid days, including days for Medicaid enrollees of
managed care organizations and primary care case management organizations, both
in–state and out–of–state, and Iowa state indigent patient
days divided by the number of total inpatient days for both in–state and
out–of–state recipients. Children’s hospitals, including
hospitals qualifying for disproportionate share as a children’s
hospital, receive twice the percentage of inpatient hospital days
attributable to Medicaid patients.
A separate Medicaid inpatient utilization rate shall be
determined for any hospital qualifying or seeking to qualify for a
disproportionate share payment as a children’s hospital, using only
Medicaid days, Iowa state indigent patient days, and total inpatient days
attributable to patients under 18 years of age at the time of admission in all
distinct areas of the hospital where services are provided predominantly to
children under 18 years of age.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) The hospital–specific case–mix index is
computed by taking each hospital’s trimmed claims that match the
hospital’s 2001 fiscal year and paid through March 31, 2002, summing the
assigned DRG weights associated with those claims and dividing by the total
number of Medicaid claims associated with that specific hospital for that
period.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate hospital–specific case–mix index shall be computed
for any hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment only as a
children’s hospital, using claims and associated DRG weights only for
services provided to patients under 18 years of age at the time of admission in
all distinct areas of the hospital where services are provided predominantly to
children under 18 years of age.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Calculation of hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per discharge. The hospital–specific case–mix
adjusted average cost per discharge is calculated by subtracting from the lesser
of total Iowa Medicaid costs, or covered reasonable charges as determined by the
hospital’s base year cost report or MMIS claims system, the actual dollar
expenditures for capital costs, direct medical education costs, the payments
that will be made for nonfull DRG transfers, outliers, and physical
rehabilitation services if included. The remaining amount is case–mix
adjusted, multiplied by inflation factors, and divided by the total number of
Iowa Medicaid discharges from the MMIS claims system for that hospital during
the applicable base year, less the nonfull DRG transfers and short stay
outliers.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate hospital–specific case–mix adjusted average cost
per discharge shall be calculated for any hospital that qualifies for a
disproportionate share payment only as a children’s hospital based on a
distinct area or areas serving children, using the costs, charges, expenditures,
payments, discharges, transfers, and outliers attributable to the distinct area
or areas in the hospital where services are provided predominantly to children
under 18 years of age.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “e,” as follows:
e. Add–on to the base amount. One payment for
capital costs is added on to the blended base amount.
Capital costs are included in the rate table listing and added
to the blended base amount prior to setting the final payment rate schedule.
This add–on reflects a 50/50 blend of the statewide average case–mix
adjusted capital cost per discharge and the case–mix adjusted
hospital–specific base year capital cost per discharge attributed to Iowa
Medicaid patients. Allowable capital costs are determined by multiplying the
capital amount from the base year cost report by 80 percent. The 50/50 blend is
calculated by adding the case–mix adjusted hospital–specific per
discharge capital cost to the statewide average case–mix adjusted per
discharge capital costs and dividing by two. Hospitals whose blended capital
add–on exceeds one standard deviation off the mean Medicaid blended
capital rate will be subject to a reduction in their capital add–on to
equal the first standard deviation.
For purposes of calculating the disproportionate share rate
only, a separate add–on to the base amount for capital costs shall be
calculated for any hospital that qualifies for a disproportionate share payment
only as a children’s hospital based on a distinct area or areas serving
children, using the case–mix adjusted hospital–specific base year
capital cost per discharge attributed to Iowa Medicaid patients in the distinct
area or areas in the hospital where services are provided predominantly to
children under 18 years of age.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “y,” subparagraph (7), as follows:
(7) Qualifying for disproportionate share.
Hospitals For months beginning with July 2002,
hospitals qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund when
the hospital’s low–income utilization rate exceeds 25
percent, or when the hospital’s Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate exceeds one standard deviation from the statewide average
Medicaid utilization rate, or when the hospital qualifies as a
children’s hospital under subparagraph (10).
For those hospitals that qualify for disproportionate share
under both the low–income utilization rate definition and the Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate definition, the disproportionate share percentage
shall be the greater of (1) the product of 2½
percent multiplied by the number of standard deviations by which the
hospital’s own Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds the statewide
mean Medicaid inpatient utilization rate for all hospitals, or (2)
2½ percent.
For those hospitals that qualify for disproportionate share
under the low–income utilization rate definition, but do not qualify under
the Medicaid inpatient utilization rate definition, the disproportionate share
percentage shall be 2½ percent.
For those hospitals that qualify for disproportionate share
under the Medicaid inpatient utilization rate definition, but do not qualify
under the low–income utilization rate definition, the disproportionate
share percentage shall be the product of 2½
percent multiplied by the number of standard deviations by which the
hospital’s own Medicaid inpatient utilization rate exceeds the statewide
mean Medicaid inpatient utilization rate for all hospitals.
For those hospitals that qualify for disproportionate share
as a children’s hospital, the disproportionate share percentage shall be
the greater of (1) the product of
2½ percent multiplied by the
number of standard deviations by which the Medicaid inpatient utilization rate
for children under 18 years of age at the time of admission in all areas of the
hospital where services are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of
age exceeds the statewide mean Medicaid inpatient utilization rate for all
hospitals, or (2) 2½
percent.
Information contained in the hospital’s available 1998
submitted Medicare cost report is used to determine the hospital’s
low–income utilization rate and the hospital’s Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate.
Additionally, a qualifying hospital other than a
children’s hospital must also have at least two obstetricians who have
staff privileges at the hospital and who have agreed to provide obstetric
services to Medicaid–eligible persons who are in need of obstetric
services. In the case of a hospital located in a rural area as defined in
Section 1886 of the Social Security Act, the term “obstetrician”
includes any physician with staff privileges at the hospital to perform
nonemergency obstetric procedures.
Out–of–state hospitals serving Iowa Medicaid
patients qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund based on
their state Medicaid agency’s calculation of the Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate. The disproportionate share percentage is calculated using the
number of standard deviations by which the hospital’s own state Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate exceeds the hospital’s own statewide mean
Medicaid inpatient utilization rate.
Hospitals qualify for disproportionate share payments from the
fund without regard to the facility’s status as a teaching facility or bed
size.
Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals
shall not qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “y,” subparagraph (9), as follows:
(9) Distribution to qualifying hospitals for disproportionate
share. Distribution of the amount in the fund for disproportionate share shall
be on a monthly basis. To determine the amount to be distributed to each
qualifying hospital for disproportionate share for months beginning with July
2002, the following formula is used:
Multiply the total of all DRG weights for claims paid July 1,
1999, through June 30, 2000, for each hospital qualifying
that met the qualifications during the fiscal year used to determine the
hospital’s low–income utilization rate and the
Medicaid utilization rate (or for children’s hospitals, during the
preceding state fiscal year) by each hospital’s disproportionate share
rate to obtain a dollar value. For any hospital that qualifies for a
disproportionate share payment only as a children’s hospital, only the DRG
weights for claims paid for services rendered to patients under 18 years of age
at the time of admission in all distinct areas of the hospital where services
are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of age shall be used in
this calculation. The dollar values for each hospital are summed, then each
hospital’s dollar value is divided by the total dollar value, resulting in
a percentage. Each hospital’s percentage is multiplied by the amount
allocated for disproportionate share to determine the payment to each hospital.
Effective for payments from the fund for July 2003, the state
fiscal year used as the source of DRG weights shall be updated to July 1, 2002,
through June 30, 2003. Thereafter, the state fiscal year used as the source of
DRG weights shall be updated by a three–year period effective for payments
from the fund for July of every third year. In compliance with Medicaid
Voluntary Contribution and Provider Specific Tax Amendments (Public Law
102–234) and 1992 Iowa Acts, chapter 1246, section 13, the total of
disproportionate share payments from the fund and supplemental disproportionate
share payments pursuant to paragraph 79.1(5)“ab” cannot exceed the
amount of the federal cap under Public Law 102–234. If a hospital fails
to qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund due to closure or
for any other reason, the amount of money that would have been paid to that
hospital shall be removed from the fund.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 79.1(5),
paragraph “y,” by adopting the following new
subparagraph:
(10) Qualifying for disproportionate share as a
children’s hospital. A licensed hospital qualifies for disproportionate
share payments as a children’s hospital if the hospital provides services
predominantly to children under 18 years of age or includes a distinct area or
areas providing services predominantly to children under 18 years of age, is a
voting member of the National Association of Children’s Hospitals and
Related Institutions, and has Medicaid utilization and low–income
utilization rates of 1 percent or greater for children under 18 years of age at
the time of admission in all distinct areas of the hospital where services are
provided predominantly to children under 18 years of age.
A hospital wishing to qualify for disproportionate share
payments as a children’s hospital for any state fiscal year beginning on
or after July 1, 2002, must provide the following information to the Medicaid
fiscal agent within 20 business days of a request by the department:
1. Base year cost reports.
2. Medicaid claims data for children under the age of 18 at
the time of admission to the hospital in all distinct areas of the hospital
where services are provided predominantly to children under 18 years of
age.
3. Other information needed to determine a disproportionate
share rate encompassing the periods used to determine the disproportionate share
rate and distribution amounts.
[Filed Emergency 9/12/02, effective 9/12/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2031B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 237A.12, the
Department of Human Services amends Chapter 109, “Child Care
Centers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
• Modify the definition of
“child” to be consistent with the definition in Iowa Code Supplement
section 237A.1 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2205.
• Clarify what is meant by
“child care” and who must be licensed as outlined in Iowa Code
chapter 237A as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2205.
• Change the time period of
a license from one year to 24 months.
• Clarify the inspection and
evaluation procedures for a 24–month license to be consistent with Iowa
Code chapter 237A and the requirements in the current rules.
• Clarify when a previously
issued license can be reduced to a provisional license and when a provisional
license can be reissued.
• Change the frequency of
child abuse and criminal rec– ord checks to a minimum of every two years
instead of five years.
• Allow the Department to
refuse to act on a licensing application for 12 months after an
applicant’s child care center license has been denied or
revoked.
• Eliminate references to
“regional offices.”
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations. Except for the frequency of record checks, these changes are based
on legislation to which the Department does not have authority to make an
exception. The Department does not believe that it is in the public’s
best interest to waive rules on the frequency of record checks. Individuals may
request a waiver of child care licensing standards under the Department’s
general rule on exceptions at rule 441— 1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action on these amendments was published in
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 26, 2002, as ARC 1766B. The
Department held eight public hearings jointly on these amendments and amendments
to Chapter 110, “Family and Group Child Care Homes.” The Department
received comments requesting the clarification of the definition of “child
care” and requesting changes in licensing standards. In response to these
comments, numbered paragraph “8” in the definition of “child
care” has been amended to clarify the intent of Iowa Code section 237A.1,
subsection 3, which is the source of this definition. Numbered paragraph
“8” has been amended as follows:
“8. An instructional program for children at least
four years of age who are attending prekindergarten, as defined by the state
board of education, or a higher grade level, administered by a nonpublic
school system which is not accredited by the department of education or state
board of regents.”
Comments requesting changes in standards are outside the scope
of this rule making and will be addressed in a collaborative effort with the
Department of Education and child care interest groups.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(1), that the normal effective date of these amendments
should be waived and these amendments made effective October 1, 2002, as
authorized by 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2205, section 31.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
237A.12 and 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2205.
These amendments became effective October 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 109] is being omitted. With the exception of
the change noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 1766B, IAB 6/26/02.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 9/12/02, effective
10/1/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2030B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5, the
Natural Resource Commission hereby rescinds Chapter 104, “Wildlife
Importation and Transportation,” and adopts a new Chapter 104,
“Wildlife Importation, Transportation and Disease Monitoring,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The new chapter implements the Department’s authority to
regulate the importation, transportation and disease monitoring of captive
cervid herds for licensed game breeders and shooting preserves.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 10, 2002, as ARC 1777B. Public comments
were received during the public comment period and in two separate meetings with
the Iowa Whitetail Deer Association, the Iowa Bowhunter’s Association, and
the Iowa Conservation Alliance. Changes were made from the Notice of Intended
Action and are detailed below.
1. In rule 571—104.1(481A), a definition for
“captive cervid” has been added; the definitions of “adjacent
herd,” “cervid,” and “CWD” have been clarified;
and the definition of “monitored CWD cervid herd” was clarified to
reflect current proposed national standards.
2. In subrule 104.2(3) the statement regarding employee
authorization was clarified.
3. In rule 571—104.3(481A), identification of animals
and participation in the program has been clarified.
4. In rule 571—104.4(481A), the identification date has
been extended and the term “identifier” clarified.
5. In subrule 104.6(1), language regarding “tissue
samples” has been clarified.
6. In rule 571—104.9(481A), the duration of quarantine
has been extended to be consistent with the monitoring time frame.
7. In subrules 104.15(2) and 104.15(3), a change in herd
status with respect to movement into a certified herd has been
clarified.
8. In rule 571—104.16(481A) a change in herd status with
respect to movement into a monitored herd has been clarified.
9. In rule 571—104.17(481A) the length of monitoring
status has been changed to reflect current proposed national
standards.
10. In subrule 104.19(2), paragraph “d,” the
length of time for review of epidemiological evidence has been extended to two
years.
11. In subrule 104.20(1), paragraphs “b” and
“c,” clarification of whom may issue a permit number has been made.
Also, the length of time an animal has been in a monitored or certified herd has
been extended.
12. Subrule 104.21(1) was not adopted.
13. Rule 571—104.22(481A) was not adopted and rule
104.23(481A) was renumbered as 104.22(481A).
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Commission finds that this chapter must become
effective immediately upon filing on September 13, 2002, because current rules
prohibiting interstate movement of cervids expired on September 10, 2002.
Recently, Chronic Wasting Disease was found in a captive elk in Minnesota.
Since then, the Commission has received numerous calls from Minnesota deer
raisers wanting to ship their deer into Iowa. Emergency adoption and filing of
the proposed rules will provide for the safety and welfare of the public and
animal populations, either wild or captive, found in Iowa.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.47, 481A.62, and 484B.12.
These rules became effective September 13, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 571— Chapter 104 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 104
WILDLIFE IMPORTATION, TRANSPORTATION
AND
DISEASE MONITORING
571—104.1(481A) Definitions.
“Accredited veterinarian” means a veterinarian
approved by the deputy administrator of veterinary services, Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), and
the state veterinarian in accordance with Part 161 of Title 9, Chapter 1, of the
Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of January 1, 2000, to perform functions
required by cooperative state/federal animal disease control and eradication
programs.
“Adjacent herd” means one of the
following:
1. A herd of Cervidae occupying premises that border an
affected herd, including herds separated by roads or streams.
2. A herd of Cervidae occupying premises that were previously
occupied by an affected herd within the past five years as determined by the
department.
“Affected herd” means a cervid herd from which any
animal has been diagnosed as affected with chronic wasting disease (CWD) and
which has not been in compliance with the control program for CWD as described
in rules 571— 104.2(481A) through 571—104.22(481A).
“Approved laboratory” means an American
Association of Veterinary Laboratory Diagnosticians (AAVLD) accredited
laboratory or the National Veterinary Services Laboratory, Ames, Iowa.
“Brucellosis” means bovine brucellosis.
“Captive cervid” means all cervidae that are
legally acquired and held on private property for personal use or use by
others.
“Certificate” means an official document, issued
by a state veterinarian or federal animal health official or an accredited
veterinarian at the point of origin, containing information on the individual
identification of each animal being moved, the number of animals, the purpose of
the movement, the points of origin and destination, the consignor, the
consignee, and any other information required by the department.
“Certificate of veterinary inspection” means an
approved certificate of veterinary inspection which is a legible record
accomplished on an official form of the state or province of origin, issued by a
licensed, accredited veterinarian and approved by the livestock sanitary
official of the state or province of origin; or an equivalent form of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture issued by a federally employed veterinarian.
“Certified CWD cervid herd” means a herd of
Cervidae that has met the qualifications for and has been issued a certified CWD
cervid herd certificate signed by the department.
“Cervidae” or “cervids” means any
member of the Cervidae family, whether free ranging or captive, except those
classified as farm deer by Iowa Code section 481A.1(20)“h.” Only
members of the species dama dama (fallow deer), cervus nippon (sika deer), and
captive cervus elaphus (elk and red deer) are not included. “Farm
deer” does not include any unmarked free ranging elk, moose or
caribou.
“Cervid CWD surveillance identification program”
or “CCWDSI program” means a CWD surveillance program that requires
identification and laboratory diagnosis on all deaths of Cervidae over six
months of age including, but not limited to, deaths by slaughter, hunting,
illness, and injury. A copy of approved laboratory reports shall be maintained
by the owner for purposes of completion of the annual inventory examination for
recertification. Such diagnosis shall include examination of brain and any
other tissue as directed by the department. If there are deaths for which
tissues were not submitted for laboratory diagnosis due to postmortem changes or
unavailability, the department shall determine compliance.
“Cervid herd” means a group of Cervidae or one or
more groups of Cervidae maintained on common ground or under common ownership or
supervision that are geographically separated but can have interchange or
movement.
“CWD” means chronic wasting disease, an infectious
and contagious disease of cervids.
“CWD affected” means a designation applied
to Cervidae diagnosed as affected with CWD based on laboratory results, clinical
signs, or epidemiological investigation.
“CWD exposed” or “exposed” means a
designation applied to Cervidae that are either part of an affected herd or for
which epidemiological investigation indicates contact with CWD affected animals
or contact with animals from a CWD affected herd in the past five
years.
“CWD suspect” means a designation applied to
Cervidae for which laboratory evidence or clinical signs suggest a diagnosis of
CWD but for which laboratory results are inconclusive.
“Department” means the department of natural
resources or its designee.
“Designated epidemiologist” means a person who has
demonstrated the knowledge and ability to perform the functions required under
these rules and who has been selected by the department.
“Endemic area” means an area or portion of a state
or province where CWD or TB has been confirmed in either wild or captive
cervids. The endemic area shall be determined by the state veterinarian or
designee of the state or province of the cervid’s origin.
“Group” means one or more Cervidae.
“Herd of origin” means a cervid herd or any farm
or other premises where the animals were born or where they currently
reside.
“Herd plan” means a written herd management and
testing plan that is designed by the herd owner, the owner’s veterinarian,
if requested, and a designated epidemiologist to identify and eradicate CWD from
an affected, exposed, or adjacent herd.
“Monitored CWD cervid herd” means a herd of
Cervidae that is in compliance with the CCWDSI program as defined in this rule.
Monitored herds are defined as one–year, two–year, three–year,
four–year, and five–year monitored herds in accordance with the time
in years such herds have been in compliance with the CCWDSI program.
“Permit” means an official document that is issued
by the department or USDA area veterinarian–in–charge or an
accredited veterinarian for movement of affected, suspect, or exposed
animals.
“Quarantine” means an imposed restriction
prohibiting movement of cervids to any location without specific written
permits.
“State” means any state of the United States; the
District of Columbia; Puerto Rico; the U.S. Virgin Islands; or Guam.
“TB” means bovine tuberculosis.
“Trace back” means the process of identifying the
herd of origin of CWD positive animals, including herds that were sold for
slaughter.
571—104.2(481A) Chronic wasting disease in captive
cervids.
104.2(1) Testing required. A person who keeps captive
cervids in this state shall have chronic wasting disease tests performed on the
following:
a. Any captive cervid that dies or is killed on the premises.
A person trained and authorized shall collect the test sample before any part of
the carcass is removed from the herd premises and shall submit the sample for
testing at an approved laboratory. This paragraph does not apply to cervids
less than six months old.
b. Any captive cervid that is shipped to slaughter from the
herd premises. A person trained and authorized shall collect the test sample
after the cervid is slaughtered and shall submit the sample for testing at an
approved laboratory. This paragraph does not apply to cervids less than six
months old.
104.2(2) Moving live captive cervids from herds in
this state. A person shall not move a live captive cervid from a herd in this
state unless the movement complies with these rules.
104.2(3) Collecting test samples. One of the
following persons shall collect a test sample and submit it for
testing:
a. A certified veterinarian.
b. An employee of the department authorized by the
department.
c. A person approved by the department. Before a person
collects a test sample, that person shall complete training approved by the
department. The person shall comply with standard veterinary procedures when
collecting a test sample.
104.2(4) Reporting disease findings. Whenever any
person receives a laboratory test result for chronic wasting disease, that
person shall immediately report that result to the department. The person shall
report by telephone, fax or other rapid means within one day after receiving the
test result and shall report in writing within ten days. The person shall
provide a copy of the test result to the owner of the tested cervid. This
reporting requirement applies to any laboratory test result for chronic wasting
disease. Telephone and fax reports should be made to the following telephone
numbers: (515)281–7127 or fax (515)281–6794. Written reports
should be sent to: Iowa Department of Natural Resources, 502 E. 9th Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0034, Attn: Wildlife Bureau.
571—104.3(481A) Chronic wasting disease in
captivecervids—herd monitoring program. A person who keeps captive
cervids in this state may enroll the herd in the cervid CWD surveillance
identification (CCWDSI) program under this rule. A person shall not move a live
captive cervid from a herd in this state unless the herd is enrolled in the
CCWDSI program under this rule. To enroll a herd in the CCWDSI program under
this rule, a person shall complete and submit a form as provided by the
department. No person may enroll a herd in this program prior to October 15,
2002. All animals enrolled in this program must be identified as prescribed in
104.4(481A).
571—104.4(481A) Identification of animals.
Beginning May 1, 2003, each captive cervid must be identified with two
individual permanent identifications that are unique identifying numbers or
marks and that can be a combination of any two of the following: ear tag,
tattoo, microchip or other permanent identifier approved by the department in
writing. Tags or marks shall be used to identify the herd premises and uniquely
identify the individual animal. Licensed hunting preserves are exempt from this
requirement except in regard to those cervids purchased or otherwise acquired
after October 15, 2002.
571—104.5(481A) Supervision of the CCWDSI program.
The department will conduct an annual inventory of Cervidae in a herd
enrolled in the CCWDSI program.
571—104.6(481A) Surveillance procedures. For
cervid herds enrolled in this mandatory certification program, surveillance
procedures shall include the following:
104.6(1) Slaughter establishments. All
slaughtered Cervidae over six months of age must have brain tissue and other
appropriate tissues submitted at slaughter and examined for CWD by an approved
laboratory. These tissue samples will be obtained by the department or
accredited veterinarian on the premises at the time of slaughter.
104.6(2) Cervid herds. All cervid herds must be under
continuous surveillance for CWD as defined in the CCWDSI program.
571—104.7(481A) Official cervid CWD tests. The
following are recognized as official cervid tests for CWD:
1. Histopathology.
2. Immunohistochemistry.
3. Western blot.
4. Negative stain electron microscopy.
5. Bioassay.
6. Any other tests performed by an approved laboratory to
confirm a diagnosis of CWD.
571—104.8(481A) Investigation of CWD affected
animals identified through surveillance. Trace back must be performed for
all animals diagnosed at an approved laboratory as affected with CWD. All herds
of origin and all adjacent herds having contact with affected animals as
determined by the CCWDSI program must be investigated epidemiologi–cally.
All herds of origin, adjacent herds, and herds having contact with affected
animals or exposed animals must be quarantined.
571—104.9(481A) Duration of quarantine.
Quarantines placed in accordance with these rules shall be removed as
follows:
1. For herds of origin, quarantines shall be removed after
five years of compliance with rules 571—104.2(481A) through
571—104.22(481A).
2. For herds having contact with affected or exposed animals,
quarantines shall be removed after five years of compliance with rules
571—104.2(481A) through 571— 104.22(481A).
3. For adjacent herds, quarantines shall be removed as
directed by the department in consultation with a designated
epidemiologist.
571—104.10(481A) Herd plan. The herd owner, the
owner’s veterinarian, if requested, and a designated epidemiologist shall
develop a plan for eradicating CWD in each affected herd. The plan must be
designed to reduce and then eliminate CWD from the herd, to prevent spread of
the disease to other herds, and to prevent reintroduction of CWD after the herd
becomes a certified CWD cervid herd. The herd plan must be developed and signed
within 60 days after the determination that the herd is affected. The plan must
address herd management and adhere to rules 571—104.2(481A) through
571—104.22(481A). The plan must be formalized as a memorandum of
agreement between the owner and program officials, must be approved by the
department, and must include plans to obtain certified CWD cervid herd
status.
571—104.11(481A) Identification and disposal
requirements. Affected and exposed animals must remain on the premises
where they are found until they are identified and disposed of in accordance
with direction from the department.
571—104.12(481A) Cleaning and disinfecting.
Premises must be cleaned and disinfected under department supervision within 15
days after affected animals have been removed.
571—104.13(481A) Methods for obtaining certified CWD
cervid herd status. Certified CWD cervid herd status must include all
Cervidae under common ownership. They cannot be commingled with other cervids
that are not certified, and a minimum geographic separation of 30 feet between
herds of different status must be maintained in accordance with the USDA Uniform
Methods and Rules as defined in APHIS manual 91–45–011, revised as
of January 22, 1999. A herd owner may qualify a herd for status as a certified
CWD cervid herd by one of the following means:
104.13(1) Purchasing a certified CWD cervid herd.
Upon request and with proof of purchase, the department shall issue a new
certificate in the new owner’s name. The anniversary date and herd status
for the purchased animals shall be the same as for the herd to which the animals
are added; or if part or all of the purchased herd is moved directly to premises
that have no other Cervidae, the herd may retain the certified CWD status of the
herd of origin. The anniversary date of the new herd is the date of the most
recent herd certification status certificate.
104.13(2) Complying with the CCWDSI program. Upon
request and with proof by records, a herd owner shall be issued a certified CWD
cervid herd certificate by complying with the CCWDSI program for a period of
five years.
571—104.14(481A) Recertification of CWD cervid
herds. A herd is certified for 12 months. Annual inventories conducted by
the department are required every 9 to 15 months from the anniversary date. For
continuous certification, adherence to the provisions in these rules and all
other state laws and rules pertaining to raising cervids is required. A
herd’s certification status is immediately terminated and a herd
investigation shall be initiated if CWD affected or exposed animals are
determined to originate from that herd.
571—104.15(481A) Movement into a certified CWD
cervid herd.
104.15(1) Animals originating from certified CWD
cervid herds may move into another certified CWD cervid herd.
104.15(2) Animals originating from noncertified or
nonmonitored herds that are moving into certified CWD cervid herds will change
the status of the certified CWD cervid herd to the same level as the animals
that are imported into that herd.
104.15(3) Animals originating from CWD monitored herds
cannot be certified until the years in the CCWDSI program total five
years.
571—104.16(481A) Movement into a monitored CWD
cervid herd.
104.16(1) Animals originating from a monitored CWD
cervid herd may move into another monitored CWD cervid herd of the same
status.
104.16(2) Animals originating from a herd which is not
a monitored CWD cervid herd or from a lower status monitored CWD cervid herd
will change the status of the monitored CWD cervid herd to the same level as the
animals that are imported into that herd until completion of CWD
certification.
571—104.17(481A) Recognition of monitored CWD cervid
herds. The department shall issue a monitored CWD cervid herd certificate
including CWD monitored herd status as CWD monitored Level A during the first
calendar year, CWD monitored Level B during the second calendar year, CWD
monitored Level C during the third calendar year, CWD monitored Level D during
the fourth calendar year, CWD monitored Level E during the fifth calendar year,
and CWD certification at the end of the fifth year and thereafter.
571—104.18(481A) Recognition of certified CWD cervid
herds. The department shall issue a certified CWD cervid herd certificate
when the herd first qualifies for recertification. The department shall issue a
renewal form annually.
571—104.19(481A) Intrastate movement
requirements.
104.19(1) All intrastate movements of Cervidae other
than to a state–inspected or federally inspected slaughter establishment
shall be accompanied by an intrastate movement certificate of veterinary
inspection signed by a licensed, accredited veterinarian.
104.19(2) Such intrastate movement certificate shall
include all of the following:
a. Consignor’s name and address.
b. Consignee’s name and address.
c. Individual identification of each animal as prescribed in
571—104.4(481A).
d. The following statement: “There has been no
diagnosis, sign, or epidemiological evidence of CWD in this herd for the past
two years.”
571—104.20(481A) Import requirements.
104.20(1) All Cervidae transported into Iowa must be
accompanied by all of the following:
a. An official certificate of veterinary inspection.
b. A permit number requested by the licensed, accredited
veterinarian signing the certificate and issued by the Iowa department of
agriculture and land stewardship prior to movement.
c. One of the following statements must appear on the
certificate:
“All Cervidae on this certificate have been part of the
herd of origin for at least two years or were natural additions to this herd.
There has been no diagnosis, sign, or epidemio–logical evidence of CWD in
this herd for the past five years”; or
“All Cervidae on this certificate originate from a CWD
monitored or certified herd in which these animals have been kept for at least
two years or were natural additions. There has been no diagnosis, sign, or
epidemiological evidence of CWD in this herd for the past five
years.”
104.20(2) All cervids transported into Iowa
must be in compliance with the uniform methods and rules set forth in U.S.
Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service bulletins
91–45–001, “Tuberculosis Eradication in Cervidae,”
(effective February 3, 1989), 91–45–005 (effective May 15, 1994,
including 1996 amendments) and 91–45–12, “Brucellosis in
Cervidae,” (effective September 30, 1998).
104.20(3) Animal health officials of the state of
origin must have access to herd records for the past five years including
records of cervid deaths and causes of death.
104.20(4) If the Cervidae listed on the certificate
are enrolled in a CWD program, the anniversary date and program status for each
individual animal must be listed.
571—104.21(481A) Prohibited movement of cervid
carcasses. The importation into Iowa of cervid carcasses from a CWD endemic
area is prohibited, except for the meat from which all bones have been removed,
the cape (skin), and antlers. Antlers may be attached to a clean skull plate
from which all brain tissue has been removed.
571—104.22(481A) Inspection. The department may
inspect any shipment of cervids and accompanying certificate of veterinary
inspection or shipment documentation. The department may quarantine or destroy
any cervids that are found to be infected with CWD or TB.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.47, 481A.62 and 484B.12.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 9/13/02, effective
9/13/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
FILED
ARC 2028B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING
BOARD[193A]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55,
section 4, the Accountancy Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 2,
“Organization and Administration,” Chapter 9, “Substantial
Equivalency,” Chapter 13, “Rules of Professional Conduct,” and
Chapter 15, “Disciplinary Investigations,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendments to Chapters 2 and 9 are housekeeping changes
made to more clearly reflect the way in which the Board conducts business. The
amendment to Chapter 13 is intended to clarify subrule 13.6(5) as a result of
numerous comments and questions that the Board has received from registrants.
The amendment to Chapter 15 implements 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2547, which
amends Iowa Code section 272C.3, subsection 1, paragraph “d,” and
became effective July 1, 2002.
These amendments are subject to waiver or variance pursuant to
193—Chapter 5.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 7, 2002, as ARC 1850B. No oral
or written comments were received. The amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved during a conference call held
on September 11, 2002. A conference call was held in lieu of a meeting in order
to save the expense of a board meeting and for the convenience of board members
dealing with time constraints.
These amendments will become effective November 6,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts,
chapter 55.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [2.2(1), 2.3, 9.4, 9.7, 13.6(5)“e,” 15.10(2)] is
being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
as ARC 1850B, IAB 8/7/02.
[Filed 9/13/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2027B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby adopts Chapter 68, “Charter
Schools,” Iowa Administrative Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 348, permits the State Board of
Education to select ten pilot charter schools. The chartering agent must be a
local school district. These rules estab– lish the criteria and point
weighting system for those criteria for State Board consideration of
applicants.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 26, 2002, as ARC 1746B. A public
hearing was held on August 20, 2002, and nine individuals attended. No written
or oral comments were received in support of or opposition to the new chapter.
The Department responded to other program implementation questions. These rules
are identical to those published under Notice.
These rules are intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 348.
These rules will become effective November 6, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 68] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1746B, IAB 6/26/02.
[Filed 9/13/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2024B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 1,
“Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides a process for ruling on petitions for
waivers or variances when it would not be timely to wait until the next
regularly scheduled Board meeting for a ruling from the Board.
Waiver of these rules can be sought pursuant to 193C—
Chapter 7, “Waivers or Variances from Rules.”
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 12, 2002, as ARC 1696B. The adopted
amendment is identical to the one published under Notice.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
17A.9A and Chapter 542B.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 193C—1.4(542B) as follows:
193C—1.4(542B) Waivers and variances.
1.4(1) The board’s rules regarding
waivers and variances can be found in the uniform rules for the division of
professional licensing and regulation at 193 IAC 5.
1.4(2) Interim rulings. The board
chairperson, or vice chairperson if the chairperson is not available, may rule
on a petition for waiver or variance when it would not be timely to wait for the
next regularly scheduled board meeting for a ruling from the
board.
a. The executive secretary shall, upon receipt of a
petition meeting all applicable criteria established in 193 IAC 5, present the
request to the board chairperson or vice chairperson along with all pertinent
information regarding established precedent for granting or denying such
requests.
b. The chairperson or vice chairperson shall reserve the
right to hold an electronic meeting of the board when:
(1) Board precedent does not clearly resolve the request
and the input of the board is deemed required; and
(2) The practical result of waiting until the next
regularly scheduled meeting would be a denial of the request due to timing
issues.
c. A waiver report shall be placed on the agenda of the
next regularly scheduled board meeting and recorded in the minutes of the
meeting.
d. This subrule on interim rulings does not apply if the
waiver or variance was filed in a contested case.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2020B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 4,
“Engineering Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment provides that a licensee holding an active
certificate of licensure may apply for examinations in additional branches of
engineering without submitting a formal application.
Waiver of this rule can be sought pursuant to 193CIAC Chapter
7, “Waivers or Variances from Rules.”
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 12, 2002, as ARC 1697B. The adopted
amendment is identical to the one published under Notice.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
542B.13, 542B.14, 542B.15 and 542B.17.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 193C—Chapter 4 by adopting the following
new rule:
193C—4.3(542B) Requirements for a licensee
requesting additional examination. A person holding an active certificate
of licensure to engage in the practice of engineering issued by the state of
Iowa may, upon written request and payment of the application and examination
fees, take additional examinations in other branches of engineering without
submitting a formal application to the board as described for initial or comity
licensure.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2021B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
249A.4, the Department of Human Services amends Chapter 78, “Amount,
Duration, and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2623, section 51, restored Medicaid
coverage for some of the dental services that were excluded by 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2245. These amendments allow Medicaid reimbursement for root canal
treatments on permanent anterior teeth for adults aged 21 and older. Crowns,
posts, and cores are medically necessary in most situations as part of a root
canal treatment to help preserve the tooth after a root canal
procedure.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because expansion of coverage is a benefit.
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 7, 2002, as ARC
1842B. The substance of these amendments was also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and published simultaneously as ARC 1847B. The Department
received no comments on this Notice.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002. These amendments are identical to those published in the
Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments shall become effective on December 1, 2002,
at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 249A.4 and 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2623, section 51.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 78.4(14),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
78.4(14) Services to adults 21 years of age and older.
Effective March 1 May 10, 2002, the following dental
services are not covered for adults 21 years of age and older:
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 78.4(14),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Crowns, posts, and cores on anterior teeth that have not
received endodontic treatment and on posterior teeth.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 78.4(14),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Endodontic services on posterior teeth.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 12/1/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2022B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 217.6 and
234.6, the Department of Human Services amends Chapter 150, “Purchase of
Service,” and Chapter 185, “Rehabilitative Treatment
Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
• Continue reimbursement
rates for purchase of service providers (for adoption, shelter care, family
planning, and independent living services) at their June 30, 2001, level, as
directed by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2627, section 137, subsection
6.
• Continue reimbursement
rates for rehabilitative treatment and supportive services (family preservation,
family–centered services, foster family services, and group care services)
at their June 30, 2001, level, as directed by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2627,
section 137, subsection 8.
• Continue to suspend the
ability of Department administrators to renegotiate rates for rehabilitative
treatment and supportive services.
• Update language describing
the consumer price index used to adjust rehabilitative treatment and supportive
services rates.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the Department does not have the authority to waive statutory
provisions.
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on August 7, 2002, as ARC
1843B. The substance of these amendments was also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and published simultaneously as ARC 1848B. The Department
received no comments on this Notice.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002. These amendments are identical to those published in the
Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.6 and 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2627, section 137.
These amendments shall become effective on December 1, 2002,
at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 150.3(5),
paragraph “p,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
(2) For the fiscal year beginning July 1,
2001 2002, the maximum reimbursement rates for services
provided under a purchase of social service agency contract (adoption, shelter
care, family planning, and independent living) shall be the same as the rates in
effect on June 30, 2001, except under any of the following
circumstances:
Amend numbered paragraphs “3” and
“4” as follows:
3. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001
2002, the combined service and maintenance reimbursement rate paid to a
shelter care provider shall be based on the financial and statistical report
submitted to the department. The maximum reimbursement rate shall be $83.69 per
day. If the department reimburses the provider at less than the maximum rate,
but the provider’s cost report justifies a rate of at least $83.69, the
department shall readjust the provider’s reimbursement rate to the actual
and allowable cost plus the inflation factor or $83.69, whichever is
less.
4. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001
2002, the purchase of service reimbursement rate for a shelter care
provider’s actual and allowable cost plus inflation shall be increased by
$3.99. For state fiscal year 2002 2003 beginning July
1, 2001 2002, the established statewide average actual
and allowable cost shall be increased by $3.99.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 185.112(1),
paragraph “f,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Changes in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban
Consumers (CPI–U). Any adjustment based on changes in the CPI–U
shall not exceed the amount by which the CPI–U increased during the
previous calendar year ending December 31,
1997.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 185.112(1),
paragraph “k,” subparagraphs (1) and (2), as
follows:
(1) By mutual consent of the provider and the regional
administrator service area manager of the host
region area based upon the factors delineated at
paragraph 185.112(1)“f,” except that rates shall not be
changed or renegotiated for the period of July 1, 2000, through June 30,
2002 2003.
(2) In accordance with paragraph 185.112(6)“b,”
except that rates shall not be changed or renegotiated for services not
assumed by a new provider for the period of July 1, 2000, through June 30,
2002 2003.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 12/1/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2023B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2001 Iowa Acts, House File 763,
section 4, subsection 4, the Department of Human Services adopts Chapter 164,
“Iowa Hospital Trust Fund,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules implement the Iowa Hospital Trust Fund created in
the state treasury under the authority of the Department of Human Services by
House File 763, enacted by the Second Extraordinary Session of the 79th General
Assembly [Iowa Code Supplement chapter 249I]. The goal of the Iowa Hospital
Trust Fund is to provide a continuing source of funding to ensure the
state’s ability to support the labor force, infrastructure, technology
needs, and other elements of the hospital system.
The Iowa Hospital Trust Fund is funded by receipt of federal
revenue from public hospitals participating in the Medicaid program. The
Department will provide increased reimbursement to the participating public
facilities for hospital services provided under the Medicaid program. The
facilities agree to retain $5,000 of the additional reimbursement received as an
annual administration fee and refund the remainder of the additional
reimbursement through intergovernmental transfer to the Department. The
Department will deposit the federal share of the refund (less the $5,000
retained by the hospital) in the Iowa Hospital Trust Fund and credit the
nonfederal share of the refund to the Department’s medical assistance
appropriation.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on July 24, 2002, as ARC 1832B. The
Department received one comment on the Notice of Intended Action, regarding the
adequacy of the administration fee. This is the same administration fee paid to
nursing facilities participating in the nursing facility intergovernmental
transfer. The Department is confident that the fee will be sufficient to
achieve participation.
These rules do not provide for waivers in specified situations
because the Department believes that the trust fund should be administered in
the same manner for all public hospitals. Public hospitals may request a waiver
of policies for administering the trust fund under the Department’s
general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(217).
The Council on Human Services adopted these rules on September
11, 2002. These rules are identical to those published in the Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules will become effective December 1, 2002.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 249I.4.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 164] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1832B, IAB 7/24/02.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 12/1/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2017B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 507B.12, the
Insurance Division hereby rescinds Chapter 9, “Reporting Requirements on
Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment rescinds Chapter 9 and is intended to conform
the administrative rules to 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2279.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the August 7, 2002,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1866B. No comments were received.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment is intended to implement 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2279.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 191—Chapter 9.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2044B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 16, “Public,
Commercial, Private Docks and Dock Management Areas,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments address new issues involving roofing and
enclosure of private docks. These amendments clarify that boat hoists and boat
slips can be covered with soft–sided materials to protect boats from
weather. These amendments prohibit roofing or enclosure of private docks.
These amendments restate fees for commercial docks but do not change current
fees.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1464B. Three written
comments were received supporting the amendments as published. One written
comment was received and a statement was presented at the public hearing on
March 27, 2002, both requesting accommodation of an existing dock that does not
conform to the amendments.
Inclusion of a waiver provision in these amendments would be
redundant with existing administrative rules in 571—Chapter 11 (adopting
by reference the waiver and variance rules in 561—Chapter 10).
One change has been made from the Notice of Intended Action.
A new Item 12 was added, amending the implementation clause at the end of
571-Chapter 16 to include citation of Iowa Code
section 462A.32(2). The amendment of the implementation clause is intended to
clarify that 571-Chapter 16 applies to docks at the
Cottage Reserve Subdivision on Lake Macbride in Johnson County, Iowa. Iowa Code
chapter 462A, rather than chapter 461A, contains the statutory authority for
regulation of docks on public water bodies whose beds are privately owned. The
amended implementation clause reads as follows:
“These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
sections 461A.4, 461A.25, and 462A.32(2).”
These amendments are intended to implement IowaCode sections
461A.4, 461A.25, 462A.2, 462A.27 and 462A.32(2).
These amendments shall become effective November 6,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [16.1, 16.3 to 16.5, 16.8 to 16.10] is being omitted. With the
exception of the change noted above, these amendments are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1464B, IAB 3/6/02.
[Filed 9/13/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2003B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby amends Chapter 2, “Nursing Education
Programs,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments add two new definitions in order to
distinguish a “master’s degree” from a “first
professional degree,” and identify the academic degrees that meet program
head and faculty qualifications.
These amendments were published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on June 26, 2002, as ARC 1750B. These amendments are identical
to those published under Notice.
These amendments will become effective November 6,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
152.5.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
655—2.1(17A,147,152,272C) by adopting the following
new definitions in alphabetical order:
“First professional degree” means the title
conferred by a college or university that signifies completion of the academic
requirements for beginning practice in a given profession and a level of
professional skill beyond that normally required for a baccalaureate
degree.
“Master’s degree” means the title conferred
by a college or university upon completion of a program of graduate study that
requires a level of academic accomplishment and subject mastery substantially
beyond that required for a baccalaureate degree.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 2.3(2),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (2), to read as
follows:
(2) The head of a program hired after July 1, 1992, shall have
a master’s or doctoral degree with a major in nursing at either level at
the time of hire. A first professional degree as defined in rule 2.1(152)
does not meet this requirement. The date of hire is the first day employed
as head of the program with compensation at a particular nursing education
program.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 2.6(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (1), to read as
follows:
(1) A faculty member who was employed on July 1, 1992, shall
be considered adequately prepared as long as that faculty member remains in that
position. A faculty member who was hired to teach in a prelicensure registered
nurse program after July 1, 1992, shall have at least a baccalaureate degree
with a major in nursing or in an applicable field at the time of hire. This
person shall make annual progress toward the attainment of a master’s or
doctoral degree with a major in nursing or in an applicable field. An
individual who has earned a first professional degree as defined in rule
2.1(152), but does not hold a master’s degree as defined in rule 2.1(152),
must meet the requirement for annual progress. One degree shall be in
nursing.
1. to 3. No change.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 2.6(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (3), to read as
follows:
(3) A registered nurse hired to teach in a master’s
program shall hold a master’s or doctoral degree with a major in nursing
at the time of hire. A first professional degree as defined in rule 2.1(152)
does not meet this requirement. A registered nurse teaching in a clinical
specialty area shall hold a master’s degree with a major in nursing,
advanced level certification by a national professional nursing organization
approved by the board in the clinical specialty area in which the individual
teaches, and current registration as an advanced registered nurse practitioner
according to the laws of the state(s) in which the individual teaches. Faculty
preparation at the doctoral or terminal degree level shall be consistent with
the mission of the program.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2004B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby amends Chapter 3, “Licensure to
Practice—Registered Nurse/Licensed Practical Nurse,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment identifies the method for curriculum approval
of the dependent adult and child abuse identification and reporting
course.
This amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin on June 26, 2002, as ARC 1751B. This amendment is identical to
that published under Notice.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135.11 and 235B.16.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 3.7(3), paragraph “e,”
to read as follows:
e. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or
treats both adults and children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal
application completion of training on abuse identification and reporting in
dependent adults and children or condition(s) for rule suspension as identified
in paragraph “g.”
Training may be completed through separate courses as
identified in paragraphs “c” and “d” or in one combined
two–hour course that includes curricula for identifying and reporting
child abuse and dependent adult abuse. The course shall be a curriculum
approved by the Iowa department of public health abuse education review
panel.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published 10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2010B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
IPERS Division of the Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 21,
“Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” appearing in the
Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments are intended to establish a prospective
enforcement date for excluding recruitment bonuses from the definition of
covered wages; allocate wages restored under new subrule 21.6(12) to the
quarters in which wages would have been received but for employer–mandated
reduction in hours (EMRH); reflect the limit of covered wages pursuant to
Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code effective January 1, 2002; allow
employer contributions to Internal Revenue Code Section 125 plans (cafeteria
plans) to be treated as covered wages under certain conditions; include
full–time county medical examiners and deputy county medical examiners as
IPERS covered employees effective January 1, 1995, pursuant to 2002 Iowa Acts,
House File 2532; clarify that employees of the Iowa student loan liquidity
corporation are not considered IPERS covered employees; implement the annual
statutory contribution rates for special service members pursuant to Iowa Code
sections 97B.49B and 97B.49C; include protection occupationcoverage for county
conservation peace officers as described in Iowa Code sections 350.5 and
456A.13; adopt a newsubrule allowing restoration of covered wages caused by an
employer–mandated reduction in hours (EMRH); reduce the severance period
from 4 months to 30 days after the last paycheck which includes IPERS covered
wages for membersrequesting a refund of IPERS contributions; increase the
wage–earning disqualification limit for retired memberspursuant to 2002
Iowa Acts, House File 2532; and remove the minimum rollover amount
requirement.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on July 24, 2002, as ARC 1815B.
In addition, these amendments wereAdopted and Filed Emergency and published
in the July 24, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1826B.
A public hearing was held on August 13, 2002, at 9 a.m. in the
IPERS Building, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa. No parties attended the
public hearing, and no written comments were received prior to the hearing.
Oral comments were received during the regular meeting of the Administrative
Rules Review Committee on the same date. A clarifying change was made to the
introductory paragraph of subrule 21.19(1) based on Committee comments. The
paragraph now reads as follows:
“21.19(1) Effective July 1, 1998, the monthly
benefit payments for a member under the age of 65 who has a bona fide retirement
and is then reemployed in covered employment shall be reduced by 50 cents for
each dollar the member earns in excess of the annual limit. Effective July 1,
2002, the amount of remuneration permitted for a calendar year for a person
under the age of 65 before a reduction in federal Social Security retirement
benefits is required, or $30,000, whichever is greater. The foregoing reduction
shall apply only to IPERS benefits payable for the applicable year that the
member has reemployment earnings, and after the earnings limit has been reached.
Said reductions shall be applied as provided in subrule 21.19(2)
below.”
Additional written comments were received after the hearings.
Based on those comments, the proposed amendment to subrule 21.22(1), paragraph
“a,” is not adopted. In Item 14, the amendment to paragraph
“a” that was Adopted and Filed Emergency is rescinded and the prior
language for paragraph “a” is adopted. The paragraph reads as
follows:
“a. The member must inform IPERS at retirement that the
retirement is due to an illness, injury or similar condition. The member must
also initiate an application for federal Social Security disability benefits or
federal Railroad Retirement Act disability benefits.”
New subrule 21.4(4) may be subject to requests for waivers.
None of the other amendments will be subject to requests for waivers. The
amendments to paragraph 21.4(1)“f,”subrule 21.4(2), paragraph
21.4(3)“a,” subparagraph 21.5(1)“a”(5), new subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(51), paragraphs 21.6(9)“b,” “c,”
and “e,” subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(1), new subrule
21.6(12), paragraph 21.8(4)“e,” subrules 21.8(9) and 21.19(1), and
rule 21.27(97B) confer benefits, prevent abuse, or are required by
statute.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
IPERS adopted these amendments on June 28, 2002.
These amendments will become effective November 6, 2002, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 21] is being omitted. With the exception of
the changes noted above, these amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 1815B and Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 1826B,
IAB 7/24/02.
[Filed 9/11/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2019B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Mortuary Science Examiners hereby adopts new Chapter 99,
“Administrative and Regulatory Authority for the Board of Mortuary Science
Examiners,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment adopts new rules concerning the purpose of the
Board, organization and proceedings of the Board, official communications,
office hours, and public meetings.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 10, 2002, as ARC 1782B. A public
hearing was held on July 31, 2002, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Professional
Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa. The Board received no comments on the amendment.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment was adopted by the Board of Mortuary Science
Examiners on September 12, 2002.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 17A, 156, and 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 99] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1782B, IAB 7/10/02.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2018B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Examiners for Massage Therapy hereby rescinds Chapter 130,
“Massage Therapists,” and adopts new Chapter 130,
“Administrative and Regulatory Authority for the Board of Examiners for
Massage Therapy,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment rescinds the current rules about the
description, organization and purpose of the Board and adopts new rules on the
purpose of the Board, organization and proceedings of the Board, official
communication, office hours, and public meetings.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 26, 2002, as ARC 1715B. A public
hearing was held on July 16, 2002, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Professional
Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa. The Board received one response thanking the Board for notifying the
organization of the proposed amendment.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
The amendment was adopted by the Board of Examiners for
Massage Therapy on September 3, 2002.
This amendment will become effective November 6,
2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 17A, 152C and 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 130] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1715B, IAB 6/26/02.
[Filed 9/12/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2008B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.11, the
Department of Public Health amends Chapter 4, “Birth Defects
Institute,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments augment the newborn screening policy of the
Iowa Neonatal Metabolic Screening Program, revise the maternal screening policy
of the Expanded Maternal Serum Alpha–fetoprotein Screening Program, and
provide for the use of a portion of the newborn metabolic screening fee to fund
special medical formula.
Item 1 adds biotinidase deficiency to the newborn metabolic
screening panel.
Item 2 amends subrule 4.3(5), regarding the consulting
physician responsibility.
Item 3 amends subrule 4.3(8), regarding newborn metabolic
screening fee determination to include the allocation of a portion of the fee
for funding special medical formula.
Item 4 adds a new subrule for the provision of a special
medical formula program.
Item 5 updates the description of the Expanded Maternal Serum
Alpha–fetoprotein Screening Program and its maternal screening
policy.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 7, 2002, as ARC 1863B. A public
hearing was held on August 27, 2002, from 11 a.m. to 12 noon in the ICN Room,
Lucas State Office Building. No public comment was received. At the
recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the fee for newborn
metabolic screening was included in subrule 4.3(8). In addition, the Department
made nonsubstantive changes to 4.3(9)“a” and “c” to
improve the clarity of the paragraphs.
The Department has made no substantive changes to the
amendments published under Notice of Intended Action.
The State Board of Health adopted these amendments on
September 11, 2002.
These amendments will become effective on November 6,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
136A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 4.3(1) as
follows:
4.3(1) Newborn screening policy.
All It shall be the policy of the state of Iowa that all
newborns shall be screened for hypothyroidism, phenylketonuria
(PKU), galactosemia, hemoglobinopathies, congenital adrenal
hyperplasia (CAH), and medium chain acyl
Co–A dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency, and biotinidase
deficiency.
As new disorders are recognized and new technologies and tests
become available, the institute shall follow protocols developed by the
department in regard to the addition of disorders to or deletion of disorders
from the screening panel. The state board of health shall provide final approval
for the addition of new disorders to the screening panel.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 4.3(5) as
follows:
4.3(5) Consulting physician responsibility. Consulting
physicians shall be designated by the institute in collaboration with the
central laboratory to provide interpretation of test results and consultation to
licensed health care providers.
a. Under the direction of consulting physicians,
metabolic, endocrine, and hemoglobinopathy follow–up programs shall
be available for all individuals identified by newborn metabolic screening. The
activities shall include consultation, treatment when indicated, case
management, education and quality assurance.
b. The follow–up programs shall submit an annual
report to the institute summarizing these activities.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 4.3(8) as
follows:
4.3(8) Neonatal metabolic screening fee determination.
a. Sixty days prior to the end of the fiscal year, the
central laboratory and the consulting physicians shall submit a combined program
proposal and budget to the institute for the coming year.
b. The department shall annually review and determine
the fee to be charged for all activities associated with this program. The
review and fee determination shall be completed at least one month prior to the
beginning of the fiscal year. The newborn metabolic screening fee shall be
$46 beginning July 1, 2002.
c. The department shall include as part of this fee an
amount determined by the committee and department to fund the provision of
special medical formula for eligible individuals with inherited diseases of
amino acids and organic acids who are identified through the
program.
d. Provision of formula through this funding allocation
shall be available to individuals only after the individual has shown that all
benefits from third–party payers including, but not limited to, health
insurers, health maintenance organizations, Medicare, Medicaid, WIC and other
government assistance programs have been exhausted. In addition, a full fee and
sliding fee scale charge shall be established and used for those persons able to
pay all or a part of the cost. Income and resources shall be considered in the
application of the sliding fee scale. Individuals whose income is at or above
185 percent of the federal poverty level shall be charged a fee for the
provision of special medical formula. The placement on the sliding fee scale
shall be determined and reviewed at least annually.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 641—4.3(136A) by
adopting the following new subrule:
4.3(9) Special medical formula program.
a. A special medical formula program for individuals with
inherited diseases of amino acids and organic acids who are identified through
the Iowa neonatal metabolic screening program is provided by the University of
Iowa.
b. Payments received from clients based on third–party
payment, sliding fee scales and donations shall be used to support the
administration of the Iowa metabolic formula program and the purchase of medical
formula.
c. The funding allocation from the Iowa neonatal metabolic
screening program fee will be used as the funder of last resort after all other
available funding options have been attempted by the special medical formula
program.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 641—4.4(136A) as
follows:
641—4.4(136A) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein screening program. This program provides
comprehensive screening services for the state.
4.4(1) Maternal screening policy. It shall be
the policy of the state of Iowa that all pregnant women are offered the
Iowa expanded maternal serum alpha–fetoprotein (MSAFP)/ Quad
Screen screening. The Iowa expanded MSAFP/Quad Screen
measures the maternal serum levels of alpha–fetoprotein, unconjugated
estriol, human chorionic gonadotropin, and inhibin–A to provide a risk
assessment for open neural tube defects, ventral wall defects, Down syndrome,
Trisomy 18, and Smith–Lemli–Opitz. If a patient desires this
screening test, the specimen shall be drawn and submitted by her health care
provider to the University Hygienic Laboratory, the institute’s designated
central laboratory.
4.4(2) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein Maternal screening procedure.
a. to c. No change.
4.4(3) and 4.4(4) No change.
4.4(5) Expanded maternal serum
alpha–fetoprotein Iowa expanded MSAFP/Quad Screen
screening fee determination. Sixty days prior to the end of
the fiscal year, the central laboratory and the consulting physician shall
submit a combined program proposal and budget to the institute for the coming
year. The department shall annually review and determine the fee to be charged
for activities associated with this program. The review and fee determination
shall be completed at least one month prior to the beginning of the fiscal
year.
[Filed 9/11/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 10/2/02.
ARC 2039B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.14 and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts amendments to
Chapter 52, “Filing Returns, Payment of Tax and Penalty and
Interest,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Vol. XXV, No. 3
(8/7/02) p. 181, ARC 1869B.
Item 1 amends rule 701—52.1(422) by adopting new subrule
52.1(10), which provides for the deferment of taxable income for start–up
companies that meet certain eligibility requirements. To clarify the statutory
provision, examples are included.
Item 2 amends an implementation clause.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective November 6, 2002, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
422 as amended by 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2592.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [52.1(10), 52.1] is being omitted.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
as ARC 1869B, IAB 8/7/02.
[Filed 9/13/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2012B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on September 10, 2002, adopted
amendments to Chapter 150, “Improvements and Maintenance on Primary Road
Extensions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the July 10, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1779B.
The chapter is being amended as a result of reviews conducted
in accordance with Executive Order Number 8.
The terms “expressway,” “arterial” and
“arterial connector” are replaced by the term “nonfreeway
primary highway.” The rules categorize primary road extensions into two
categories—those primary road extensions that are freeways, and those that
are not. The terms “expressway,” “arterial” and
“arterial connector” are not needed. Also, the terms
“arterial” and “arterial connector” are obsolete. They
were part of state functional classification, which legislation
repealed.
Subrule 150.2(1) applies to the construction costs of
freeways. This subrule is revised to state that the Department will be
responsible for all storm sewer–related costs within federal control
limits.
Subrule 150.2(4), which applies to freeways, addresses traffic
signals at ramp terminals with cross streets. This subrule is amended so that
its provisions will be similar to those in subrule 150.3(4), which addresses
traffic signals on nonfreeway primary highways.
Subrule 150.3(1) applies to the construction costs of
nonfreeway primary highways. This subrule is revised as follows:
1. The Department’s share of longitudinal and outlet
storm sewer construction costs associated with local service roads developed as
a part of the construction or reconstruction of the through traffic lanes will
be in the proportion that the right–of–way of the primary road
extension bears to the total drainage area to be served by the sewers. The
current subrule states that the Department is responsible for one–half of
these costs. With this change, the same criteria will be used for both local
service roads and the highway itself.
2. The Department will be responsible for the cost of
right–of–way and construction of local service roads developed as a
part of the construction or reconstruction of the through traffic lanes. The
current subrule states that the Department is responsible for one–half of
these costs. Unchanged is paragraph 150.3(2)“f,” which provides for
these local service roads to become a part of the city street system once a
project is completed. The Department is not responsible for their
maintenance.
Subrule 150.3(3) applies to the lighting of nonfreeway primary
highways. The term “smaller city” is used. The term is replaced by
the phrase “cities with a population of 5,000 or less.” This
provides a more objective standard.
Subrule 150.4(3) is revised to add a policy statement on
pedestrian accommodation.
Other amendments add definitions, correct implementation
clauses, and remove or update redundant or obsolete language.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
306, 306A, 313, and 314.
These amendments will become effective November 6,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 150] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1779B, IAB
7/10/02.
[Filed 9/10/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
ARC 2011B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 321E.15, the Department of Transportation, on September 11, 2002, adopted
amendments to Chapter 511, “Special Permits for Operation and Movement of
Vehicles and Loads of Excess Size and Weight,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the July 10, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1770B.
These amendments are the result of 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2192. They make the following changes:
• Increase the length on the
self–routing provision of the annual permit and the all–systems
permit from 75 feet to 120 feet.
• Expand the ability of a
carrier to self–route beyond 50 miles on four–lane roads on the
larger–dimensioned annual permit and the all–systems
permit.
• Increase the weight on the
annual oversize/overweight permit from 136,000 pounds to 156,000
pounds.
• Allow a carrier operating
on an annual oversize/overweight permit to operate under the same restrictions
as an annual permit under rule 511.7(321,321E) when the vehicle meets the
dimensions required by that rule.
• Correct implementation
clauses to reflect legislative changes.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321E.
These amendments will become effective November 6,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 511] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1770B, IAB
7/10/02.
[Filed 9/11/02, effective 11/6/02]
[Published
10/2/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
10/2/02.]
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2002 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Thu Oct 3 16:05:38 2002
URL: /Rules/2002/Bulletin/ACB021002.html
rfc